vegeta
SEES
as.
A sett
pen Tir:
Mag ee yeareaeienter Dn
: : x 0 OE Wee ee fpethtrats aka rea: nei len
aaee) 2 ptatatet SPS x es AEN arpern see Apis ¥
Ain: re ee eine? Sol gee cars is
oh that LES sre el - = Se dae Stari parent Sp htes
De. : an Sieg Oat mage ecu es ayy leet a Skreet foe cope ae
INccees
seeedjeteetns Betas Baer '
Ste et athe try oe
pummel
SEP NTe eS et
Siemnise eee sail nesters ieee: 24
Sn eet
Tae
PrN ; HEE IS Raa
i res
: Tree
Barre esate n.
PEE
tm 7 3, * 2 pad pn BEES *
race ive
env EE tleveessteegt
Hiatt eee
oe
a
ee SENS leat
Seileniers
*
tbo it
Rear ra
Teh OR,
7,
pertete
fea a Bs
ae ny]
Se ee
a Sy + ae
PTijiemner earn rem
Su anaes:
Sahin
ae
itty
Be
>
Lust
Fates ie
ree
iH
petted
Sat
Ya, ree
vr
Th en fees Ee tig aes oat * = “2 ats te
ak A AL = ae ay a Seeeaet=
ee lrrtet
ieee
pened
Pe eT
ates
ve ares,
Bey * -%
ea PE Dey e
. a i 33; oe Ly ia
: a 3 Pecaets a
ea ee
. 5 5 . a7 wale * *
e Catt
i
x
r
Leia
Lior
oh bE dk FETS.
aoe AS OAT TUM lie =
QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT
Department of Environment
QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT
Department of Environment
A Journal of Plant Systematics
Queensland Herbarium
AUSTIRORAINER
in
®
=
=
O
=
etsrbes.- 8:22. Sa Re ee od La a a a a Td Ch a eres eee PIMENTEL SES RR ENS F
Editorial Committee
L.W. Jessup (editor)
R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)
B.K. Simon (technical advisor)
Word Processing
Suzanne MacArthur
Austrobaliey2
Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977
Vol. 4, No. 4 was published on 20 February, 1997
Austrobaileya is published once per year.
Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.
Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (1997}
A$25 per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage.
All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be
addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Qid
4068, Australia.
ISSN 0155-4131
© Queensland Herbarium 1997
Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of results
of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis on
Queensland plants. .
Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views
of the Queensland Herbarium.
BAM naednsan speech,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-153 (1997)
Contents
Application of the phylogenetic species concept: A botanical monographic
perspective
ANT eS THEO 83 er eeetace. Cane ne Whe Gh 7 EM face ede alle MeOH. IA Oreo ETE PE a wel OA oath! Rees hata
A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex Baill. (Euphorbiaceae)
Peel Wo BGPP uote otac'es ceed word cn 'y Sl eaves 4 awh bla dg eh teased als 4, batenig ellen
Three new species of Kontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae) from Australia
and Papua New Guinea
PAGE Orley occ, cote loys oe eS Ae fas ote A re eke se de etapa mteunla, Seth tet den Mowe Ween ele hy
A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus
subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia
PAO Ne EMCEE? oe cv cigs ce 40, bere het a4 va 8. eld eee eee NG EOP ACERT MARY (Cte ETE hod le ere eons
Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and species from
Papua New Guinea
Paul I. Forster, David J. Liddle and Iris M. Liddle ................0......
Marsdenia jensenti (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from
north-eastern Queensland
PAU SEOs ete ma splits betes ayeeclesk cee ahs Cason sialic 42)e atte dua GF. hd hhh ketene ul oe clerk
A conspectus of Astrotricha DC, (Araliaceae) in Queensland, including two new
species
De GAT as. av cores then Oe Soria, are 4a RPE be ee ees eee Paechnek reel eta are ee
Cooktownia robertsii, a remarkable new genus and species of Orchidaceae from
Australia
ACE hs RCT ae, Os cts ple, BPE ng Ae ative ARTEL ce anal top tcantitces £, butste eeey catten ee Ain ccind eh tice
A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink
(Fabaceae: Millettieae)
UB 8! 6 ee es eee ea, eee Se PRL. POR PP eae DEPP ey ee eee
Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae: Crotalarieae),
anew subspecies occuring in Australia
Fit gro SEG) fot) 5 ner tae Ts Re RL SP ee LP OP Py, ee a, RO Pe ee See
Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae}
in Australia
| Se28 ot ex | | oa) a er ee ee OE pS ea eae Oe PPM Pea UL ERP ees 20 eee a
Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species
Peter C. van Welzen ............0000cu eee Ah UPN Es oN ace Sp tgces atte ied
Capparis velutina (Capparaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland
Peralta hs be seal eee ee cen: ce ok Ne ee eee eee
(continued)
Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-153 (1997)
Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3
Pauls POrstet ses gcip etsy tain audi go sd econ pes 4-3 Ga aac ee hd nbd hg ee AE OPK te tee Ss 113
A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north Queensland
dk. Jgckes and ht, “Plane ye 5 c tipacace es oo bs Sebas mre oe pats 4 ecb dobar ye aceeb bg aey 121
Notes on Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and other
‘Ash group’ eucalypts
PAINT EREADS. pocket ee eek esd Roe wiey catsatn tesa Sen peaks Baral nad ihichisuee tee a etaaad aged SES ely 4 125
Leptochloa southwoodii (Poaceae: Chloridoideae), a new species from south-east
Queensland
Neil Snow and Bryan K. Simon ....... cc ccc ccc ccc ee eee cece e teen eee ees , 137
Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from Queensland, Australia
PAG ALISO 9) 8 Apcis Sromis ever be be sole ends Wohi eve Ts Ee eget Aine. gy ores treed ee Bin TR capt eee tn 145
Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from south-eastern
Queensland
PR SANT tee 8 Sas dep e AY Ee oe Rowe ne -& wine pe dS Beach ed eon 6 Se ae ta 4 hai ng a 149
BRR HEV IOUS Joke eps rtd, 5 8 hu gS aercess ae ee Sy Dl Le att ss Ms ik pb horth ledge a he ne ay SARS § enlace) hie Ae 153
“CASA Ee
Application of the phylogenetic species concept:
A botanical monographic perspective.
Neil Snow
Summary
Snow, N. (1997). Application of the phylogenetic species concept: A botanical monographic
perspective. Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8. The diagnosis of phylogenetic species and infraspecific
taxa is considered from the perspective of botanical monography. Diagnosing phylogenetic
species using population aggregation analysis (PAA) cannot be done in the herbarium, as it is a
population-based procedure. However, herbarium specimens can be aggregated into phylogenetic
species based on the presence of fixed characters, and PAA methodology in the field is encouraged
to the maximum extent possible. The importance of diagnosing phylogenetic species by ordinary
morphological means is stressed. A species is thus an aggregation of sexual or asexual semaphoronts
consistently diagnosable by a fixed character or combination of characters recognizable by ordinary
morphological means. Application of this species definition will generally decrease species numbers
in botanical monographs and could therefore overlook significant but non-fixed phenetic variation.
Given the widespread existence of such variation it is concluded that the recognition of infraspecific
taxa remains desirable. However, since varieties are explicitly subordinate to subspecies in the
Code and imply hierarchical pattern where none is expected to exist, the recognition of only one
infraspecific category is recommended.
Keywords: phylogenetics, phylogenetic species, species concepts, subspecies, varieties, botany,
monographs,
Neil Snow, Washington University, Department of Biology, Campus Box 1137, St. Louis, Missouri
63130, U.S.A. and; Missouri Botanical Garden, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, U.S.A.
Current Address: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Queensland 4068, Australia
email: Neil Snow@env.qld.gov.au
We need good theoretical contexts in which to formulate operational interpretations in order to
proceed with empiricism. — Estabrook (1972).
Introduction
Jn the current phylogenetic era the histories of
biological lineages have become
of paramount importance for interpreting
biological pattern and process. The impact of
phylogenetic thinking has necessitated a critical
re-evaluation of every important concept in
systematics (Davis 1995; Harvey et al. 1996;
Snow 1996).
For example, the phylogenetic
perspective has spawned the concept of
phylogenetic species (Nelson & Platnick 1981;
Cracrait 1983, 1989; Donoghue 1985), the
definition and identification of which have been
controversial (Nixon & Wheeler 1990;
Accepted for publication 20 June 1997
de Queiroz & Donoghue 1990b; Wheeler &
Nixon 1990). One debate has surrounded
‘history’ versus ‘character’ based approaches
for diagnosing phylogenetic species (Mishler
& Brandon 1987; de Queiroz & Donoghue 1988;
Nelson 1989; Nixon & Wheeler 1990; de Queiroz
& Donoghue 1990a,b; Baum & Donoghue 1995;
Luckow 1995). A second debate has been
whether phylogenetic species must be
monophyletic (see Crisp & Chandler 1996).
Another recent idea originating from the
phylogenetic perspective is a methodological
approach by which phylogenetic species can
be recognized (Davis & Manos 1991; Davis &
Nixon 1992). Termed ‘population aggregation
analysis’ (henceforth PAA) and formulated
largely in the context of isozyme data, PAA
2
tabulates populations for the presence or
absence of characters and then iteratively
ageregates these populations based on whether
characters have gone to fixation (Davis &
Nixon 1992; Davis & Goldman 1993).
McDade (1995) recently provided a
detailed review of the monographic literature
regarding species concepts and their
application in practice (see also Hamilton
& Reichard 1992). Although other botanists
have considered the species problem from the
phylogenetic perspective (Crisp & Weston
1993; Crisp & Chandler 1996), only two
monographs cited by McDade (1995) (Soreng
1991: 508; Luckow 1993: 38) explicitly used
a phylogenetic species concept sensu Nixon
and Wheeler (1990). To the best of my
knowledge, no papers published after the
period covered by McDade (1995) addressed
either the application of population aggregation
analysis (Davis & Nixon 1992) using
morphological characters, or the recognition
of phylogenetic species in the herbarium. In
addition, with the exception of Soreng’s (1991)
detailed rationale, the issue of recognizing
infraspecific taxa under a phylogenetic species
concept largely has been overlooked (Luckow
1995).
Having recently completed a
phylogenetically-based monograph of the grass
senus Leptochloa P.Beauv. (Snow 1997) using
standard approaches (herbarium, field,
ereenhouse), I had to consider two issues
relevant to the botanical monographer: 1) how
to diagnose phylogenetic species relying mostly
on herbarium specimens using morphological
characters, and 2) the theoretical and pragmatic
considerations of whether to recognize
infraspecific taxa. [ here outline the rationale I
followed, and which others may wish to follow,
in the hope of stimulating further discussion
on these topics.
Phylogenetic species and their recognition in
botanical monographs
Under a phylogenetic perspective a
monographer may wish to use a phylogenetic
species concept (hereafter “‘PSC’) (Cracraft
1983, 1989; Donoghue 1985; Nixon & Wheeler
1990). A phylogenetic species has been defined
Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8 (1997)
as ‘the smallest aggregation of populations
(sexual) or lineages (asexual) diagnosable by a
unique combination of character states im
comparable individuals (semaphoronts)’
(Nixon & Wheeler 1990). Contrary to some
views (de Queiroz & Donoghue 1988; Vrana
& Wheeler 1992), it has been argued that the
terms monophyly and paraphyly are not
applicable at and below the species level (Nixon
& Wheeler 1990; Davis & Nixon 1992). This
follows the reasoning of Hennig (1966) that
only entities expected to have hierarchical
relationships, and not tokogenetic relationships,
should be included in cladistic analyses.
An influential paper of Du Rietz (1930:
347) foreshadowed the need for population-
based sampling as a necessary empirical
antecedent of forming species boundaries.
Population aggregation analysis (Davis &
Nixon 1992) is not the first time that fixation
of characters has been deemed necessary for
the recognition of taxa (Davis & Heywood
1973: 78), nor is it the first methodological
procedure linked directly to a particular species
concept. As the best known example, gene flow
and reproductive isolation are linked to the
biological species concept, but these criteria
are now rarely used in practice to diagnose
species boundaries and are thus essentially
non-operational (Whittemore 1993; Brookes
1996). In contrast, PAA provides precise
methodological criteria by which phylogenetic
species can be diagnosed, and in many cases it
will be highly operational (but see below).
Within the assumptions of the phylogenetic
paradigm the logic and methodology of PAA
is internally consistent. In many cases, however,
the herbarium systematist will be able to apply
PAA only under certain constraints.
One constraint of applying population
ap oregation analysis 1s that, with the exception
of small genera that occur 1n relatively close
proximity to the monographer, PAA will often
be logistically infeasible. This is particularly
true for species-rich genera and those with
intercontinental distributions. Few researchers
have adequate time or funding for the necessary
travel and intensive population sampling
mandated by a strict adherence to PAA
methodology. These realities acknowledged,
Snow, Phylogenetic species concept
monographers probably should collect using
PAA methodology to the maximum extent
possible; that is, sample multiple genotypes for
a given population. This is particularly true for
problematic species that appear to lack fixed
characters or combinations of characters. The
data collected from multiple genotypes in a
population (hence, independent samples) are
systematically informative because they permit
analysis of intrapopulational variation, even if
its evaluation is non-statistical. Such data are a
critical consideration under the phylogenetic
species concept, since fixed characters (100%
occurrence) at the population level provide the
basis by which phylogenetic species are
recognized (Crisp & Chandler, 1996). For the
herbarium taxonomist, however, the analysis
of intrapopulational variation generally has
been possible only when species were known
from a single locality (e.g., tropical genera such
as Cryptanthus Otto & A. Dietr. or Anthurium
Schott.; see Appendix 1).
The second constraint regarding the
recognition of phylogenetic species bears on
what can happen when the PSC is pushed to its
reductionist or aggregationist limits. The use
of fixed characters to recognize phylogenetic
Species may increase (Cracraft 1992) or
decrease (Davis & Nixon 1992) the total
number of species recognized. As previously
argued (e.g., Olmstead 1995), a species could
be recognized at the reductionist extreme on
the basis of a single fixed nucleotide base pair.
However, such a species would not be
recognizable by ordinary means. A potential
problem at the aggregationist extreme could
be the lumping of multiple but phenctically
distinct entities due to the absence of any
fixed character(s) (see below). Those working
with large tropical groups will be keenly aware
of this potential problem. An aggregationist
extreme also could overlook at least two
important considerations in plant biology: 1}
the existence of morphological outliers
resulting from developmental abnormalities,
which are not infrequent in plants, and 2)
intermediates due to interspecific hybridization.
However, biological reality does not reside
within agarose gels or overly rigid theoretical
constructs. Meaningful phylogenetic species,
to the herbarium systematist, the ecologist,
3
and the community at large, must be those
diagnosable by ‘ordinary means’ (Cronquist
1978). Thus, the second constraint of PAA
methodology is that the monographer must
recognize phylogenetic species using ordinary
morphological means. To the botanical
monographer, a phylogenetic species is an
ageregation of sexual or asexual semaphoronts
consistently diagnosable by a fixed character
or combination of characters recognizable by
ordinary morphological means. Users of
herbarium-based monographs must realize,
however, that additional but cryptic lineages
may exist within morphologically based
species. In Leptochloa an example would be
the tetraploid, hexaploid, and octoploid levels
occurring in the neotropical species Leptochloa
dubia (Nees) Kunth (Gould 1975; Snow 1997).
Given the inability to always adhere
strictly to the methodology of PAA, yet
acknowledging the decided preference for
phylogenetic species diagnosable by ordinary
means, the best option for the botanical
monographer to approximate the recognition
of phylogenetic species in the herbarium is to
search for a fixed character or.suite of characters
by which a species can be consistently
recognized. The emphasis on fixed (versus
polymorphic) characters derives from the fact
that only fixed characters are capable ofreliably
suggesting that the relationships between taxa
bearing them will be hierarchical, a necessary
assumption of cladistic methodology (Hennig
1966; Davis & Nixon 1992; Doyle 1995).
Fixed characters need not be qualitative;
quantitative characters showing consistent gaps
(and not merely differences in mean values) are
also admissible diagnostic features (Thiele
1993; Luckow 1995). The monographer can
thus aggregate herbarium specimens into
phylogenetic species based on fixed characters
observable by ordinary means. This approach
is nothing new in monography, other than
perhaps the requirement of character fixation.
Differences of opinion regarding what
constitutes ‘ordinary means’ will surely exist,
but I see no reason to exclude characters that
require up to 30x magnification, which is
readily available in most herbaria.The
ageregation of specimens based on character
fixation is a repeatable and testable approach
4
(Snow 1996) that allows future workers to test
hypotheses of species circumscription. With
this approach a phylogenetic species is what
the data (1.e., the characters) warrant, not merely
what a competent systematist says it is.
Using the criteria for recognition of
phylogenetic species outlined above, my
revision of Leptochioa resulted in a decrease
in species number (Snow 1997). Application
of the PSC using field and herbarium data
required merging the Australian taxa formerly
known as Leptochloa ciliolata (Jedw.)
S.T.Blake, L. decipiens (R.Br.) Stapf ex
Maiden, and L. peacockii (Maiden & Betche)
Domin (Lazarides 1980; Stanley & Ross 1989;
Wheeler et al. 1990; Simon 1993) into a single
species (Snow 1997). The necessity to lump
occurred despite the fact that three readily
distinguishable entities can exist in considerable
numbers sympatrically within a few metres and
maintain attributes which, in that locality, make
them diagnosably distinct (Snow pers. obsv.).
However, the attributes by which these taxa
have been recognized can also break down in
the field (Snow pers. obs.), and significant
numbers of intermediates exist as herbarium
specimens. Thus, whereas populations can be
locally distinct, they may not be globally
distinct. Since locally distinct populations not
globally fixed for a character or combination
of characters still probably reflect underlying
genetic variation, it becomes necessary to
consider whether infraspecfic taxa should be
recognized.
The recognition of infraspecific phylogenetic
taxa in botanical monographs
Theoretical considerations of infraspecific taxa
have been largely overlooked during
discussions of species concepts rooted in the
phylogenetic paradigm (Luckow 1995). Many
(Stebbins 1950; Wilson & Brown 1953; Grant
1981; Mayr 1982) but not all (Du Rietz
1930; Raven 1962; Raven & Raven 1976)
pre-cladistic discussions of infraspecific taxa
were linked to the ‘biological’ species concept,
or BSC. Reproductive isolation and gene
flow, the central tenets of the BSC
(Whittemore 1993), cannot be invoked under
the phylogenetic paradigm, given its different
Austrobaileya 5(1): I-8 (1997)
assumptions (Luckow 1995). If they are to be
recognized, phylogenetic subspecies or
varieties, like their ‘biological’ counterparts,
probably will lack consistent criteria for their
recognition (Darwin 1859; Grant 1981; but see
Pimentel 1959).
Although cladistic approaches are
routinely used by population geneticists
below the species level to trace gene
genealogies (Avise 1989; Crandall &
Templeton 1993; Doyle 1995; Maddison 1995;
Moritz & Hillis 1996), for the botanical
monograph and the phylogenetic analyses
on which the supraspecific groups will be
based, phylogenetic species are the minimal
units of cladistic analysis. However, that
does not necessarily make phylogenetic species
the minimal taxa. It is possible to formally
recognize phenetic taxa below the species
level which, unlike phylogenetic species, are
not expected to be hierarchically related.
This seems particularly defensible if the
monographer has field experience with the
group, since variation easily detected in the
field is frequently not captured on pressed
herbarium specimens. For example, in the
orchid genus Cryptocentrum Benth., leaf
phyllotaxis (spiral/distichous), mnfloresence
position (erect/pendant), and floral bracts
(spathaceous/tubular) are diagnostic and fixed
characters readily observable in the field, yet
are cryptic on herbarium sheets (G. Carnevali
pers. comm.).
Returning to the earlier example of
Leptochloa, application of the phylogenetic
species necessitated lumping L. ciliolata,
L. decipiens, and L. peacockii into one species.
However, given that 1) others have recognized
three phenetic entities (Simon 1993; Stanley
& Ross 1990); 2) these phenetic entities can
be diagnosably distinct sympatrically (Snow
pers. obs.); but that 3) their distinctness can
also break down in the field (Snow, pers. obs.),
I recognized a single species with three
subspecies (Snow 1997, 1n press). Infraspecific
taxa can thus be phenetic groupings that
presumably reflect genetically-based variation,
but the patterns of which are non-fixed and non-
hierarchical. Under this approach an
infraspecific taxon will still be what a
1 YS ASE Ng ET
Snow, Phylogenetic species concept
competent systematist says itis (Hubbell 1954:
120; Hedberg 1957: 14; Raven 1962: 6),
although one would hope that newly recognized.
infraspecific taxa would still be supported with
evidence (narrative comment or numerical data)
of some sort (Hedberg 1957: 16). My view of
infraspecific taxa as phenetic clusters that
reflect underlying genetic variation is similar
to the species concept outlined by Crisp and
Weston (1993), except at a lower taxonomic
level.
A question arises then regarding phenetic
pattern: Should we formally recognize such
pattern at the infraspecific level if 1t becomes
badly blurred or non-diagnosable in a global
context? In other words, should an infraspecific
taxon be named if the taxonomic placement of
some (or all) of its members requires
knowledge of their geographical occurrence
(du Rietz 1930; Stebbins 1950; Brown &
Wilson 1954; Pimentel 1959; Mayr 1982)? For
highly vagile organisms, such as the many
r-selected annual species of Leptochloa, it 1s
unreasonable to expect that infraspecific
variants will always be restricted to a particular
geographic domain (e.g., Snow & Simon in
press). Characters, fixed or non-fixed, are
heritable and emergent properties of
populations or series of populations.
Geographical distribution is not a heritable
feature and does not necessarily reflect distinct
genetic lineages, although it may reflect genetic
variation. The actions of mutation, selection,
drift, and lineage sorting collectively predict
the existence of geographically localized
variation in widespread species. If a putative
infraspecific taxon cannot be distinguished
independent of its geographical occurrence—
that is, if no combination of non-fixed
characters exists by which a ‘specimen’ can be |
identified at the infraspecific level—then that
taxon should not be recognized. Geographical
distribution by itself is an invalid criterion for
recognition of infraspecific taxa.
Finally, the monographer must consider
how many infraspecific ranks should be
recognised, The International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (Greuter et al., 1994) allows for
names at two infraspecific ranks: subspecies,
and at a subordinate level, varieties. However,
a
even one infraspecific level of non-fixed
phenetic pattern implies fuzzy boundaries
between the constituent infraspecific taxa.
Under the phylogenetic species concept it is
illogical to recognize more than one level of
phenetic infraspecific pattern, since variety is
subordinate to subspecies, and if both were
recognized, it would imply hierarchical pattern
where none was expected to exist (Nixon &
Wheeler 1990). Complex patterns of variation
can certainly occur (Gould & Johnston 1972;
Thorpe 1983; Crisp & Chandler 1996), but
those inclined to recognize both subspecies and.
varieties under a phylogenetic species concept
using ordinary means might consider whether
they are attempting to recognize a degree of
hierarchical pattern that does not really exist.
As noted by others, the recognition of more than
one infraspecific rank generally engenders
confusion, especially to the non-specialist
(Stebbins 1950: 32-33; Hedberg 1957: 15).
With these considerations in mind it seems
most appropriate to formally recognize ony
one infraspecific category.
Conclusions
I agree with earlier views (Davis & Goldman
1993; Kellogg 1994; McDade 1995; Luckow
1995) that monographers should clearly outline
their species concepts and methodological
approaches so that future workers can improve
upon extant taxonomies as additional data
warrant. Otherwise, successive revisions are
merely a chronological array of untestable
opinions which, even if based on reliable data,
are difficult to evaluate. The exposition
presented here represents my own attempts to
integrate and pragmatically apply recent
theoretical advances in systematics to the
writing ofa botanical monograph (Snow 1997),
Phylogenetic species are the minimal
units amenable to cladistic analysis for the
purposes of botanical monography in the
phylogenetic perspective. A phylogenetic
species is an aggregation of sexual or asexual
semaphoronts consistently diagnosable by a
fixed character or combination of characters
recognizable by ordinary means. A single
infraspecific level of non-fixed phenetic
variation may be recognized taxonomically
6
provided the variation is not irretrievably
obscured when the species is viewed globally.
For the recognition of phylogenetic species
fieldwork should focus on the population
sampling of separate genotypes for poorly
known species, and the populations evaluated
using PAA to the maximum extent possible.
The methodology outlined here ts
not meant to be critical of earlier work. Others
will find much to disagree with regarding
the logic and rationale outlined above for
recognizing species and infraspecific taxa
for a phylogenetically-based monograph.
However, if this article stimulates further
dialogue regarding these topics, particularly in
the context of producing scientifically
meaningful but useful botanical monographs,
it will have served a useful purpose.
Acknowledgements
I thank the following for discussions
regarding the ideas contained herein:
J.Bradford, G.Carnevali, T.Croat, J. Davis,
W.Hauk, P.Hoch, S.Malcomber, I[.Ramirez,
and P.Raven. The comments of an
anonymous reviewer were helpful. My
research has been supported by the Missouri
Botanical Garden (Andrew W.Mellon
Foundation), a grant from the National Science
Foundation to the Plant Biology Program at
Washington University (St. Louis), and the
National Geographic Society (NGS 5594-95).
References
AvisE, J.C. 1989. Gene trees and organismal histories: a
phylogenetic approach to population biology.
Evolution 43: 1192-1208.
Baum, D.A. & Donocuue, M.J. 1995. Choosing among
alternative “phylogenetic” species concepts.
Systematic Botany 20: 560-573.
Brookes, M. 1996. Hybridisation rules OK! New Scientist
150: 56.
Brown, W.L. Jr., & Witson, E.O. 1954. The case against
the trinomen, Systematic Zoology 3: 174-176.
Cracrart, J. 1983. Species concepts and speciation
analysis. Current Ornithology 1: 159-187,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8 (1997)
— 1989. Speciation and its ontology: the empirical
consequences of alternative species concepts
for understanding patterns of process and
differentiation. Pp. 3-27 in Speciation and its
consequences, eds. D.Otte and J.A.Endler.
Sunderland, Massachusetts: Sinauer Press.
—— 1992. The species of the birds-of-paradise
(Paradisaeidae): applying the phylogenetic species
concept to a complex pattern of diversification.
Cladistics 8: t-43.
CRANDALL, K.A. & TempceTon, A.R. 1993. Empirical tests
of some predictions from coalescent theory with
applications to intraspecific phylogeny
reconstruction. Genefics 134: 959-969.
Crisp, M.D, & Weston, P.H. 1993. Geographic and
ontogenetic variation in morphology of the
Australian waratahs (Telopea: Proteaceae).
Systematic Biology 42: 49-76.
Crisp, M.D. & CHANDLER, G.T. 1996. Paraphyletic species.
Telopea 6: 813-844.
Cronguist, A. 1978. Once again, what is a species?
Beltsville Symp. Agric. Research 2: 3-10.
Darwin, C. 1859. On the origin of Species. John Murray,
London.
Davis, J.I. 1995. Species concepts and phylogenetic
analysis - Introduction. Systematic Botany
20: 555-559.
Davis, J.I., Manos, P.S. 1991. Isozyme variation and species
delimitation in the Puccinellia nuttalliana complex
(Poaceae): an application of the phylogenetic
species concept. Systematic Botany 16: 431-445.
Davis, J.L, Nrxon, K.C. 1992. Populations, genetic
variation, and the delimitation of phylogenetic
species. Systematic Biology 41: 421-435.
Davis, J.1., GOLDMAN, D.H. 1993. Isozyme variation and
species delimitation among diploid populations of
the Puccinellia nuttaliana complex (Poaceae):
character fixation and the discovery of phylogenetic
species. Taxon 42: 585-599.
Davis, P.H. & Heywoop, V.H. 1973. Principles of
Angiosperm Taxonomy. Huntington:
Rober E. Krieger Publishing Company.
De Queiroz, K. & DonoGHug, M.J. 1988. Phylogenetic
systematics and the species problem. Cladistics
4; 317-338.
—— 1990a. Phylogenetic systematics or Nelson’s version
of cladistics? Cladistics 6: 61-75.
— 1990b. Phylogenetic systematics and the species
revisited. Cladistics 6: 83-90.
ToS RU TPT ion eh ce RG
Snow, Phylogenetic species concept
Donocuusr, M.J. 1985, A critique for the biological species
concept and recommendations for a phylogenetic
alternative.
The Bryologist 88: 172-181.
Doy eg, J.J. 1995. The irrelevance of allele tree topologies
for species delimitation, and a non-topological
alternative. Systematic Botany 20: 574-588.
Du Ruetz, G.E. 1930. The fundamental units of biological
taxonomy, Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift 24: 333-428.
Esraprook, G. F, 1972, Cladistic methodology: a discussion
of the theoretical basis for the induction of
evolutionary history. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics 3; 427-456,
GouLb, F.W. 1975. The Grasses of Texas. Texas A & M
University Press, College Station.
GouLb, §.J. & JOHNsTon, R.F. 1972. Geographic variation.
Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics
3: 457-498.
Grant, V. 1981. Plant Speciation. Second Edition. New
York: Columbia University Press.
GREUTER, W., BARRIE, F.R., BuRDET, H.M., CHALONER, W.G.,
DEMOULIN, V., HAwWKswortTH, D.L., JORGENSEN P.M,
Nicotson, D.H., Sirva, P.C., TreHaneg, P., &
McNett, J.,1994. International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (Tokyo Code), Regnum Vegetabile
131, KGnigstein, Germany: Koeltz Scientific Books.
Hamicton, C.W. & Reicuarb, S.H. 1992. Current practice
in the use of subspecies, variety, and forma in the
classification of wild plants. Tavon 41: 485-498.
Harvey, P.H., Leigh Brown, A.J., Smrry, J.M., & Nee,
S., (eds.). 1996, New Uses for New Phylogenies.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Heppera, O. 1957. Afroalpine vascular plants. A taxonomic
revision. Symbolae Botanicae Upsaliensis
15: 1-411.
HEnnIiG, W. 1966. Phylogenetic Systematics. Urbana:
University of Illinois Press.
Huse tt, T.H. 1954, The naming of geographically variant
populations. Systematic Zoology 3; 113-121.
KEeLLoGG, E.A. 1994, What makes a good monograph?
American Society of Plant Taxonomists Newsletter
8: 12-15.
LAZARIDES, M. 1980. The genus Leptochioa Beauv.
(Poaceae, Eragrostideae) in Australia and Papua
New Guinea. Brunonia 3:247-269,
Lucxow, M. 1993. Monograph of Desmanthus
(Leguminosae-Mimosoideae), Systematic Botany
Monographs Vol. 38.
7
— 1995. Species concepts: assumptions, methods, and
applications, Systematic Botany 20: 589-605.
Mapopison, W.P. 1995. Phylogenetic histories within and
among species. Pp. 273-287 in P. C. Hoch & A.
G. Stephenson (eds.), Experimental and
Molecular Approaches to Plant Biosystematics.
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 53.
Mayr, E. 1982. The Growth of Biological Thought:
Divergence, Evolution, and Inheritance.
Cambridge: The Belknap Press of Harvard
University.
McDapg, L.A. 1995. Species concepts and problems in
practice: insight from botanical monographs.
Systematic Botany 20: 606-622.
Misuuer, B.D., & Brandon, R.N. 1987. Individuality,
pluralism, and the phylogenetic species concept.
Biology & Philosophy 2: 397-414.
Moritz, C., & Hitus, D.M. 1996, Molecular systematics:
context and controversies. Pp. 1-13, in
D.M.Hillis, C.Moritz, G.K.Mable (eds.),
Molecular Systemtatics, Second Edition.
Sunderland, Massachusetts: Sinauer Associates,
Inc.
Netson, G. 1989. Cladistics and evolutionary models,
Cladistics 3: 275-289.
NELSON, G., & PLATNICK, N. 1981. Systematics and
Biogeography: Cladistics and Biogeography.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Nixon, K.C., & WHEELER, Q.D. 1990. An amplification
of the phylogenetic species concept. Cladistics
6:211-223.
OLMSTEAD, R.G. 1995. Species concepts and
plesiomorphic species. Sysetmatic Botany
20: 623-630,
PIMENTEL, R.A. 1959, Mendelian infraspecific divergence
levels and their analysis. Systematic Zoology
8: 139-159.
RAVEN, P.H. 1962. The systematics of Oenothera
subgenus Chylismia. University of California
Publications in Botany, Vol. 34: 1-222.
RAVEN, P.H., & Raven, T.E. 1976. The genus Epi/obiun
in Australasia. New Zealand Department of
Scientific and Industrial Research, Bulletin 216.
SIMON, B.K. 1993. A key to Australian Grasses. Second
Edition. Brisbane: Queensland Department of
Primary Industries.
Snow, N. 1996. The phylogenetic paradigm of
comparative biology — a response to Hedberg.
Taxon 45: 85-90.
8
—— 1997, Phylogeny and Systematics of Leptochloa P.
Beauv. sensu lato (Poaceae, Chloridoideae). Ph.D.
Dissertation, Washington University, St. Louis.
—— In press. Nomenclatural changes in Leptechloa P.
Beauv. sensu lato (Poaceae, Chloridoideae).
(Novon)
— Simon, B.K. In press. Australian distribution of the
weedy neotropical grass Leptochloa fusca subsp.
uninervia, with an updated key to Australian
Leptochloa (Poaceae, Chloridolideae).
(Austrobaileya)
SORENG, R.J. 1991. Systematics of the ‘Epiles’ group of
Poa (Poaceae). Systematic Botany 16: 507-528.
STANLEY, [.D., & Ross, E.M, 1990. Flora of south-eastern
Queensland. Volume III. Queensland Department
of Primary Industries, Miscellaneous Publication
QM88001.
STEBBINS, G.L. 1950. Variation and Evolution in Plants.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Appendix 1. The sampling of numerous
genotypes from multiple populations could
quickly result in curatorial problems for a given
institution. To alleviate curatorial congestion,
I suggest a separate collection number be
assigned to each genotype and that specimen
labels clearly reflect the genotypic uniqueness
of each specimen. For example, a numbering
scheme for a given population might be
Collector et al. 7249-A, Collector et al.
7249-B, etc., with a statement on the label
Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8 (1997)
THIELE, K. 1993, The holy grail of the perfect character:
the cladistic treatment of morphometric data.
Cladistics 9: 275-304.
THorpg, R.S. 1983. A review of the numerical methods for
recognizing and analyzing racial differentiation. Pp.
404-423 in Numerical Taxonomy, (J. Felsenstein,
ed.). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
VRANA, P., & WHEELER, W. 1992. Individual organisms as
terminal entities: laying the species problem to rest.
Cladistics 8: 67—72.
Wueecer, D.J.B., Jacoss, S.W.L., & Norton, B.E. 1990.
Grasses of New South Wales. Second Edition.
Armidale: The University of New England.
WHEELER, Q.D., & Nixon, K.L. 1990. Another way of
looking at the species problem: A reply to de
Queiroz and Donoghue. Cladistics 6: 77-81.
Wuirremore, A.T. 1993. Species concepts: a reply to Ernst
Mayr. Taxon 42: 573-583.
Witson, E.O., & Brown, W.L. Jr. 1953. The subspecies
concept and its taxonomic application. Systematic
Zoology 2: 97-111.
reading “Each letter designates a different
genotype’. Upon completion of the monograph
n-1 genotypes from each population could be
distributed to other herbaria following standard
procedures. An indication on the labels of the
herbaria to which duplicates will be distributed
would assist future workers. Given its relative
ease collectors should also consider collecting
fresh leaf matertal suitable for molecular studies
in silica gel.
A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex Baill.
(Euphorbiaceae)
Paul lL. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F Muell. ex Baill. Euphorbiaceae), Austrobaileya
5(1): 9-27 (1997). The genus DissiliariaF Muell. ex Baill. is revised. Dissiliariais endemic to Australia
with six species from eastern Queensland, D. baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill., D. indistincta P.I.Forst.
sp. nov., D. laxinervis Airy Shaw, D. muelleri Baill., D. surculosa P.1.Forst. sp. nov. and
D. tuckeri P.IJ.Forst. sp.nov. All species are described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, habitat,
typification and conservation status. The names D. baloghioides and D. muelleri are lectotypified.
Keywords: Euphorbiaceae, Dissiliaria - Australia; Dissiliaria baloghioides, Dissiliaria indistincta,
Dissiliaria laxinervis, Dissiliaria muelleri, Dissiliaria surculosa, Dissiliaria tucker.
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
The genus Dissiliaria was described by
Baillon (1867) who recognised two species
D. baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill. and
D. muelleri Baill. Baillon provided descriptions
and cited types for the two species he named,
but did not provide a formal generic description
of his genus although he did extensively discuss
its affinities and morphological characters. Airy
Shaw (1981) considered that Baillon’s account
did not constitute formal description; however,
other authors (e.g. Bentham 1873; Chapman
1991; Webster 1994) and the compilers of
Index Kewensis all considered it to be valid. A —
third species, D. laxinervis, was described by
Airy Shaw (1980).
Dissiliaria was included both by Webster
(1994) and Levin & Simpson (1994) in
Euphorbiaceae subfamily Oldfieldioideae
Kohler & Webster, tribe Caletieae Muell.Arg.,
subtribe Dissiliariinae Pax & K.Hoffm. Other
genera included in subtribe Dissiliariinae are
Austrobuxus Mig., Canaca Guillaumin
(included with a query inAustrobuxus by Levin
& Simpson (1994)), Choriceras Baill., Longetia
Baill. ex Muell.Arg., SankowskyaP.I.Forst. and
Whyanbeelia Airy Shaw & B.Hyland (Levin
& Simpson 1994; Webster 1994; Forster 1995).
A comparison of macromorphological
Accepted for publication 16 May 1997
characters for genera in the Dissiliariinae,
together with a generic key may be found
in Forster (1995). The genus Dissiliaria 1s
characterised by the plants being dioecious
and stipulate; the male flowers having 3+3
sepals, a hairy receptacle, glandular disk absent,
8—26 stamens, anthers oblong, pollen spiny and
pistillode absent; the female flowers having 3+3
sepals, a glandular disk present and the styles
linear in outline; the fruit globose and having
laterally compressed seeds that have an entire
caruncle. Anatomical features that distinguish
species of Dissiliaria. from other taxa in the
Dissiliariinae according to Hayden (1994) are
“high rank venation, well-developed and
somewhat oriented areoles, narrow
ultimate tracheids in veinlets, fimbrial veins,
wavy anticlinal walls of leaf epidermis cells,
bundle sheath extensions, and libriform wood
fibres”. Based on palynological, vegetative
and anatomical characters, Levin & Simpson
(1994: 226) produced a cladogram wherein
Dissiliaria was basal in the Dissiliariinae, and
more closely allied to Austrobuxus and
Whyanbeelia than to Longetia and Choriceras.
All the species of Dissiliaria are trees
and grow in rainforest communities. Fertile
specimens of Dissiliariahave proven extremely
difficult to acquire as flowering and fruiting is
irregular and some of the localities where the
10
plants occur are difficult to access when they
are fertile. This situation was alluded to by Airy
Shaw (1981). Nevertheless, there is now
considerably more material to review than was
available to Airy Shaw. Consequently it is
possible to resolve the status of specimens
originating from the populations in the
Mcliwraith Range on Cape York Peninsula that
Airy Shaw referred with doubt to D. muelleri.
These are described as the new species
D. surculosa. Airy Shaw also included a
number of taxa within his concept of
D. laxinervis. It is now possible to distinguish
a further two new species allied toD. laxinervis
in the strict sense with D. indistincta and
D. tuckeri newly described in this paper.
Hence, six species of Dissiliaria are recognised
in the present account.
The species of Dissiliariareadily fall into
two groups based on the morphological
characters of leaf margin (entire or crenate) and
fruits (strongly or weakly trilobate). Crenate
leaves and strongly trilobate fruits occur in
D. muelleri and D. surculosa P...Forst. Entire
leaves and weakly trilobate fruits occur in the
remaining species. The occurrence of crenate
leaves is considered plesiomorphic and occurs
in unrelated taxa in the Oldfieldioideae,
although with a preponderance in the
Dissiliarimae (Hayden 1994).
The different species of Dissiliaria occur
in restricted and relictual populations with
numerous disjunctions over some 15 degrees
of latitude in eastern Queensiand. This
indicates that the extant species are relatively
ancient with distributions fragmented by
unfavourable environmental conditions at some
time in the past, resulting in their being
restricted in present times to refugial niches.
Patterns of dispersal are unstudied in detail, but
all species exhibit septicidal dehiscence of the
capsular fruits followed by ‘drop and roll’
dispersal of the laterally compressed seeds. It
is common to see profuse seedling beds beneath
large female trees indicating that little lateral
movement of seed occurs. In some instances,
populations may be found for considerable
distances along creeks on alluvia, indicating
secondary water transportation of seeds occurs.
Austrobaileya 5({1): 9-27 (1997)
Materials and methods
This revision is based on herbartum holdings
at BRI, CANB, CBG, NSW, MEL and QRS,
photographs of material in BM, G-DC, K and
P, and field collections and observations by the
author. All specimens have been seen unless
indicated n.v. Indumentum cover is described
using the terminology of Hewson (1988),
except that ‘scattered’ is preferred to ‘isolated’.
Indumentum in Dissifiariauniformly comprises
simple, multicellular trichomes, thus
reinforcing the observations of Hayden (1994)
and further refuting those of Rao & Raju
(1985).
Conservation codings are allocated using
the terminology as defined in the schedules of
the Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.
Rainforest classification follows the scheme
proposed by Webb (1978). The ‘Wet Tropics’
is defined as the area of north-eastern
Queensland that encompasses the ‘hot, humid
vine forests’ from near Cooktown in the north
to Paluma in the south (Webb & Tracey 1981;
Barlow & Hyland 1988).
Taxonomy
Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex Baill., Adansonia 7: 366
(1867). Type: D. baloghioides F.Muell.
ex Baill. lecto, fide Webster (1994: 58).
Derivation of name: trom the Latin dissilio (to
fly apart) and - aria (resembling or provided
with), alluding to the dehiscence of the fruit
capsule.
Trees, evergreen, perennial, dioecious;
stems and foliage without latex. Indumentum.
of simple, multicellular trichomes; glandular
trichomes absent; stinging trichomes absent.
Stipuies entire, inconspicuous or conspicuous,
deciduous. Leaves opposite, petiolate, elobate,
penninerved; margins entire or crenate.
Inflorescences axillary, racemose, solitary or
fascicled, unisexual with flowers in bracteate
clusters. Male flowers pedicellate; sepals
imbricate, 3+3; petals absent; receptacle
convex; disk absent; stamens 8—26; filaments
free, filiform to flattened-filiform, attached to
slightly convex receptacle; anthers dorsifixed,
bilobate; thecae oblong and longitudinally
Forster, Dissiliaria
dehiscent; pistillode absent. Female flowers
pedicellate; sepals imbricate, 3+3; petals absent;
disk shortly annular or cupular; ovary 2 - or
3-locular; locules biovulate; styles 3, erect,
linear-subulate, entire, shortly connate at base.
il
Fruit capsular, trilobate, with surface smooth
to muriculate, dehiscing septicidally into 3
bivalved cocci. Seeds semi-elliptic in outline,
laterally compressed; testa crustaceous;
albumen fleshy; caruncle entire, non-arilloid;
cotyledons broad, flat.
Six species endemic in Australia.
Key to species of Dissiliaria
1. Leaves chartaceous, < 9.5 cm long, crenate
Leaves coriaceous, 9.5—18 cm long, entire
2. Leaf lamina narrowly elliptic with 17—23 marginal teeth per side of the
midrib; typ acuminate; male flower sepals obovate, 0.8—-1.2 mm
WEE tN cea alc a Webi ey te aden
Gee en aS ates eases age 6. D. surcuiosa
Leaf lamina broadly ovate to rhombic-ovate with 14-16 marginal teeth
per side of the midrib; tip acute, obtuse or retuse; male flower sepals
broadly elliptic, 1.4-1.5 mm wide.......
ese So Bee RA Sy Ey 5S. D. muelleri
3, Stipules lanceolate-obovate; stipular scar 1.8~2.2 mm wide .............. 4. D. tuckeri
Stipules linear or deltoid-lanceolate; stipular scar 0.5—0.8 mm
wid
Ns, ge. dice ae Bg al es Sop and. aha, BLE He Ro Es
': + F&F EF *&© # © F FEF HF FF G ; t + + i + * a t i | 3 * L 4 t © 4 * 7 + s * 6 3 . .
4, Stipules linear, c. 4 mm long; interlateral venation prominent below with
ali connecting veins raised; pedicels 2.5-9 mm long .............. 1. D. baloghioides
Stipules deltoid-lanceolate, 1—-1.5 mm long; interlateral venation weakly
visible below with only the outer connecting veins raised; female pedicels
10-40 mm long ..... 0... 00 eee eee
5. New foliage green to pale green-pink; styles c. 6 mm long, erect,
New foliage bright pink-brown; styles 2.5-4mm long, strongly recurved,
connate for c. | mm; stamens 16-18; anthers 0.8-1.2 mm
PO ne es ea Beate egeee Sack inane a eigeten hs, neal
1. Dissiliaria baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill.,
Adansonia 7: 366 (1867). Type:
Queensland. Moreton District: [label in
Leichhardt’s hand] “scrub towards the
Bunyas, 18/9/1843”; [printed label]
Moreton Bay; [label in Leichhardt’s
hand] “Wood 14....the blackfellows make
their boomerangs of it”; [label in
unknown hand} “n.328h. Leichhardt
Moreton Bay” (ecto [here designated]:
P n.v., photo at BRI).
Iflustrations: Francis (1981: 131, 132); Hauser
(1992: 216).
= 8 ¢*¢ & 48 8 #*# #*# F&F 3 &8® &#& © © FE FF & &§ © B® © £# Ff
3. D. indistincta
Tree to 36 m high. Trunk slightly flanged
at base. Bark rough, flaky-scaly in patches, grey
to grey-brown; blaze pink. Branchlets
+ rounded, glabrous or with only scattered
trichomes when young, lenticellate with age.
Stipules linear, c. 4 mm long and 0.7 mm wide,
with scattered trichomes. Leaves glabrous; new
fohage pale pink; petioles 4-10 mm long,
0.8—1 mm wide, glabrous; laminas ovate,
obovate or elliptic, 50-120 mm long,
15-70 mm wide, coriaceous, with margins
entire and venation composed of 8 or 9 lateral
veins per side of midrib and interlateral
reticulate tertiary veins; upper surface shining
12
dark green with venation + obscure; below
glossy pale green with venation prominent
with all interlaterals raised; tip acute to
obtuse; base attenuate, obtuse or truncate. Male
inflorescences in distal axils, up to 7 mm long;
peduncles up to 1 mm long; bracts lanceolate,
1-1.5 mm long, 0.4-1.2 mm wide. Male
flowers with pedicels 4-12 mm long,
0.5— 0.9 mm diameter, with sparse to dense
golden trichomes; sepals elliptic, 1.8-4.5 mm
long, 1.2-2 mm wide, with sparse trichomes;
disk 2—2.5 mm diameter, with dense trichomes;
stamens 15—20; filaments1.5—3.1 mm long;
anthers 0.5—1 mm long, 0.3—-0.7 mm wide.
Female inflorescences in distal axils, of solitary
flowers with peduncles obsolete; bracts ovate,
c. 2 mm long and 1 mm wide, with sparse
trichomes. Female flowers with pedicels
2.5—9 mm long, 1.2—2 mm diameter, with dense
golden trichomes; sepals elliptic to ovate,
3-4 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, with sparse
to dense trichomes; ovary 2.5—3 mm diameter,
with dense golden trichomes; styles 2.6—3.5 mm
long, shortly connate for c. 1 mm in length,
strongly recurved, papillose on upper surface,
with dense trichomes on lower surface for entire
length. Fruits globose, weakly trilobate,
12—21 mm long, 15—22 mm diameter, minutely
muriculate; seeds 8-10 mm _ long,
4.5—-5.5 mm wide, 2—2.4 mm thick, smooth,
shiny brown. Fig. 1.
Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.
NortH Kennepy District: Slaty Creek, near Proserpine,
Michael 988 (BRI). SourH Kennepy Districr: Cherrytree
Creek, Koumala, Nov 1987, Canning 305 (BRD); Foot of
ranges W from Koumala, May 1921, Francis |AQ202261 |
(BRI). Port Curtis District: Pine Creek, off lower reaches
of Granite Creek, S.F. 391 Bulburin, 24°37’S, 151°33’E,
Dec 1993, Forster 14580 et al, (BRD; S.F. 67, Bulburin,
Sep 1983, Gibson 559 (BRI); Crossing Reserve R73
Miriam Vale, on Baffle Creek, 5 km E of Miriam Vale on
road to Agnes Water, Jul 1978, McDonald 2347 & Stanton
(BRI, CANB). Wins Bay District: Amamoor, May 1918,
Forestry Dept. [AQ202271] (BRD; S.F. 50, 3.5 km S of
Mt Urah, 25°52’S, 152°22’E, Nov 1988, Forster 4842
(BRI, CANB, MEL); S.F. 50 Glenbar, 1 km WSW of
Mt Urah summit, 25°50’S, 152°20’E, Jan 1993, Forster
13126A & Machin (A, BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS), 13126B
(BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); Kin Kin, Eastern Branch road,
26°18’S, 152°53’°E, Feb 1995, Forster 16123A (BRI, MEL,
NSW, QRS). Moreton District: Bahr’s Scrub, $ of
Beenleigh, 27°43’S, 153°10’E, Jun 1983, Guymer 1857
(BRI, CANB, MEL); 7 km SE of Mt Nebo, Scrub Road,
Brisbane Forest Park, 27°25’S, 152°50’E, Sep 1993,
Halford Q1842 (BRI); Petrie Creek, West Woombye,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)
26°40’S, 152°57°E, Apr 1986, Sharpe 4324 & Guymer
(BRI); Eumundi, May 1896, Simmonds 470 (BRD; Kelvin
Grove, Sep 1920, White & Francis [AQ202263] (BRD;
Highvale near Samford, 27°22’S, 152°49°E, Dec 1983,
Williams 83091 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: D. baloghioides
occurs in the North Kennedy, South Kennedy,
Port Curtis, Wide Bay and Moreton districts of
Queensland in disjunct populations (Map 1).
This species is more widely distributed than
stated by Airy Shaw (1981), occurring from the
Mt Dryander area in the north to near Brisbane
in the south. Plants grow in notophyll
vineforests on volcanic substrates derived from
eranite or rhyolite and are often locally
abundant, particularly on creek alluvia.
Notes: Baillon (1867) cited three elements in
the protologue of D. baloghioides, namely
“Leichhardt, 0.13, n.14 (1843), Moreton Bay”
and “Fitzalan, Pine River, Port Denison’. [have
not been able to locate the Fitza/an collection,
but what appears to be part of the Leichhardt
collections is extant at P. This P material has
several labels attached, but has the necessary
requirements of at least one of the cited numbers
(n.14), the correct date (1843) and the correct
locality (Moreton Bay). The Leichhardt
collection (n.14) is thus selected as lectotype
of the name.
Some collections of D. indistincta
P.I.Forst. from Mt Dryander in the North
Kennedy district have been misidentified in
herbaria as.D. baloghioides; however this latter
species is easily distinguished by the indistinct
interlateral venation in the lower leaf lamina as
well as several other features (Table 1).
D. baloghioides does occur at Mt Dryander but
psrows in drier communities on the western
slopes of the mountain (M.C.Tucker, pers.
comm. 1994), whereas D. indistincta is
common along creeks to the south and
south-east of its base.
Phenology: Flowers February to June; fruits
February to December.
Conservation status: Widespread, but not
common with several populations in
conservation reserves (Forster et al. 1991). No
conservation coding 1s thought necessary.
by CA Ts Te see er tee che Bee EAT AEE Pe CC Frae hE eC CRATE Sree a Pane A Maa! ed Meee
Forster, Dissiliaria [3
=
*
-
a*
Be", + 4
%
*
*
=
_ = ~;,
+
i = +s* “hg
é wes” +
f oer om .
+ +
_ + '
=
sl
=. = * iat
+ «= i;
s+ -
a4 *
*
=.
+ et
¥ i
+ * fF - *.
f =.
* ~~ +
me
+, ~~“ _*
* = 7
+
* 7a, = *
att .
Tey 4"
* ¥
é we ‘S
oye,? *
ae a =
Fes 4
tat? La
tite
bit
+, 73 7,
Par or
ty ¥, *
+ ?
¥ +4 +
. av *
z a #7 SF 1
- i ets 4
¥ ¥ Fa
* ¥ *
ss i tf
+ ri \
a oe tt ¢ *
*
= Pat +
+ ’ a
x us we =
*, ¥ ¥
US
eK
Ol ee ee ae
eee eet thee og ae te a.
oe ee wig ae 1
ate #
+a tt te me hat
ao eu tt
* a taan “i ke re lt
Fig. 1. Dissiliaria baloghioides. A. flowering twig x 1. B. detatl of adaxial leaf surface x 1. C. female inflorescence
x 2. D, female flower x 6. E, male flower x 6. F. stamen x 8. G. lateral view of fruit x 1. H. apical view of fruit x 1.1. one
bivalved coccus of fruit x 2. J. persisent columella of dehisced fruit x 2. K. lateral view of seed x 2. L. ventral view of seed
x 2. A,B,E,F from Forster 13126B & Machin (BRD; C,D from Forster 13126A & Machin (BRI); G,H from Smith
{AQ316164] (BRD; E-L from Williams 83091 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
14
Ethnobotanical use: D. baloghioides was
reputedly used by aboriginal people in the
Bunya Mountains area of south eastern
Queensland to make boomerangs (label data
with type). There are no extant populations of
this species in the Bunya Mountains (cf. Forster
et al. 1991) and it is likely that Leichhardt’s
specimens came from further east, in the
Blackall Ranges that were also once referred
to as the Bunya Mountains (R.Fensham, pers.
comm. 1997),
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to a
superficial similarity to what is now known as
Baloghia inophylla (G. Forst.) P.S.Green.
2. Dissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, Muelleria
4; 220 (1980). Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Claudie River, 12°50’S,
143° 20’E, 29 Jun 1972, B. Hyland
RFK2578 (holo: K n.v.; iso: BRI, QRS).
Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)
Tree to 30 m high. Trunk buttressed at base,
not suckering; bark rough and flaky in patches,
blaze red. Branchlets + rounded, glabrous or
with a few scattered trichomes when young,
lenticellate with age. Stipules
deltoid-lanceolate, 1—1.5 mm long, 0.5—0.6 mm
wide, glabrous. Leaves glabrous; new foliage
green or very slightly pale pink-green; petioles
7-9 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter, channelled
on top, glabrous; lamina elliptic, 45-130 mm
long, 30—70 mm wide, coriaceous, with margins
entire and venation composed of 7 or 8 lateral
veins per side of midrib and weakly developed
interlateral reticulate tertiary veins; upper
surface glossy dark green, with venation +
obscure; lower surface pale green, with
venation weakly developed with only the outer
interlateral veins raised; trp acute to obcordate;
base cuneate to rounded. Male inflorescences
in distal axils, + sessile; bracts triangular,
1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, glabrous;
flowers in glomerules of 4-12. Male flowers
with pedicels 22-30 mm long, c. 0.7 mm
Map I. Distribution of A Dissiliaria baloghioides, @ D. laxinervis and % D. tuckeri
Forster, Disstliaria
diameter, glabrous or with scattered hairs;
sepals lanceolate-obovate, 4-5 mm long,
2.8—3 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered
hairs; disk 3-4 mm diameter, with scattered to
sparse short trichomes; stamens 22-26;
filaments 1.2—1.8 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,
glabrous; anthers 1.3—1.7 mm long, 0.9-1 mm
wide. Female inflorescences in distal axils, of
solitary flower with peduncle obsolete; bracts
lanceolate, c. 1.5 mm long and 0.4 mm wide,
15
glabrous. Female flowers with pedicels
17-40 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous;
sepals lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 1.2—2.7 mm
wide, glabrous; ovary globose, c. 2 mm long
and 2 mm diameter, with dense yellow
trichomes; styles c. 6 mm long, shortly connate
for 2—2.5 mm at base, erect and with dense
trichomes abaxially and shortly papillose
apically. Fruits globose, weakly trilobate,
14-18 mm long, 15—18 mm diameter, minutely
muriculate; seeds 8-10 mm long, 6.5—7 mm
wide, 1.5—2.1 mm thick, smooth, shiny brown.
Fig. 2.
Table 1. Comparison of morphological characteristics of entire-leaved species of Dissiliaria
Character
D. baloghioides D. laxinervis =D. tuckeri
D, indistincta
no. of lateral veins 8 or 9 7 ors $—10 S—/
per side of leaf lamina
midrib
stipule shape linear deltoid- lanceolate- deltoid-
lanceolate obovate lanceolate
stipule size (mm) c,4 x 0,7 11.5 x 0.5-0.6 2.2-4 1.8-2.2 1-1.3 x 0.5-0.8
interlateral veins prominent indistinct indistinct indistinct
abaxially
stamen number 15-20 22—26 ? 16-18
style length (mm) 2.6—3.5 c. 6 44.5 2.94
styles recurved erect recurved recurved
styles connate atbase 1mm 2—2.5 mm ilmm 0.8—1 mm
female flower pedicel 2.5-—9 17-40 15-33 10-30
length (mm)
new foliage pale pink green orvery bright pale pink-brown
bright red-pink green-pink
petiole dimensions (mm) 4-10 x 0.8-1 7-9 x ¢. 2 4-8 x] .5-2.5 3-7 x 1-2
16
Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)
7* he Fle
eet Cre cg ry
a -
"
SO Te bea
PhS Epes
33 a. * la Ls 7
7
ry
—_
Herpes Fi
fi
>
ad
de
a =
ae
¥. ies
Kets
an t=
+ a
* 1
as
a
phd
wa
* eet
AX
aoleet
eed
eee
iat
.
Pd
ay
agg
Fak ad eae
oa
an rs
rere £
i 5 he
. le
a es
ain,
it =
Wral::
Mad 11
— .
ow 13
og
Rat
es 2
Tt.
rat =
Maa 7 a7
eet
awit
ent a
Sy
fests
air :
i
-,
ha
in.
LI
ir w
chant 4, . ATR ee tk
ae baie! 5 hae
hed ‘ ee
= i 7
i we wets
4
J.
[7 q
gecteecieret
Awhdivest
a aN ALE Ss
r Ss PE
sot £7 ae
af ie
Pd hs =
ont te a?
r —
aa $ He a
‘ = *
ak | alt — =
cat + os a 49.5
t "oe om, *
ait + ores
ai Dake
ad ste?
tianiie
+ ee,
Py 725
we ant
ix f
btm dt A fF i,
Pitan = .
Paue? 4 aU
Sissi
Vite, 3
te
c
Zs Col
a
Lam
a
aa 4
4 “1
i
Fig, 2. Dissiliaria laxinervis. A. twig x 0.4. B. male inflorescence x 1.5. C, male flower x 5, D. female flower = 5.
FE, apical view of fruit x 1.5. F. lateral view of fruit x 1.5. G. ventral view of seed x 2.5. H. lateral view of seed x 2.5.
A from Forster 13560 (BRI); B,C from Sankowsky 871 (QRS); D from Ayland 11516 (QRS); E-H from Gray 3626
(QRS). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Dissiliaria .
Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.
Cook District: Iron Range, 12°46’S, 143°17’°E, May 1992,
Cooper & Cooper 283 (QRS); Claudie River, 4 km ENE
of Mt Tozer, Iron Range N.P., 12°44’S, 143°15’E, May
1992, Fell 2553 (BRI, QRS); Range 10 miles [16 km] NE
of Iron Range, Apr 1944, Flecker N.Q.N.C.8689 (BRI,
QRS); West Claudie River Scrub, 12°44’S, 143°14’E, Jul
1993, Forster 13560 et al. (BRI, MEL); Claudie River,
12°44’S, 143°15’E, Oct 1984, Gray 3615, 3626 (QRS);
Claudie River, Jan 1982, Hyland 11516 (QRS); Claudie
River, 12°44°S, 143°14’E, Sep 1988, Sankowsky 87]
(QRS), 872 (QRS).
Distribution and habitat, D. laxinervis 1s
known from a number of populations in the
Claudie River catchment to the west of Iron
Range on Cape York Peninsula (Map 1). Plants
grow along permanent watercourses in
mesophyll vineforest on alluvium derived from
granite substrates.
Notes: D. laxinervis was described by Atry
Shaw (1980) based on fruiting material. There
is still a dearth of fertile herbarium material for
this taxon, although itis now possible to provide
descriptions of both male and female flowers
here. Airy Shaw included material from the
‘Wet Tropics’ (1981) and Mt Dryander
(annotations at BRI) within his concept of
D. laxinervis, although he did comment that the
collections from Gap Creek in the ‘Wet
Tropics’ may be different. D. laxinervis is
considered to occur only at Iron Range on Cape
York Peninsula, and the southern populations
mentioned by Airy Shaw are described in this
paper asD. tuckeri and D. indistincta. They are
compared with D. laxinervis in Table 1.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected in
September and January; and fruits from May
to October.
Conservation status: With the narrower
circumscription ofD. laxinervis accepted here,
the species is now confined to a single degree
Square area on Cape York Peninsula.
D. laxinervis 1s extremely common in the
Claudie River Scrub and many plants are
present in Iron Range National Park. No
conservation coding 1s warranted.
Etymology: The specific epithet is dertved from
the Latin /axis (ax) and nervis (nerve) and
refers to the lax nervation in the leaf lamina of
this species.
17
3. Dissiliaria indistincta P.I.Forst., sp. nov.
affinis D. laxinervi Airy Shaw a qua
frondescentia nova clara rosei-rubra,
stylis brevioribus (2.5 — 4 mm longis)
valde recurvatis et breviter connatis (per
0.8—I mm), et floribus masculinis
staminibus paucioribus (16 —18) et
antheris brevioribus (0.8—1.3 mm longis)
differt. Typus: Queensland. Nortu
KENNEDY District: Dryander Creek, left
branch, base of Mt Dryander, 20°106’S,
148°34’E, 23 Feb 1994, PI. Forster
14856 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [3 sheets
+ spirit]; iso: A, B, BISH, CANB, DNA,
G, Kk, L, MEL, MO, NSW, P, QRS,
SING, US).
Tree to 25 m high or occasionally a shrub.
Trunk often multistemmed, not butressed,
not suckering; bark rough and flaky in patches;
blaze pink. Branchlets + rounded, glabrous
or with a few scattered trichomes when
young, lenticellate with age. Stipules
deltoid-lanceolate, 1—1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
wide, glabrous. Leaves glabrous, new foliage
bright pink-brown; petioles 3—7 mm long,
1—2 mm wide, channelled on top, glabrous;
lamina elliptic, oblanceolate, 30-130 mm long,
10-55 mm wide, coriaceous with margins
entire and venation composed of 5-7 lateral
veins per side of midrib and weakly developed
interlateral reticulate tertiary veins where only
the outer veins are raised; upper surface glossy
dark green, venation + obscure; lower surface
pale green, venation weakly developed; tip
acute to obtuse; base cuneate to rounded. Male
inflorescences in distal axils, + sessile; bracts
lanceolate, c. 1.3 mm long and 0.8 mm wide,
with scattered hairs; flowers in glomerules of
1~3, Male flowers with pedicels 9-21 mm long,
c, 0.6 mm diameter, with scattered hairs; sepals
broadly ovate to obovate, 2.8—3 mm long,
2—3 mm wide, glabrous; disk c. 2.5 mm
diameter, with sparse to dense hairs; stamens
16-18; filaments 1.7—2.5 mm long, c. 0.2
diameter, glabrous; anthers 0.8—1.2 mm long,
Q.8—1 mm wide. Female inflorescences in distal
axils, of solitary flowers with peduncles
obsolete; bracts lanceolate-triangular,
0.8—-5 mm long, 0.6-2 mm wide, glabrous.
Female flowers with pedicels 10-30 mm long,
0.7-1.2 mm diameter, glabrous; sepals
18 Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)
CG EMELEM OY
- * Jor v4 ie al Fe 7,
a! at - 4A, # wks ae ee
IS
WX
ars
oe
ef
ALA
Lars
of
ef
OS
LT
ee
\
ae
Wt
ry al
a 1
in aif. “a
ar 7 cs eee “eh
ey
le
Me
ry
—
pel Sey mem Tem ey ie
sag
“te :
at hs i
iT “pati i
— TNe eee be : ‘ih ' ’
A art " ] oe 1"
Vipdneetes Fe RIO
Ry
it ere
i t :
if | chiens me He
Ht eT Cie ge pe BES +f pee
: Bere EES einai Rey Fe
“aS eons ye: Tikes 1
if a RR RR wee eee Ee
t we Sa : ari
= af : A
; . Z z [I
1 “< 4
, 3
z
ee
or ste
Pati
+
: : ; z Shane 3
a AS toy oe aphedes a ara
7 7 cuts : : F a - yee ae Ay (5
the " 1 = : eae
= SiMe aS l
SY see Es te ena
<Axseee al SES
Fig. 3, Dissiliaria indistincta. A. flowering twig x 0.5. B. detail of adaxial leaf surface x 1. C. maie flower x 5, D. stamen
x 10. E. female inflorescence with two flowers x 2.5, F. lateral view of fruit x 2.5. G. apical view of fruit < 2.5. H. lateral
view of seed x 10. I. ventral view of seed x 10. A, B, E from Forster 14856 & Bean (BRI); C, D from Forster 14857 &
Bean (BRI), F, G from Forster 14302 (BRI); H, I from Sharpe 4175 (BRB. Del. W. Smith.
fagn ny SiS RASIURA SA SESS EEE AEE
ie Rivka ies enon ces nash ad cand gpg a aad
Forster, Dissiliaria
lanceolate to lanceolate - ovate, 1—S5 mm long,
0.5-4 mm wide, glabrous or with
scattered hairs at base; ovary subglobose,
3—4.5 mm long, 3—5 mm diameter, with dense
golden trichomes; disk annular to irregular
cupular, 0.4—2 mm long; styles 2.5—4 mm long,
shortly connate for 0.8—1 mm at base, strongly
recurved, papillose adaxially, with dense
trichomes abaxially for entire length. Fruits
subglobose, weakly trilobate, 12—16 mm long,
13-18 mm diameter, minutely muriculate;
seeds 5—9 mm long, 3.5—6 mm wide, 1.5—2 mm
thick, smooth, shiny brown. Fig. 3.
Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.
North Kennepy District: Hook Island, Nov 1985,
Batianoff 3601A (BRI); Dugong Inlet, Whitsunday
Island, 20°15’S, 148°57’E, Sep 1990, Batianoff 900973
& Batianoff (BRD); Walkers Creek, Mt Elliot, S of
Townsville, 19°35’S, 146°59"E, Aug 1991, Bean 3617
(BRI); Station Hill, Cape Upstart Headland, 19°46’S,
147°49°E, Sep 1991, Cumming 11376 (BRI); Dryander
Creek, left branch, SE slopes of Mt Dryander, 20°16’S,
148°35’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5128 & Tucker (BISH, BRI,
MEL, MOQ); Dryander Creek, middle branch, SE base of
Mt Dryander, 20°16’S, 148°35’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5175
& Tucker (BISH, BRI, DNA, K, QRS); Emmett Creek,
Bowling Green Bay N.P., 19°27’S, 147°03’E, Dec 1993,
Forster 14307 (BRI, MEL, QRS); ditto, Feb 1994,
Forster 14883 & Bean (A, BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Cape
Upstart, 19°42’S, 147°45’E, Oct 1985, Ade/vi/le 592 (BRI);
Dryander Creek, c. 2 km N of Gregory & c. 20 km N of
Proserpine, 20°24’S, 148°35’E, Nov 1985, Sharpe 4175
(BRI); SE foothills of Mt Dryander, May 1969, Siith
14526 (BRI, CANB).
Distribution and habitat: D. indistincta 1s
restricted to the North Kennedy district of
Queensland where it occurs in three 1° grid cells
between Townsville and Proserpine (Map 2).
Plants grow on alluvium and talus along creeks
in complex notophyll to mesophyll vineforests
over granite substrates.
Notes: D. indistincta may be distinguished from
all other species in the genus by the very poorly
developed lateral venation in the leaves where
only the intramarginal veins are raised on the
lower leaf surface. D. indistincta, D. tuckeriand
D. laxinervis are closely allied and superficially
similar species (Table 1). D. indistincta
differs from D. tuckeri in its smaller,
deltoid-lanceolate stipules that leave a stipular
scar 0.5—0.8 mm wide, greater number of lateral
veins in the leaf lamina (8—10) that are also
more poorly developed, and shorter styles
19
(2.5—-4 mm long). D. indistincta differs from
D. laxinervis in the colour of its new foliage
(bright pink-brown), generally shorter petioles,
the shorter styles (2.5—4 mm long) that are
strongly recurved and shortly connate (for
0.8-l mm), and its male flowers with fewer
stamens (16-18) and shorter anthers
(0.8—1.3 mm long).
Phenology: Flowers February to June; fruits
several months later. Flowering is extremely
erratic and appears to be stimulated by heavy
rainfall in the summer wet season.
Conservation status: D, indistincta 1s very
common where it occurs and is known to be
present in National Parks at Mt Elhot and Cape
Upstart. No conservation coding is thought
necessary.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin indistinctus (indistinct) and alludes
to the poor development of lateral veins in the
leaf lamina of this species.
4, Dissiliaria tuckeri P.[.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
D, laxinervi Airy Shaw a qua
frondescentia nova clara rosei-rubra,
stipulis magnioribus lanceolati-obovatis
(2,.2—-4 mm longis) cicatrice 1.8—2.2 mm
lata, et stylis brevioribus (4—4.5 mm
longis) valde recurvatis differt. Typus:
Queensland. Cook Districr: Gap Creek,
c, 22 miles [36.7 km] SE of Cooktown,
May 1969, L.S. Smith 14419 (holo: BRI;
iso: NSW),
Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:
102, t. 40E); Cooper & Cooper (1994: 97) [as
D. laxinervis\.
Tree to 30 m high. Trunk buttressed at
base, rarely multistemmed, not suckering; bark
rough, flaky in patches, blaze pink. Branchlets
+ rounded, glabrous or with a few sparse
trichomes when young, lenticellate with age.
Stipules lanceolate-obovate, 2.2—-4 mm long,
1.8—2.2 mm wide, glabrous. Leaves glabrous,
new foliage usually bright red-pink; petioles
4—8 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide, channelled
on top, glabrous; lamina elliptic, oblanceolate,
60—170 mm long, 30-75 mm wide, coriaceous,
margins entire, venation composed of 8-10
20
lateral veins per side of midrib and weakly
developed interlateral reticulate tertiary veins
with only the outer veins raised; upper surface
dark glossy green, venation weakly developed;
lower surface matt light green, venation weakly
developed; tip acute, acuminate, obtuse,
rounded; base cuneate or rounded. Male
inflorescences and flowers not seen. Female
inflorescences in distal axils; female flowers |
or 2 per axil with peduncles 2—4 mm long;
bracts not seen, Female flowers (not seen at
anthesis) with pedicels 15-33 mm long,
glabrous; styles 44.5 mm long, connate for
c. | mm at base, strongly recurved, papillose
adaxially top and with sparse trichomes
abaxially for entire length. Fruits subglobose,
weakly trilobate, 13-15 mm long, c. 18 mm
diameter, minutely muriculate; seeds c. 9 mm
long, 7 mm wide and 1.5—2 mm thick, smooth,
shiny brown. Fig. 4.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)
Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.
Cook District: Noah Creek, 3 km upstream from road,
16°08’S, 145°25°E, Aug 1987, Christophel [QRS 084689]
(QRS); Gap Creek, Cedar Bay N.P., 15°49’S, 145°19°,
Jun 1992, Forster 10729 et al. (BRD); Little Cooper Creek,
Datntree Freehold Rainforest, 16°10’S, 145°24’E, Jul 1994,
Forster 15558 (BRI, QRS); Cape Tribulation N.P., Noah
Creek, 16°08’S, 145°25’E, Sep 1991, Gray 5315 (QRS);
13.2kmS of Rossville on Bloomfield road, lowlands below
Mt Finnegan, Dec 1989, Jessup GJD3086 et al. (BRI);
Daintree, Nov 1959, Manthey 1777 (BRI); Gap Creek,
15°45’°S, 145°10’E, May 1969, Smith 14372 (BR);
Bloomfield, 15°57’S, 145°20’E, May 1969, Volck 4290
(BRI); The Gap, between Rossville & Ayton, Jun 1973,
Webb & Tracey 13709 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: D. tuckeriis known
from several disjunct populations in two 1° grid
squares in the ‘Wet Tropics’ of Cook district
of north Queensland (Map 1). Plants grow in
complex mesophyll vineforest on rocky alluvia
derived from granite substrates along
permanent watercourses.
4 tba
t
aust Hats 5
t
2 co aay a
1,4 | ¥ ¥
4 ¥ a x ’ 1 2! F ee #
= « 4 a =
ag *% a? * | *
ws a, *4t vn, : Eo
= aes i » t * ahr £, fire r ‘ = a
‘ + Fal utd = fea pe ™
F = +n = é Ace nam, an’ =
= Ne or re ba
Pa Pa. a,Fu at =
- f TER a -
ef
Fig. 4. Dissiliaria tuckeri. A. twig x 0.5. B. stipule x 5. C. apical view of fruit x 1.5. D. lateral view of fruit x 1.5. E. lateral
view of seed x 2.5, F, ventral view of seed x 2.5. A,B from Smith 14419 (BRI); C-F from Gray 5315 (QRS).
Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Dissiliaria
Notes: D. tuckeri is closely allied to
D. laxinervis and the two species may be
difficult to distinguish with incomplete
herbarium material (see Table 1 for
comparison). D. laxinervis has green to
greenish pale pink new foliage; 1—1.5 mm long
deltoid-lanceolate stipules that leave a scar
0.5—0.8 mm wide, generally shorter leaves
(45-130 mm long), and longer styles (c. 6 mm
long) that are held erect. D. tuckeri has bright
pink-red new foliage; 2.2—4mm long
lanceolate-obovate stipules that leave a scar
1.8—2.2 mm wide; generally longer (mainly
oblanceolate) leaves (60-170 mm long) and
shorter styles (44.5 mm long) that are strongly
recurved. There also appear to be some
differences in the seedlings of these two species
(based on limited data). Seedlings of D. tuckeri
have cotyledons that are more or less sessile
and 22—-23 mm long, whereas D. laxinervis has
cotyledons that are shortly petiolate (c. 2 mm
long) and 26-30 mm long.
The populations of D. tuckeri at the type
locality of Gap Creek have much larger stipules
than those from the Daintree area, but whether
this is correlated with other morphological
differences remains to be seen. There appear
to be some differences in seedlings from the
two areas (G. Sankowsky, pers. comm. 1994)
but the evidence remains inconclusive at this
stage. To determine whether or not D. tuckeri
encompasses two taxa requires examination of
fertile collections of male and female flowers!
These have proved impossible to procure to
date.
Conservation status: D. tuckeri is present in
Cedar Bay National Park at the foothills of
Mt Finnegan (Gap Creek) and in Cape
Tribulation National Park at Noah Creek, but
is still unreserved at Cooper Creek. The Cooper
Creek population 1s under immediate threat due
to residential development in one of the most
diverse and species-rich areas of lowland
rainforest north of the Daintree River. A
conservation coding of 2VC as defined by the
Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992 1s
recommended.
Etymology: The specific epithet honours
Maurie C. Tucker of Booval, Ipswich who has
a keen interest in Australian rainforest plants
21
and has explored many patches of rainforest
and scrub with the author.
5, Dissiliaria muelleri Baill., Adansonia 7: 359
(1867). Type: Queensland. Port Curtis
District: Rockhampton, 7hozet (lecto
[here designated]: P. v.v., photo at BRI).
Illustration: Baillon (1867: plate 1).
Tree to 10 m high. Trunk not buttressed,
not suckering or only if damaged, but often
multistemmed. Bark rough, flaky in patches,
light to rich brown; blaze pink. Branchlets
-+ rounded, with short sparse trichomes when
young, soon glabrescent and lenticellate with
age. Stipules lanceolate, 0.8—1.4 mm long,
0.4—0.6 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered
trichomes. Leaves glabrous; petioles 1-4 mm
long, c. 0.5 mm wide; laminas broadly ovate to
rhombic-ovate, 8-95 mm long, 6-65 mm wide,
chartaceous, with prominent yellow venation
comprising 7 to 9 laterals per side of midrib
and weakly developed interlateral reticulate
veins; upper surface glabrous, glossy green,
venation + obscure; lower surface glabrous,
pale green, venation prominent; margins
shallowly crenulate to subentire, with 14-16
teeth per side; tip acute, obtuse or retuse; base
cuneate, obtuse, truncate. Male inflorescences
1—few-flowered in distal axils; peduncles
!~3 mm long, glabrous; bracts lanceolate to
ovate, 1.4—2 mm long, 0.5—-1.8 mm wide,
olabrous. Male flowers with pedicels 2.5—7 mm
long, c. 0.4 mm diameter, glabrous; sepals
broadly elliptic, 1.5-2 mm long, 1.4—-1.5 mm
wide, glabrous or ciliate; receptacle c. 2 mm
diameter, with sparse to dense trichomes and
numerous small glands; stamens 8-16;
filaments filiform, 0.9—1.8 mm long, c. 0.1 mm
diameter; anthers 0.5—-1 mm long, 0.3—-0.8 mm
wide. Female inflorescences (1-)—3-flowered,
up to 15 mm long; peduncles 4-10 mm long,
0.7-0.8 mm diameter, glabrous; bracts
lanceolate to oblanceolate, 0.8—1.5 mm long,
0.3-0.8 mm wide, glabrous. Female flowers
with pedicels 1.5-10 mm long, 0.7—1.2 mm
diameter, glabrous; sepals broadly elliptic to
ovate, 1.8-7.5 mm long, 1.2—-3 mm wide,
glabrous; disk annular to cupular, surrounding
the base of the ovary; ovary subglobose,
1.3-4 mm diameter, with sparse trichomes;
styles very shortly connate, subulate, erect to
22
slightly recurved, 2—3.2 mm long, with sparse
trichomes at base. Fruits subglobose, strongly
trilobate, 8-9 mm long, 10-15 mm diameter,
with scattered to sparse trichomes,
yellow-green. Seeds 4.8—5.5 mm long,
3.7-4.5 mm wide, 22.2 mm thick, smooth,
shiny red-brown. Fig. 5.
Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.
Port Curtis District: Rockhampton, Dallachy [MEL
532391] (MEL); Mt Larcom, 23°48’S, 151°04’E, Jan 1988,
Forster 3372 & Gibson (BRI, QRS); ditto, Jan 1994,
Forster 14640 (BRI, MEL, QRS); Moores Creek E.P.,
Beserker Range, 23°19’S, 150°33’E, Jan 1993, Forster
12713 (BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Moores Creek, 23°20’S,
150°3S5’E, Oct 1976, Hyland 9084 (BRI, QRS); Archer
Creek near Rockhampton, Jul 1935, White 12142 (BRI).
Wipe Bay Districr: Graphite Mine road, Guyra Range,
Mt Bauple area, 25°47°S, 152°34’E, Dec 1992, Forster
12519A & Smyre/l (BRL K, L, MEL, QRS), 12519B (BRI,
K, L, MEL, QRS); ditto, Jan 1994, Forster 14629 (BRD;
c. 1 km N of Mt Bauple, 25°49’°S, 152°35’E, Dec 1982,
Guymer 1834 & Dillewaard (BRI); Mt Bauple, 27 miles
[45 km] N from Gympie, Dec 1923, Kajewski[AQ20228 1]
(BRD); Gundiah, Dec 1923, Kajewski [AQ202279] (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: D. muelleriis known
from three localities, Mt Archer near
Rockhampton, Mt Larcom and Mt Bauple
(Map 2), all in central and south-east
Queensland (Forster et al. 1991), Plants grow
in semi-evergreen microphyll vinethickets and
araucarian microphyll vineforests on volcanic
substrates of volcanic orgin.
Notes: Baillon cited two syntypes for
D. muelleri, Thozet391 and Dallachy 429, both
collected from the Rockhampton area. I have
been able to locate unnumbered collections
from the Rockhampton area of both these
collectors in MEL and P. The Thozet collection
at P is the better collection and hence is selected
as lectotype of the name.
Sterile collections from the Mcllwraith
Range area in Cook district have been referred
to this species in the past (e.g. Airy Shaw 1981);
however, these belong to a distinct taxon named
D. surculosa in this paper.
Phenology: Flowers from December to
January; fruits January to February.
Conservation status: D. muelleriis a restricted
endemic that is locally abundant in the three
general localities where it occurs. Parts of two
Austrobaileya 5(1); 9-27 (1997)
of these populations are in conservation
reserves (Mt Bauple National Park & Mt Archer
Conservation Park), but the Mt Larcom
population is unreserved. No conservation
coding 1s considered necessary at this stage.
6. Dissiliaria surculosa P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
D. muelleri Baill. a qua caulibus juvenibus
dense lenticellatis, foliis anguste ellipticis
et dentibus utroque latere 17—23 et apice
acuminato, et sepalis florum marium
obovatis et 0.8—1.2 mm latis differt. Typus:
Queensland. Coox District: Timber
Reserve [4 Massy, 13°52’S, 143°23’E, 8
Nov 1980, B. Hyland 10882 (holo: QRS;
iso: BRI).
Dissiliaria sp. RFK#2554 (Hyland &
Whiffin 1993, 2: 132).
Dissiliaria sp. (Rocky River B.Hyland
10882) (Forster 1994).
Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:
102F).
Tree up to 13 m high. Trunk not
buttressed, often suckering strongly from base.
Bark brownish, with numerous dark brown
pustulate lenticels; blaze pink. Branchlets +
rounded, with sparse trichomes when young,
glabrescent, with dense lenticels even when
young. Stipules lanceolate, 2~—2.5 mm long,
c. 0.7 mm wide, with sparse trichomes. Leaves
with sparse trichomes when young, glabrescent,
pale green; petioles 1.5-3 mm long,
0.5—0.8 mm diameter; laminas narrowly
elliptic, 22~65 mm long, 7—27 mm wide,
chartaceous, venation composed of 7 or 8
prominent lateral veins per side of midrib and
interlateral reticulate tertiary veins; margins
crenate with 17 to 23 teeth per side of midrib;
upper surface glossy green, venation + obscure;
lower surface pale green, venation prominent;
tip short to long acuminate; base cuneate. Male
inflorescences 1~—3 in distal axils with
peduncles up to 2 mm long, with sparse
trichomes; bracts lanceolate, 1—1.8 mm long,
0.30.4 mm wide, glabrous. Male flowers with
pedicels 5-10 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter,
with scattered trichomes at base; sepals
obovate, 1.8—2.3 mm long, 0.8—1.2 mm wide,
glabrous or with scattered trichomes and
Ma eee
Petree eet ee tert!
Forster, Dissiliaria 23
a?
x
A?
om
=F
=4
Fig. 5. Dissiliaria muelleri. A. twig x 1, B. detail of adaxial leaf surface x 2. C. female inflorescence < 8. D. male
inflorescence = 8. E, male flower x 16. F. stamen x 32. G. apical view of fruit x 4. H. lateral view of fruit x 4, I. lateral
view of seed x 8. J. ventral view of seed x 8. A,B from Forster 12519A & Smyrell (BRI); C from Forster 12713 (BRI);
D-F from Forster 12519B & Smyrell (BRD); G,H from Forster 3372 & Gibson (BRI); I,J from Forster 14629 (BRI).
Del. W. Smith.
24
marginal cilia; disk c. 1.6 mm diameter, with
dense trichomes; stamens 16; filaments
filiform, 1—-1.4 mm long; anthers 0.8—1 mm
long, 0.3—-0.5 mm wide. Female inflorescences
and flowers not seen. Fruit subglobose, strongly
trilobate, 9-10 mm long, 11-12 mm diameter,
+ glabrous. Seed not seen. Fig. 6.
Selected additional specimens examined, Queensland.
Cook District: Temple Creek Catchment, Cape Melville
N.P., 15 km NW of Barrow Point, 14°17°S, 144°31’E, Sul
1993, Fell 3331 et al (BRI, CANB, DNA, MBA, MEL,
QRS); Rocky River Scrub, Silver Plains Station, 13°48’S,
143°28’E, Jun 1992, Forster 10606 et al (BRI, QRS);
ditto, Jul 1993, Forster 13620 et al. (BRI, QRS); Upper
Massey Creek, c. 15 miles [25 km] ENE of Coen, Oct 1962,
Smith 11730 (BRI); MclIlwraith Range, c. 11 miles
[18.3 km] ENE of Coen, Oct 1962, Smith 11792 (BRD;
Rocky River, eastern foothills of McIlwraith Range,
13°47°S, 143°25’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9435 (BRI).
E
as a te
5
CAPRIS |
Seer anitee pat
SE EEE HEP? H HY
Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)
Distribution and habitat. D. surculosa 1s
endemic in Cape York Peninsula where it is
known from the eastern fall of the MclIlwraith
Range and Cape Melville (Map 2). At the
Mcliwraith Range, plants grow near
watercourses in semideciduous notophyll to
mesophyll vineforest on deep alluvia derived
from metamorphic and granite substrates. This
gallery-forest is usually flooded during the wet
season and in July 1993, there was evidence of
flood debris some 12 m above the ground in
the crowns of the trees. Associated plants
include Castanospermum australe A.Cunn. &
Fraser ex Hook., Ficus albipila (Miq.) King,
Haplostichanthus sp. (Rocky River Scrub
P.].Forster PIF10617), Rhodamnia australis
A.J. Scott, Pilidiostigma recurvum (C.T. White)
A.J.Scott, and Codiaeum variegatum var.
moluccanum (Decne.) Muell.Arg. At Cape
Melville, the plants grow in semi-deciduous
anvae
Map 2. Distribution of @ Dissiliaria indistincta, A D. surcilosa and * D. muelleri
Forster, Dissiliaria 25
Pa
¢
7
Seer
f
at /
tts
he af. +
al ai ‘oat
eaiteri, fay
Mess
Cad
bh
‘ane!
“ hI
hd gt aft
hat et
Fatal
at
+t
gat
La
q
me Sth
ot aeetis
ote
; ¢P athe
Fig. 6. Dissiliaria surculosa. A. twig. x 1. B. node with male inflorescence x 2.5. C. male flower x 5, D. stamen x 10.
E. apical view of fruit x 2, F, lateral view of fruit x 2. G. ventral view of seed x 5. H. lateral view of seed x 5. I. seedling
x 1, A-D from Hyland 10882 (BRI); E-I from Forster 13620 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
SRE nye inal aug eo Sah oh lagi Bones one sae
26
notophyll to microphyll vinethicket on
hillslopes on colluvium derived from granite.
Associated canopy species at this locality
include Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre and
Wodyetia bifurcata Irvine.
Notes: D. surculosa appears to have been first
collected by L.S.Smith in 1962. Sterile material
of this plant was referred with doubt to
D. muelleri by Airy Shaw (1981).D. surculosa
strongly resembles D. muelleri, but differs in
its narrowly elliptic leaf laminas with a short to
long acuminate tip, the 17—23 marginal teeth
per side of the midrib, the dense lenticels on
young stems and the sepals of the male flowers
being obovate and 0.8—1.2 mm wide.
Conservation status: D. surculosa is apparently
restricted in its distribution. At present there
appear to be no obvious threats to this plant
and it is present in Cape Melville National Park.
No conservation coding is thought necessary.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin surculus (shoot, sucker) and-osa
(abundant) which alludes to the tendency of this
plant to profusely sucker from the stems. This
suckering could be due to damage from
irregular flooding in the habitat.
Excluded species
l. Dissiliaria tricornis Benth., Fl. Austral.
6: 91 (1873).
This is Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy
Shaw.
2. Dissiliaria sp. RFK#25730 (Christophel &.
Hyland 1993: 102g; Hyland & Whiffin
1993, 2: 132).
Dissiliaria sp. (Rex Range, G.Sankowsky
1075) (Forster 1994).
This was described as Sankowskya stipularis
P.1.Forst. (Forster 1995).
Acknowledgements
The illustrations were drawn by W.Smith (BRI)
with partial funding from the Australian
Biological Resources Study (ABRS). Fieldwork
and/or special collections were made with the
Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)
assistance of A.R.Bean, D.G.Fell, D. & [.Liddle,
P.Machin, G.Smyrell, G. & N.Sankowsky and
M.C.Tucker. Photographs of material at BM and
K were organised by P.S.Short (MEL) while
Australian Botanical Liaison Officer (ABLO)
at Kew (U.K.). Photographs of material at
P were taken by G.P.Guymer (BRI) while ABLO
at Kew (U.K.). The diagnoses were translated into
Latin by L.A.Craven (CANB). Comments on
a draft of the manuscript were provided by
A.R.Bean (BRI). The Directors/Curators of the
cited herbaria allowed access to collections either
on loan or in sifu. B. Hyland and staff at QRS
provided support and access to facilities on
repeated visits to north Queensland. Access to
populations of Dissiliaria species in State Forests
and Timber Reserves was facilitated by permits
from the Queensland Forest Service, Department
of Primary Industries. The work was funded as a
preferred objective by ABRS during 1992-1994.
Additional fieldwork in the ‘Wet Tropics’ region
of north-east Queensland was possible due to a
travel grant from the Wet Tropics Management
Authority in 1993-1994 for work on Endangered
Euphorbiaceae in that region.
References
Airy SHAW, H.K. (1980), New or noteworthy Australian
Euphorbiaceae - I. Adwelleria 4: 207-241.
———- (1981). A partial synopsis of the Euphorbiaceae -
Platylobeae of Australia (excluding Phyllanthus,
Euphorbia and Calycopeplus). Kew Bulletin
35: 577-700,
BAILLoN, H.E. (1867). Species Euphorbiacearum.
Recherches complementaires sur les Euphorbiacées
Australiennes, Adansonia 7: 352-360,
Bartow, B.A. & HyLanp, B.P.M. (1988). The origins of
the flora of Australia’s wet tropics. Proceedings of
the Ecological Society of Australia 15: 1-17.
BEnTHAM, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae, In Flora Australiensis
6: 41-153. London: L. Reeve & Co.
CuapMAN, A.D. (1991), Australian Plant Name Index.
Canberra: Australian Government Publishing
Service,
CHRISTOPHEL, D.C. & Hy.anp, B.P.M. (1993). Leaf Atlas
of Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees.
Melbourne: CSIRO Publications.
Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (1994). Fruits. of the
Rainforest. Chatswood (Sydney): RD Press.
PUSS ESN Sen Sg ect ocionicennxsneeinideddieho
“ISTE
Forster, Dissiliaria
Forstser, P.I. (1994). Euphorbiaceae (in part). In
R.J.F.Henderson (ed.), Oueensland Vascular
Plants: Names and Distribution, Brisbane:
Queensland Department of Environment &
Heritage.
— (1995). Sankowskya, a new genus of Euphorbiaceae
(Dissiliariinae) from the Australian Wet Tropics.
Austrobaileya 4; 329-335.
Forster, P.l., Bostock, P.D., Biro L.H. & BEAN, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east
Queensland, Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.
Francis, W.D. (1981). Australian Rain-forest Trees, 4th
Ed. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing
Service.
Hauser, J. (1992). Fragments of Green. Bardon (Brisbane):
Rainforest Conservation Society Inc.
Haypen, W.J. (1994). Systematic anatomy of
Euphorbiaceae subfamily Oldfieldioideae. I.
Overview. Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden 81: 180-202.
Hewson, H. (1988), Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of
Terminology. Austraitan Flora and Fauna Series No.
9. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing
Service.
HYLAND, B.P.M. & WuirFin, T. (1993). Australian Tropical
Rain Forest Trees: An Interactive Identification
System. Melbourne: CSIRO Publications.
Levin, G.A, & Simpson, M.G. (1994), Phylogenetic
implications of pollen ultrastructure in the
Oldfieldioideae (Euphorbiaceae). Annals of the
Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 203-238.
Rao, P.N. & Ragu, V.S. (1985). Foliar trichomes in the
family Euphorbiaceae. In C.M. Govil & V. Kumar
(eds.), Trends in Plant Research, pp. 128-136.
Dehra Dun: Bishen Singh & Mahendra Pal Singh
(n.v., cited by Hayden 1994),
Wess, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian
rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.
Wess, L.J. & Tracey, J.G. (1981). Australian rainforests:
pattern and change. In A. Keast (ed.), Ecological
Biogeography of Australia. pp. 605-694, The
Hague: W. Junk.
Wester, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and
suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the
Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.
27
aT CT ae eT ea nN eee nen Re ML DOR SL ce DLC ace enc Cir COC rare Gtr us rear eee a eas re ee
EIS Tn ea Se A De SI
Three new species of Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae)
from Australia and Papua New Guinea
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul I. (1997). Three new species of Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae) from Australia and
Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37, Fontainea fugax P.I.Forst. from Queensland, Australia,
and F’. borealis P.I.Forst. and F. subpapuana P.1.Forst. from Papua New Guinea are named as new
species. Information is provided on their distribution, habitat and affinities. Separate identification keys
are provided for Fontainea in New Guinea and Australia.
Keywords: Euphorbiaceae, Fontainea, Fontainea borealis, Fontainea fugax, Fontainea subpapuana,
Papua New Guinea, Queensland.
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
The genus Fontainea Heckel is classified
in Euphorbiaceae, subfamily Crotonoideae,
tribe Codiaeae (Webster 1994) and comprises
shrubs or small trees that grow in rainforest
communities. Jessup & Guymer (1985) revised
Fontainea and recognised six species for
Australia and New Caledonia, as well as
mentioning additional unnamed taxa from
Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia.
Airy Shaw (1974, 1980) referred the
collections of Fontainea from Papua New
Guinea to F. pancheri (Baillon) Heckel based
on their similarity to the type of this species
from New Caledonia. Jessup & Guymer (1985)
thought this identification unlikely, but did not
resolve the identity of the species in Papua New
Guinea due to the incomplete nature of the
available specimens.
In preparing accounts of Fontainea, both
for ‘Flora of Australia’ and ‘Flora Malesiana’,
it is now necessary to determine the status of
the Fontainea collections from Papua New
Guinea. Although no further collections have
been made in the decade since Jessup &
Guymer’s account, the available collections do
enable diagnostic characters to be determined,
as well as preparation of descriptions and
discussion of affinities. There are two species
Accepted for publication 25 July 1997
of Fontainea present in Papua New Guinea,
one from the north-east and one from the south-
east parts of the country. These are named as
F, borealis and F. subpapuana_ respectively.
An additional species of Fontainea from south-
east Queensland, Australia has also been
discovered tn the last decade, and is named
FF’ fugax.
Taxonomy
1. Fontainea borealis P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
F’, picrospermae C,T.White a qua lamina
folu prope basem eglandulosa, calyce
4—lobato lobatis ovatis, petalis obovatis
usque lanceolatiovatis, floribus maribus
disco c. 0.6mm alto lobato irregulariter,
et staminibus connatis 1—1.5 mm super
discum differt.Typus: Papua New
Guinea. EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE:
Aiyura, Oct 1944, LS. Smith NGF1030
(holo: K; iso: BRI; L n.v.).
Shrub or small tree to 12 m high; stem exudate
colour unknown. New shoots with dense,
antrorse golden trichomes. Stipules absent.
Leaves petiolate, discolorous; petioles
10-26 mm long, 1—1.4 mm diameter, swollen
at base and apex, narrowly channelled above,
glabrous; lamina elliptic to oblanceolate,
56-240 mm long, 22-70 mm wide, not
decurrent, chartaceous; upper surface dark
green; lower surface pale green; venation
comprising 8—14 lateral veins per side of midrib
and reticulate interlateral veins; tip acute to
30
acuminate; base cuneate; glands absent from
base of lamina. Male inflorescences terminal
or axillary, with sparse trichomes. Male flowers
5—7 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter; pedicels
2.5—-5 mm long, c. | mm wide, with scattered
trichomes; calyx 4-lobed, 2.8-3.5 mm long,
lobes ovate; petals 5, lanceolate-ovate to
obovate, 5—6 mm long, 2~3.5 mm wide, weakly
recurved, externally and internally with dense
velutinous trichomes; disk undulate with
srooves, c. 0.6 mm long and 2.5 mm diameter,
glabrous; stamens 24-28, connate 1—1.5 mm
above top of disk, filaments free for 2—2.5 mm,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37 (1997)
glabrous towards top, densely hairy at base;
anthers c. 0.8 mm long and 0.5 mm wide.
Female flowers not seen. Fruit not seen.
Fig. 1.
Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea.
EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Numura, an Strasse Kainantu
- Goroka, 0.5 mile nach Abzweigung nach Okapa, 6 mile
von Kainantu, Jan 1964, Stauffer 5608 & Sayers (K; L
2.V.).
Distribution and habitat: Fontainea borealis
is known only from the Eastern Highlands
Province of Papua New Guinea. Plants have
been recorded from rainforest at altitudes of
1800—2000 m.
Notes: The available herbarium material of
F’. borealis 1s incomplete thus preventing a
detailed description. F. borealis appears to be
allied to the Australian F’. picrosperma
C.T.White and a comparison of these two taxa
is made in Table 1.
Table 1. Morphological comparison of Fontainea picrosperma and F. borealis.
Character FP’, picrosperma F. borealis
glands in leaf lamina present absent
disk undulate to lobed iregularly lobed
0.7—1 mm high c. 0.6 mm high
male calyx 2—3-lobed 4-lobed
male calyx lobes triangular-ovate to ovate
male petals
stamens connate c. 0.5 mm
oblong-ovate
broadly ovate
obovate to
lanceolate-ovate
1—-1.5 mm
Forster, Three new species of Fontainea Heckel
JERR, HOY, MEM,
:
a
eet
rea ete
Se ecredloaeainresie
cane
ean [oa
pal eerie!
iearraeteereteee 2 Bernie
Derr neet errno rae nape arr peer lipea
aererpe narrate
diaper iaen ere : : See ee| ee
= - St Pm eaes
S = ~ soe ree iits
SERS See ee pent oe C- Gre ail Senin Secretion Daren
peavey sire? >
preter bee Sine berre eae
: oa eee eee oat
ee eee eee ea a Pee Sieh cron ne eit
Ba Se ee er
Jinan tierra ee
frcwaresoae
oo
.
t
hs
t
i
=e
SPreree
inn ae
ES. =a
Ror
Srereeniay
Sapper
. iggrigred Hethaar AY oe
zy.
= Bs . F ral ra our zm aye 7
fon Feel Sees AE wy oe
el oF VRE
Santis eo reaar uy esate at a
(aioe Saas, it rr;
ee LT ee a
° ease eee
; A Sa Tere “y. Fie
peeteenre ie! Pe es
Up ap
: : : ee Sere eee
ot a
: . ;. -
a :
Tet : . , z z sees ae ee prin ;
£ i orate a poreerectice ite oe erate
é . ae te = .
st + = - . a toa AE aire
eitdis 8 5 A itt +. ae ha SE sab)
" ¥ al _ eee = a ¥ 2 TRIO FF *
- x - ce ~ Et oo, TET 3 ries
* = 4 E oe EEE ge as pa eS Se
, ver Frees a = P
= . +" a a a Sed a
Fibes eta EGTA
, ae
Troe j >
bd GROMPSE SS
_aelive heir ts:
Terria :
rn Ls ac
ry a : a : Td Lr =
A nt one
wert Setere Se
rs
a
a ae te aN atin at Sal
. a
abba
CaS DT iy Te Psy
: of ped? Ata see ead :
A ey TE
: ; 1 eT
ae * sie ba ss r + 'h € ¥
va
ee ee
:
z
5
5
i
Ha
TN
aS
dieses
=
pera ee
ree
ANY
=
“
iene
Fig. 1. Fontainea borealis P.1.Forst. Photograph of holotype at K.,
an
nas,
co
DEAS
STE
AS
ee
ah
u
+
xt
Sec
ich tcect
AR
32
Conservation status: Unknown.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin borealis (northern) and refers to the
northerly distribution of this species within the
genus.
2. Fontamea subpapuana P.I.Forst., sp. nov.
affinis F. picrospermae C.T.White
a qua petiolo tumido ad apicem
tantum, lamina folii venis primariis
utroque costate 13-15, calyce florum
marium 4—5—lobato, stylis longioribus
(33.5 mm longis), et endocarpo paginis
intersuturalibus latioribus (12-13 mm
latis) differt. Typus: Papua New Guinea.
CENTRAL PROVINCE: Kuriva Forestry area,
near Weimauri River, 9°05’S, 147°05’E,
6 May 1971, H.Streimann & A.Kairo
LAES51548 (holo: K; iso: BRI, K; Lv.v.).
Tree to 7 m high; stems with red exudate.
New shoots with dense, antrorse yellow
trichomes. Stipules absent. Leaves petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 12—20 mm long,
1-1.4 mm diameter, swollen at top and
narrowly channelled above, with scattered
trichomes; lamina elliptic to oblanceolate,
rarely obovate, 60-170 mm long, 30-60 mm
wide, not decurrent, chartaceous; upper surface
dark green; lower surface pale green; venation
comprising 13—15 lateral veins and reticulate
Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37 (1997)
interlateral veins; tip acuminate; base cuneate
to weakly attenuate; glands elliptic, sessile,
I—2 mm long,+ marginal, 0.5—lmm from base
oflamina. Male inflorescences not seen. Male
flowers not seen. Female inflorescence
terminal, comprising 1—3 flowers. Female
flowers 5—8 mm long, 10-13 mm diameter;
pedicels 7-15 mm long, I~1.2 mm diameter,
with sparse trichomes; calyx 4—5-lobed,
2—2.5 mm long, lobes rounded-ovate, with
sparse trichomes; petals 5, lanceolate-ovate,
6-8 mm long, 2.5—3 mm wide, + recurved,
with dense velutinous trichomes externally
and internally; disk not dissected; ovary
3—4-locular, ovoid, with dense antrorse
trichomes; styles 3—3.5 mm long. Intact fruit
not seen. Sarcocarp red (n.v.). Endocarp very
shortly beaked, 3-ridged at sutures; mintersutural
faces smooth, convex, 25-26 mm long,
12-13 mm wide. Fig. 2.
Distribution and habitat: Fontainea
subpapuana 1s known only from Central
Province in south-east Papua New Guinea.
Plants were recorded as growing in lowland
rainforest on river flats.
Notes: Fontainea subpapuana is very poorly
known and the above description lacks
significant details with regard to the male
flowers and mature fruit. This species is closely
allied to the Australian F’. picrosperma.
Fontainea subpapuana and F. picrosperma
are compared in Table 2. Fontainea
subpapuana and F. borealis may be
distinguished with the following key.
1. Leaf petioles swollen at base and apex; glands absent from
PEEIPEIT ES cc bs acd dpa cet Sia Salta! te Tove: a ey te a end tl
TCE Eee PES hes ECE Se Te Are iar ere F, borealis
Leaf petioles swollen only at apex; glands present in lamina and+ marginal
HWOEBE DASE So jale Garagad ted pal bik Saree awa
Made oooh ca geceh tetatecte: re cre ee F. subpapuana
rir
7
“
AAA be a
srert by
Wenn
he
caahitt
Wt
Hy
es
beet nd
lac
ers
AE, bn! reals art mr. - f
SEP sec nS tenance tosecpnaena ponaatie stn
oy
TAR
EN
TELAT
UN ae er tee ete ele cote
STR
PEA EAALH wr
Dene aSe
ree
thd
Seis
—:
ATS"
v=
bere
=
MEST
mean
rptereer
a
PSE RAS
a
IRAE ata byes:
Sees
“SE
ters)
SLSR ISAS
eas
creer care
. | HE R B ; H oRT : KEY . , 3 ; 7 : ; : 2 : 7 : = | ; i = } 7
1
a
' a i
~
'
~
© 7 é attra 4 ‘
aoe me
Pees
a ae
pha
ir
Pern
fame
Es
fein eae
=x,
a al eS
peru tet’. : eee pen pereca
Ete" OS
Patee ts oe. ee * peti = Spl at oe or oa ad a Pont es ee phe at fel
iid? & tae mi
i pars
= Pesca
t Patient
Ore er
4,
ar
ee = -
Protect ey een ree ore a eg =
izatice fare pea res 7a yr ‘ ed ewes
err iaat rt = seals,
tie
Suet
es
z : oe
: Seer repo.
pt rar (Tee
a 7 las sas
fat wt
ae
ira
ante
“
ono
SR ee ee rl ies per ee se
ae ee a * tephernd le mo ase.
Lg: rramey emis
me oie ns
“
ing a aa Si
rd
Pee ee oe gd ee eA Ne ee See ee | vera
nT Te en tee te teeter Da a et Cag etttnat et egegelelet tees enn
wt te ye cee, be fe eeyereees sagen | 7 — . é
a 1 ae . . a
:
ort
.
Ine we
EE a a
-
=
4 vy
< i
3
errr
haa
ete
Ber ve Box sk Death:
pis Bye he fat dpes 3
° Hr! : ie = Je gs ay Sa
_ Dapl, aent tooo Ly Bri, Gant, A.E
- Gowe Ging, fd, TH, PME. U3, fish, |
eet Ts eee re os
34
Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37 (1997)
Table 2. Morphological comparison of Fontainea picrosperma and F. subpapuana.
Character
No. lateral veins per 8—12
side of leaf lamina midrib
Petiole base swollen
Petiole apex swollen
male flower calyx 2—3-lobed
style length (mm) 0.8—2
endocarp intersutural face
width (mm) 7-10
Conservation status: Unknown.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin sub- (below) and papuana (of Papua),
and refers to the distribution of this species on
the south coast of Papua New Guinea.
3. Fontainea fugax P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
F. rostratae Jessup & Guymer a qua
petiolo ad basem etumido, floribus
maribus minoribus (4-5 x 6—8 mm) et
staminibus paucioribus (24), endocarpo
rostro breviore (1—1.7 mm longo) et
paginis intersuturalibus leniter rugosis
plus minusve planis usque leniter
convexis et perminore (15-17
x 89.5 mm) differt. Typus: Queensland.
Burnett District: Fontainea Scrub, State
Forest 172, Gurgeena Plateau, 9 Feb
1994, PI. Forster 14802 (holo: BRI
{1 sheet + spirit, male plant])
Shrub to 4 m high; stems with clear exudate.
New shoots with sparse, antrorse uncoloured
trichomes. Stipules absent. Leaves petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 2—4 mm long, c. 1 mm
fF. picrosperma
F’, subpapuana
13-15
not swollen
swollen
4—5-lobed
3—3.5
12-13
diameter, of uniform thickness and narrowly
channelled above, glabrous; lamina elliptic,
obovate or oblanceolate, 15—75 mm long,
6—42 mm wide,+ decurrent, chartaceous; upper
surface dark green; lower surface pale green;
venation comprising 6—10 lateral veins and
reticulate interlateral veins; tip acute to obtuse;
base cuneate; glands elliptic, sessile, 1—2 mm
long, markedly intramarginal, 2-8 mm from
base of lamina. Male inflorescence terminal or
axillary, with sparse trichomes. Male flowers
4—5 mm long, 6-8 mm diameter; pedicels
2.5—5 mm long, 0.5—1 mm wide, with sparse
trichomes; calyx 4-lobed, 2—2.5 mm long, lobes
ovate; petals 4, lanceolate-ovate, 4.5—5 mm
long, 2—2.5 mm wide, strongly recurved,
externally with sparse trichomes, internally with
sparse trichomes apart from near base where
they are dense and velutinous; disk irregularly
crenate, 0.4—0.8 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter,
glabrous; stamens 24, connate up to 1.5 mm
above top of disk, filaments free for 1-3 mm,
glabrous towards top, densely hairy at base;
anthers 0.6—0.8 mm long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide.
Female flowers not seen. Intact fruit not seen.
Sarcocarp with sparse trichomes. Endocarp
This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:49:57 +00:00
All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms
Forster, Three new species of Fontainea Heckel
beaked for 1—1.7 mm at tip, 3—4-ridged at
sutures; intersutural faces weakly rugose,+ flat
to slightly convex, 15—17 mm long, 8—9.5 mm
wide. Fig. 3.
Additional specimens examined: Queensland. BURNETT
District: Portion 90, S.F. 172 [now a Conservation Park},
Aug 1988, Forster 4687 (BRI); Fontainea Scrub, S.F. 172,
Oct 1993, Forster 14130 (BRI); ditto, May 1996, Forster
19158 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Fontainea fugax 1s
known only from the Binjour—Gurgeena
Plateau. area between Gayndah and
Mundubbera in the Burnett district of south-
east Queensland. Plants grow as understorey
shrubs in semi-evergreen vine thicket with a
canopy dominated by Backhousia kingii
35
Guymer on red euchrozem soils at altitudes
between 350 and 400 m.
Notes: Fontainea fugax is closely allied to
F’. rostrata Jessup & (Guymer and the initial
sterile collection of the plant was referred to as
this species (Forster et al. 1991). A comparison
of important diagnostic differences between
F. fugax and F. rostrata is provided in Table
3. This comparison 1s based on limited material
of male flowers and endocarps, yet provides
clear morphological discontinuities between the
two entities. Unfortunately it has not been
possible to obtain herbarium material of female
flowers and mature fruits, this is despite
repeated visits (c. 10) between 1994 and mid
1996 after rainfall events when flowering could
be expected. This situation could persist
indefinitely and due to the rarity of this plant it
is considered more beneficial for its
conservation if the species is formally named.
Table 3. Morphological comparison of Fontainea fugax and F. rostrata.
Character FP’. fugax F’. rostrata
petiole base not swollen base slightly swollen
male flowers 4—5 x 6-8 mm 4-6 x 11-13 mm
stamen no. 24 28—40
endocarp beak
intersutural faces
Conservation status: Fontainea fugax 1s
known from only two populations in close
proximity to one another. One population
(apparently of one plant) is present in a
Conservation Park (site 50 of Forster et al
1991). The other population (with less than 50
plants) is present in State Forest within
a very small stand of vine thicket that is
experiencing repeated fire incursions on its
western boundary and weed infestations of
1—1.7 mm long
weakly rugose
+ flat to concave
15—17 x 8-9.5 mm
2—3 mm long
strongly rugose
+ flat to weakly convex
20-23 x 11-13 mm
Mexican daisy — Verbesina encelioides (Cav.)
Benth. & Hook.f. ex A.Gray and Dutchmans
Pipe—Aristolochia elegans Mast., on the eastern
boundary associated with fence construction by
the leaseholder. Virtually all semi-evergreen
vine thicket on the Binjour—Gurgeena Plateau
that is not in conservation Park or State Forest,
has now been cleared for agriculture and
grazing. This area is notable for other
endangered or geographically significant plant
This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:49:57 +00:00
All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms
36 Austrobaileya 5(1); 29-37 (1997)
species that occur in the semi-evergreen vine 14134). Both F. fugax and the community in
thicket communities, especially Pomaderris | which it occurs, are endangered in the central
clivicola E.M.Ross, Bertya opponens(F.Muell. Burnett district. A conservation coding of E
ex Benth.) Guymer, B. pedicellata F.Muell. (endangered) is recommended for listing under
and Zieria sp. (Binjour Plateau P.1.Forster the Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin fugax (fleeting, transitory) and alludes to
the difficulty of obtaining material of the flowers
of this species,
= a
= = A.
72
eee 77%
eA ee fe,
Seite
Soy tit Laks 4
Veg! iF)
tee ie
i
Fig. 3. Fontainea fugax P.1.¥orst. A. twig x 0.8. B. undersurface of leaf showing venation < 1.5. C. male flower x 6,
D-—F. views of endocarps x 2. A-C Forster 14802 (BRI), D-F Forster 14130 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
ppd etn ev a or RR
LEDGE STD ARE eta Ce iy pep ES EE NB
Forster, Three new species of Fontainea Heckel
37
Key to the Australian taxa of Fontainea
1. Leafpetioles slightly swollen at base and apex; male flower disk with dense
CRIGHONIES — 5 crcte tony Wk lene rE a hs
Leaf petioles of uniform thickness or slightly swollen only at base; male
flower disk glabrous ...........0.005-
2. Leaf petioles not geniculate; basilaminar glands marginal; fruit endocarp
FORIRG GT oF Ue Sink ubnd o dint endvasssivany cee Sudan
Leafpetioles+ geniculate; basilaminar glands intramarginal to submarginal;
fruit endocarp not beaked .............
3, Fruit broadly ovoid, 27—27 mm long; endocarp intersutural faces smooth
* © © © © © © © © BH FE © © © © © © & © © © £F & & &#& © & &£& © &£& &£ F&F SF F
NE ana eel ea, a EEAy Te eee F. australis
Fruit globose to depressed-globose, 18—22 mm long; endocarp intersutural
LACES TU O SES 3p wie sh shh oS hhc SW a OO
© nan hates, aha ioe “dann cd. bua & ELC oa ea GB eile F. oraria
4, Leaf basilaminar glands marginal, at junction of petiole and lamina;
endocarp not beaked, intersutural faces smooth with scattered vascular
FOU AIIIMAG rac sca & pia shock fepephasbthdos gla pd wee hheg? a Stciie Belen ta eed ee eater RON eo leg F. venosa
Leaf basilaminar glands intramarginal to submarginal, 2—22 mm from
lamina base; endocarp beaked for 1-3 mm, intersutural faces rugose .............. 5
5. Leaf petioles of uniform thickness; fruit endocarp beaked for 1—-1.7 mm;
endocarp intersutural faces weakly rugose, 15-17 mm long, 8—9.5 mm
VTS) org cg Sos Rod CSUR Toe Rh at WHR. HibeNP AR dans i deel alu hace MRA A Ra oeeaien @ & Me F. fugax
Leaf petioles slightly swollen at base; fruit endocarp beaked for 2—3 mm;
endocarp intersutural faces strongly rugose, 20-23 mm long, 11-13 mm
wid
Dee is! op ie a wh eed Sang WE weld RGR eh fe Sse tee oo oe Set wen: of wets
Acknowledgements
Thanks to W. Smith (BRD) for the illustrations of
F’ fugax, P.Robins (BRI) for the photographs of
specimens, and L.A.Craven (CANB) for
translation of the diagnoses into Latin and the
Directors/Curators of K and L for loan/
information of/on specimens. The Queensland
Forest Service of the Queensland Department
of Primary Industries is acknowledged for
permits to collect and traverse in State Forests
and Timber Reserves. This work was funded by
the Australian Biological Resources Study
during 1992-1994,
References
Airy Suaw, H.K. (1974). The genus Fortainea in New
Guinea. Kew Bulletin 29: 326-328.
Airy SHAW, H.K. (1980). The Euphorbiaceae of New
Guinea. Kew Bulletin Additional Series VIII.
London: Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Forster, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Biro, L.H, & BEAN, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east
Oueensland, Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.
Jessup, L.W. & Guymer, G.P. (1985). A revision of
Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae: Cluytieae).
Austrobaileya 2: 112-125.
Wesster, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and
suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the
Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144,
A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and
Rubus subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (1997). A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus subg.
Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51. The five indigenous
and naturalised Australian taxa belonging to Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus
subg. Diemenicus subg. nov. are treated. A new variety, R. moluccanus var. trilobus A.R.Bean 1s
described. A key to the native and naturalised Australian taxa of Rubus is presented,
Keywords: taxonomy, Rosaceae, Rubus, Australian flora, key, Rubus subg. Malachobatus, Rubus
subg. Dalibarda, Rubussube. Diemenicus, Rubus alceifolius, Rubus moluccants var. moluccanus,
Rubus moluccanus var. trilobus, Rubus hillii, Rubus x novus, Rubus gunnianus,
A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, 4068, Australia
Introduction
Rubus L. is a large genus with many
representatives in the northern hemisphere, but
it is poorly represented in the southern
hemisphere. For example, five indigenous
species are recorded for New Zealand (Webb
et al. 1980). Australia is similarly poorly
endowed, with a total of eight indigenous
species, one hybrid and some infraspecific taxa
(Bean 1995, 1997).
Two subgenera are treated in this paper:
Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke is
a large subgenus with an estimated 127 species
(Thompson 1997), and with its centre of
diversity in eastern Asia. Twenty species have
been recorded for Malesia (Kalkman 1984),
New Guinea has three indigenous species, and
Australia has just one (R. moluccanus L.). A
second species, R. alceifolius Poir. is naturalised
in north Queensland. Rubus rugosus Sm., while
not known to be naturalised mm Australia, is
occasionally cultivated, and has been
misidentified by Australian botanists as either
R. moluccanus (Symon 1986) or R. Aillti
(Bennett 1987).
Accepted for publication 25 July 1997
Rubus gunnianus was formerly included
by Focke (1910) with four other species
(R. lasiococcus Gray, RK. pedatus Sm.,
R. fockeanus Kurz and R. dalibarda L.) in
Rubus subg. Dalibarda (L.) Focke. The first
three of these species were transferred to
R. subg. Cylactis (Focke) Focke by Bailey
(1941), and all botanists since Focke have
accorded R. dalibarda generic status, as
Dalibarda repens L. (e.g. Batley 1941, Gleason
1952, Scoggan 1978). R. gunnianus has a
number of unique characteristics (see
discussion later) and a new subgenus, Rubus
subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean 1s erected here for
it.
This is the third and final paper revising
the Australian species of Rubus. It is not
intended to deal with the taxonomy of
naturalised taxa of Rubus L. subg. Rubus, and
in the following key, the European Blackberry
complex (A. fruticosus agg.) 1s not subdivided.
A key to these species may be found in Harden
& Rodd (1990).
40 Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)
Taxonomy
Key to native and naturalised taxa of Rubus in Australia. Naturalised taxa
are marked with an asterisk (*)
1. Plants herbaceous, without prickles, carpels 6-10 ......00 0... cece eee R. gunnianus
Plants woody, with prickles, carpels 25-600 .. 0... ee ee eens 2
2. Vines, without differentiated stems or canes; inflorescence axillary,
race-mose; flowers UNISeEXUAal 1... ee eee ce ee ene tena eee ensneees 3
Sprawling shrubs, with stout sterile canes (primocanes) and
flower-bearing side-shoots (floricanes); inflorescence terminal,
HuiHCulate: TOWELS DISEMUAL 6 icivre.c ace a2ly 4 aber Tease acu dsk ao PaaS ea pelb dine SR we EM 4
3. Undersides of leaflets densely hairy throughout; margins with 5—7
teeth/cm; stipules present; carpels not glandular; aggregate fruits with
TOS Osea CAPDIGS fon es a Wise ah TM eb slo Gack 0 Wty SiN wees Toieeteapert R. moorei
Undersides of leaflets glabrous except for domatia and hairs along veins;
margins with 3—5 teeth/cm; stipules absent; carpels glandular; aggregate
fruits with 35-65 glabrous carpidS ....... 0... ec eee eee R, nebulosus
4. Leaves on primocanes (and floricanes) simple... 1... cc ee teens 5
Leaves- on, priimniOcantes COMIPOUIL 5-55 FR cg bevrgiess 8 © ace nce eh gohe® scatewre Cs adnan ene anne 7
5. Stipules up to 15 x 15 mm, divided almost to their base, filamentous; leaves
(especially young leaves) with a mixture of short and long hairs on
aa I SUET ACE oe cae etal a Nice ce 4 Sid ed eygivirete de, Vlorh Gowicers tebe ole Re ag Boa abel ac *R, alceifolius
Stipules up to 12 x 6 mm, undivided at base, not filamentous; leaves
with only long hairs on adaxial surface, or glabrous ......... 0. ccc eee ees 6
6. Most or all leaves prominently 3-lobed, with end lobe about
two-thirds the length of the leaf; indumentum on petioles rather sparse,
mostly appressed; petals mostly pink ..............000- R. moluccanus var. trilobus
Leaves unlobed or lobes <1 cm deep, never prominently 3-lobed;
indumentum on petioles dense, mostly spreading; petals white
Suesartan ete Se talata: ara lanty a Beat ately leek gente desta ite wee erat R. moluccanus var. moluccanus
7. Leaves on primocanes pinnate or trifoliolate 0.0... eee ens 8
Leaves on primocanes pedate or palmate... 0. eee eee eee ye. 14
8. Leaflets 3—5, white or yellowish underneath, due to dense cover of short
hairs-obseuring the tearlet-surtace).... 4: cease beter tre oe mee Ob ek ag Eo ee 9
Leaflets S—9, green underneath, glabrous or hairy, surface of leaflets not
ODSCUPEE OY AHS ose 4 ciate digesta ate eine a dh eke sh anlar Ween’ oo SMU: eH eee 1]
9. Branchlets with erect reddish hairs or bristles; petals white; fruits yellow ... *R. ellipticus
Branchlets with appressed white hairs; petals pink or red; fruits (when
TOTES CER NICER <a of Wes cid. ea + Reng endl Sane aA ae een renegades Bent anche nat Sorted oe BAe ae 10
10. Stipules 2-lobed, occasionally 3 or 4-lobed, fruits never formed............. R. x novus
Slipules entines Huits LOM! 5.4 .yeycace dees ecd Quecerergew bes hu edeete Racer aie R. parvifolius
Bean, Rubus subg. Malachobatus 4]
11, Branchlets glabrous; leaflets glabrous or sparsely hairy on veins ...........0 00 cee. 12
Branchlets hairy; leaflets hairy throughout ......... 0. eee eee 13
12.Most carpels glandular; leaflets 14-27 mm wide; petals hairy on
both surfaces ......... 0.0000 ceeeeece
* «© © # # FF *® &#@ &#@ @© BF F © BB FF F&F ££ £ © 8 Ff
R. queenslandicus
No carpels glandular; leaflets 20-48 mm wide; petals glabrous on inner
MU LAC hs bd edhe die eat iters oe ain Lele dae
13. Flowers with 5 petals .......... 000. ee.
Flowers with 9-13 petals ...............
14, Leaflets deeply incised or pinnatisect .....
= «© 8#® F FB @®© FB & *& & & & FF * & &£& &£& FF FF #& 8 &F§ FF FF FF BH FF FE
’' &+ & &§ * *# * 8 8 8 Ff
Leaflets often lobed, but never deeply incised or pinnatisect............ 0.0000 ee eee 15
15. Floricanes pruinose; mature fruits red .....
Floricanes not pruinose; mature fruits black
* ££ # © © #&* © © © © &© B&F # #@© @© @ & 8 8© #8 #@ @ © © b8 wp 8 # &£ © © © & & F 16
16. Lower surface of leaflets green and stems without glandular hairs; petals
ELSG mm iong: oo of. ep ae we tee eens
Pe meee at tert ee at ee *R. bellobatus
Lower surface of leaflets glaucous or stems with glandular hairs; petals
OSM AML IONG whe et Peele HORT RAD
Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke,
Bibhoth. Bot. 72: 41 (1910); R. sect.
Malachobatus Focke, Abh. Naturwiss.
Vereine Bremen 4: 187 (1874). Type: not
designated
About 127 species, mostly eastern and south-
eastern Asia, also Malesia, Australia, western
Pacific islands.
Shrubs, prickles present; leaves mostly
simple, entire or lobed. Glands absent. Stipules
free, on the twigs near the petiole base, mostly
more or less divided. Inflorescence terminal,
paniculate. Flowers mostly bisexual, carpels
mostly 30-180; fruits red, succulent.
Rubus alceifolius Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 6: 247
(1804); R. moluccanus var. alceifolius (Poitr.)
Kuntze, Meth. Sp.-Beschr. Rubus 56 (1879).
Type: Java, 1766-69, P. Commerson s.n. (holo:
P—JU, microfiche!).
For synonymy, see Kalkman (1984).
Illustrations: W.T.Parsons & E.G.Cuthbertson,
Noxious Weeds of Austral. (1992: 576);
D.L.Jones & B. Gray, Climbing PI. in Austral.
(1988: 331).
sa GMAIL oS Bete ROG Si AT Ge *R, fruticosus agg.
Erect shrubs, sometimes semi-scandent, up to
6 m high. Stems hairy, with stout, curved to
almost straight prickles to 4 mm long. Leaves
simple, Petioles 35-55 mm long, terete, hairy,
with a few stout prickles. Stipules rather
caducous, orbicular in outline, to 15 mm long,
15 mm wide, divided almost to the base, with
linear lobes; attached to stem at petiole base.
Blades of leaves broadly ovate to orbicular,
85—150(-200) x 70—130(-200) mm, shallowly
5—7-lobed; upper surface green, hairy,
comprising sparse long straight hairs and dense
short stiff hairs; lower surface brown or
yellowish, densely hairy, with short curly hairs
almost or completely obscuring the leaf surface,
and longer straight, spreading hairs on the veins;
glands absent; base cordate; apex acute;
margins serrate, with serrations 1—1.5 mm deep.
Leaves palminerved at base, then penninerved
with 2—3 pairs of lateral veins, terminating at a
major tooth; venation reticulate, midrib and
lateral veins flat to slightly impressed above,
raised below, prickles occasionally present.
Inflorescences terminal or in upper leaf axils,
up to 100 mm long, each with up to LO flowers.
Bracts broadly ovate in outline, to 17 mm long,
deeply pinnatisect, segments linear, acute, hairy
outside, glabrous inside. Pedicels terete,
5-14 mm long, sessile glands absent. Flowers
42
bisexual. Flower buds globular, hypanthia
shallowly convex to almost flat, densely hairy,
unarmed or with a few short prickles. Sepals
persistent, ovate, 9-10 x 5.5—7 mm, outer ones
with S—7 prominent linear lobes, inner ones not
or scarcely lobed; sepals recurved at fruiting
stage, and becoming somewhat larger; with
dense white hairs on both surfaces, prickles
absent. Petals not persistent, orbicular, shortly
clawed, 7—9 x7—8.5 mm, glabrous, white, apex
obtuse. Stamens 200-280; filaments up to
5.5 mm long, glabrous; anthers c. 0.75 mm
long, versatile, dorsifixed, with several hairs
at apex. Carpels 110-180, glabrous, glands
absent; ovaries c. 1.0 mm long, styles
c. 0.9 mm long. Carpels extending to base of
torus, annulus of hairs present at base of torus.
Collective fruit globular,c. 16 <x 16 mm when
dried, c. 25 x 25 mm when fresh, exocarp red
at maturity. Endocarpids reniform to ovoid,
rugose, c. 2.5 x 1.7 x 1.3 mm.
Selected spectinens: Queensland. Cook Districr: 6 km E
of Babinda, Dec 1992, Bean 5332 (BRI); c. 2 km SW of
Bramston Beach on read from Bruce Hwy, Aug 1989,
Blaxell 89/160 et al. (NSW); Palmerston Highway
c. 10 km from Millaa Miilaa, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2731
(BRD; c. 40 km SE of Atherton at Josephine Falls, Aug
1981, Croat 52636 (NSW); c. 11 mls [18 km] from Innisfail
neat Waugh’s Pocket, May 1952, Everist 5087 (BRD; S.F.
310 Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge, end of Fuller road, Jul
1995, Forster PIF17129 & Figg (BRI, K, MEL, NSW,
QRS); Swipers flat, Wooroonooran N.P., Jul 1995, Forster
PIFi7148 & Figg (BRI, MEL, NSW); Churchill Ck,
Churchill LA, SF 143, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17199 & Figg
(BRI, MEL, NSW, QRS); Cape Kimberley road, Nov 1995,
Forster PIF 18178 (BRI, QRS); SFR 755, Bartle Frere,
Boonjee L.A., Mar 1993, Gray 5642 (QRS); Danbulla, May
1961, Zyland 1859 (BRI); Cucantia, near junction of Russell
and Mulgrave Rivers, Thorne 23132a et al. (BRI);
Bellenden Ker, Mar 1922, White 1261 (BRI); Babinda,
Jan 1923, White sn. (BRI). NortH KeNNepy DisTRICcT:
i km W of Paluma, NW of Townsville, May 1992, Bean
4412 (BRI, K, MEL, NSW); Tam O’Shanter S.F. 1137,
Mission Beach-Tully road, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17356
(BRI, MEL, NSW, QRS); 14 km NW of South Johnstone,
Oct 1988, Jessup GJM2514 et al. (BRI); 11 km N of Tully
on Bruce Highway, Apr 1975, Orchard 4657 (BRI);
Mission Beach, Feb 1980, Stanfey 80255 (BRI). Port
Curtis District: Quinns Gap road, c. 12.5 km NW of
Carmila, Jul 1994, A¢eDonald 6056 et al. (BRD.
Distribution and habitat: R. alceifolius is
indigenous to south-east Asia, from southern
China to Indonesia, as far east as Sulawesi
(Celebes). Naturalised populations in Australia
extend from Cape Tribulation to Tully, with
two disjunct populations further south at
Paluma and Carmila (Map 1). It grows in
Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)
thickets on the edges of mesophyll or notophyll
rainforest, and on other disturbed sites where
rainforest once grew.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded
throughout the year; fruits have been recorded
between May and August.
Notes: R. alceifolius is closely related to
R. moluccanus, but can be readily distinguished
by the deeply divided bracts and stipules with
filiform segments, the leaves which are
5—7-lobed and often orbicular in outline, the
globular flower buds, the indumentum on the
adaxial leaf surface which comprises a mixture
of long and short hairs (long hatrs only in
R. moluccanus) and the greater number of
carpels and stamens per flower.
I support the widely held belief that this
species is naturalised in Australia. R. alceifolius
was not recorded by F.M.Bailey during the
Bellenden Ker Expedition in 1889, nor in
Bailey (1900). It was first collected in Australia
by C.T.White in March 1922, from Bellenden
Ker (presumably near the railway siding of that
name), and shortly after from Babinda. The
species is apparently continuing to spread, as
some recent collections are a long way from
the first recorded locations.
R. alceifolius is considered a serious weed
in Eacham, Johnstone and Mulgrave Shires, and
is a Declared Plant, Category P3 under the
Queensland Rural Lands Protection Act
(1985-88), where ‘infestations must be
reduced’,
Rubus moluccanus L., Sp. Pl. 1197 (1753).
Type: plate 47, fig. 2, in Rumphtus, Herb.
Amboin. 5: 88 (1747).
Rubus haskarlii subsp. dendrocharis
Focke, Biblioth. Bot. 72: 99 (1910);
R. dendrocharis (Focke) Focke, Bot.
Jahrb. Syst. 54: 70 (1916);R. moluccanus
var. dendrocharis (Focke) P.Royen,
Phan. Monogr. 2: 106 (1969). Type: Bele
River, 18 km NE of Lake Habbema, Nov
1938, Brass 11387 (neo: A, fide Royen
(1969); iso: BRI).
For further synonymy, see Kalkman
(1984).
Bean, Rubus subg. Malachobatus
Erect shrubs, sometimes semi-scandent, up to
6 m high. Stems hairy, with stout, curved to
almost straight prickles to 2 mm long. Leaves
simple. Petioles 22-52 mm long, slightly
grooved on upper surface, hairy, with a few
stout prickles. Stipules caducous, elliptic in
outline, to 12 mm long, 6 mm wide, undivided
at base, with linear lobes; attached to stem at
petiole base. Blades of leaves ovate to broadly
ovate, 45-150 <x 40-125 mm, shallowly
3—S-lobed or prominently 3-lobed, or
sometimes entire; upper surface green, sparsely
hairy, comprising long straight hairs only; lower
surface brown or yellowish, densely hairy, with
short curly hairs obscuring the leaf surface, and
longer straight, appressed or spreading hairs on
the veins, glands absent; base cordate to
auriculate, but adjacent lobes only rarely
touching each other; apex acute or occasionally
obtuse; margins serrate, with serrations 1-2 mm
deep. Leaves palminerved at base, then
43
terminating at a major tooth; venation reticulate,
midrib and lateral veins flat to slightly
impressed above, raised below, prickles
occasionally present. Inflorescence terminal or
in upper leaf axils, up to 120 mm long, with up
to 15 flowers. Bracts ovate to broadly ovate in
outline, to 9 mm long, deeply pinnatisect,
segments linear, acute, hairy outside, glabrous
inside. Pedicels terete, 6-11 mm long, sessile
glands absent. Flowers bisexual. Flower buds
ovoid, hypanthia shallowly convex to almost
flat, densely hairy, unarmed. Sepals persistent,
deltate, 6-9 x 4-5 mm, without an acumen,
entire or with 3—5S short lobes, recurved at
fruiting stage, and becoming somewhat larger;
with dense white hairs on both surfaces,
prickles absent. Petals not persistent, broadly
ovate, not or shortly clawed, 6—8 x 4—5.5 mm,
glabrous or sparsely hairy, white or pink, apex
obtuse. Stamens 60—110; filaments up to 4mm
long, glabrous; anthers c. 0.75 mm long,
penninerved with 5—7 pairs of lateral veins, — versatile, dorsitixed, glabrous or with several
hairs at apex. Carpels 35—70, glabrous, glands
absent; ovaries c. 0.9 mm long, styles
ST aeenesee MDAOLT
Wseueeacesesceneeer gsersfuoeee!
ne. | Net CC
_ Pid a SR aR EREEERSCEED
BEER GEC CEE EE EEE EEE TERRE
ssdastcnee fat serataceel
155
! 10
l
|
SEESEGGR SRE a
PREECE 3
| EEC CCC ECC
ce SECC | sth
sarees ECE eee ce
\ LN | une 2 ! = -EEEEE Ra hs
SL yy TE ed PEE rh
y
=euanenue CCC ies ,
Ss FECRECECE EEE SPEREE ECE pe
Map 1. Distribution of A Rubus alceifolius and
kK |
COE
+N PPR rare EEE )
gannEre SeERGP/) Pere Ha
seruentorec tout batanfhr7/safoasastacter gat
: |
} 35
Ha
= t-
i - —s
ae R. Bun fi | Gnhnus,
44
c. 7.5 mm long. Carpels extending to base
of torus, annulus of hairs present at base of
torus. Collective fruit globular or oblate,
c. 10 x13 mm when dried, c. 12 x 16 mm
when fresh, exocarp red at maturity.
Endocarpids reniform to ovoid, lacunose,
6.2.3 * 1.5 x 1.5 mm.
Two varieties occur in Australia;
R. moluccanus var. moluccanus and
R. moluccanus var. trilobus.
Rubus moluccanus L. var. moluccanus
Rubus hillii F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Philos.
Inst. Victoria 2: 67 (1857). Type:
Queensland. Moreton District: Brisbane
River, post Feb 1855, W. Hill s.n. (holo:
MEL [MEL 31307]; iso: K).
Rubus capricorni Focke, Annuaire Conserv.
Jard. Bot. Geneve 20: 106 (1917). Type:
Queensland. Cook District: Kamerunga
near Cairns, 1885-89, O. Warburg 18628
(holo: B, destroyed).
Rubus moluccanus var. austropacificus
P.Royen, Phan. Monogr. 2: 113 (1969)
(‘austropacifica’). Type: Bougainville.
Tuareruku village W of Toiumonapu
Plantation, S of Kieta, 4 July 1963,P. van
Royen NGF 16444 (holo: L n.v.; iso:
BRI).
Leaves 85-130 x 60—125 mm, shallowly
3—5-lobed, with sinuses <]0 mm deep, or entire;
young stems, petioles and veins of the lower
leaf surface with erect or spreading, long
straight hairs, as well as short curly hairs which
obscure the lamina; petals white.
Selected specimens: Queensland. Coox District:
c. 14 mls [23 km] NNW of Daintree, Nov 1967, Boyland
& Gillieatt 415 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Black Mountain road,
near Kuranda, Jan 1968, Brass 33753 (QRS); c. 1 km S of
Kuranda on road to Wrights Lookout, Jan 1980, Clarkson
2752 (BRI, QRS); near Mt Haig, c. 4.5 km NNW of
Danbulla, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2722 (BRI, L, QRS);
32 km along road to Leo Creek, Mcliwraith Range, Jun
1995, Forster PIF16821 (BRI, K, MEL, NSW, QRS);
Home Rule, Jul 1995, Forster PIF 17289 & Figg (BRI,
MEL, NSW, QRS); Nissen Creek, Mt Perseverance road,
Jul 1995, Forster PIF17178 & Figg (BRI, QRS); Timber
Reserve 14, Kesteven, Oct 1981, Hyland 11152 (QRS);
Noel L.A., N of Tinaroo Falls Dam, Nov 1981, Kanis
2152 (BRI, CANB). Norry Kennepy District: just W of
Paluma, NW of Townsville, Feb 1992, Bean 3948 (BRI);
Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)
top of Seaview Range escarpment, Trebonne-Mt Fox road,
Apr 1985, Rodd 4485 & Hardie (BRI, MEL, NSW);
headwaters of Dryander Creek, Mt Dryander, Feb 1971,
Webb & Tracey 10073 (BRI, CANB); Wilkin Hill,
Hinchinbrook Is., May 1972, Webb & Tracey 12011 (BRI,
CANB, QRS). SouTH KENNEDY District: Mt Blackwood,
Mar 1987, Thompson 79 (BRI). Wipe Bay DIstTRIct:
Gheerulla Falls, Mapleton S.F., Nov 1990, Bean 2684
(BRI, NSW); Kin Kin, Jan 1917, White s.n. (BRI, K).
Moreton District: Mt Cougal N.P., Upper Currumbin
Creek, Mar 1997, Bean 11765 (BRI, MEL, NSW);
2.5 mls [4.0 km] SW of Nambour, Jan 1970, Parsons s.n.
(BRI); Mt Glorious, Dec 1950, StJohn 24402 (K).
New South Wales. Nortu Coast: Richmond River,
undated, coll. unknown (NSW [NSW394747]); Clarence
River, undated, 7Adoore (MEL [MEL 31326]).
Distribution and habitat: R. moluccanus var.
moluccanus 1s native to south-east Asia,
including Thailand, throughout Malesia and
extending to Fiji (Salkman 1984). In Australia,
it is indigenous to coastal areas from northern
Queensland to northern New South Wales
(Map 2), although no collections have been
made in New South Wales for over 100 years.
It grows in open locations within or fringing
notophyll or mesophyll rainforest, or sometimes
in open forest with (for example) Eucalyptus
grandis W.Hill ex Maiden at altitudes from
sea-level to 1140 metres.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
recorded for most months of the year.
Note: Bentham (1864) recorded R. moluccanus
for the Northern Territory based on a specimen
with the label ‘Port Efsington |[Essington?],
Armstrong’. This distributional record was
subsequently repeated by Ewart & Davies
(1917) and appears in several popular
publications of recent years. However, the
record appears to be erroneous. Firstly, the
specimen in question belongs inR. moluccanus
var. discolor (BI.) Kalkman, a taxon not
recorded for Australia, but common in Malesia
and the islands of the western Pacific. Secondly,
R. moluccanus is not otherwise known from
the Northern Territory, based on both
herbarium records and the comprehensive atlas
provided by Liddle et al. (1994). Furthermore,
no Rubus species has been seen by botanists of
the Northern Territory Herbarium (DNA)
(C. Dunlop, pers. comm.).
my SL Mec eye emp ee Md ae WE NT a
Bean, Rubus subg. Afalachobatus 45
Armstrong is known to have collected in foliis conspicue trilobis lobo suo terminali
Timor for some years (Britten & Boulger 1931), longitudine dimidium folii excedenti,
and it is likely that the‘Port Essington’ specimen indumento plerumque adpresso et petalis
has originated from Timor, and that a saepe roseis, differens. Typus: New
misplacement of specimen labels has occurred. South Wales. NoRTHERN J'ABLELANDS:
Giro State Forest, between Walcha and
Typification: The holotype of R. capricorniwas Gloucester, 10 December 1996,
destroyed during World War II. Isotypes were A.R. Bean 11477 (holo: BRI; iso: K, L,
sought from E, K, BM, FI, G and W, but without MEL, NSW).
success. The protologue is sufficiently detailed
to allow placement of this name as a synonym [R. Ailfii auct. non F.Muell.|
of R. moluccanus var. moluccanus.
Illustration: G.R. Cochrane et al., Fl. & Plants
Conservation status: R. moluccanus var. of Victoria & Tasmania, p. 97 (1980), as
moluccanus is a widespread and common — &. Aillii.
taxon. No conservation coding is
recommended. Leaves 45-110 x 40-100 mm, deeply 3-lobed,
with sinuses >10 mm deep, and terminal lobe
R. moluccanus var. trilobus A.R.Bean var. —c. two-thirds of leaf length; young stems,
nov. varietati moluccanae affinis, sed petioles and veins of the lower leaf surface with
appressed or sometimes spreading, long straight
hairs, as well as short curly hairs which obscure
SEE the lamina; petals usually pale or deep pink,
but sometimes white. |
Map 2, Distribution of Rubus moluccanus var. moluccanus.
46
Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Sylvia
Creek c. 4 km W of Atherton, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2742
(BRI, QRS), NortH KENNEDY District: Mt Graham,
Rockinghams Bay, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Magnetic Island,
around summit of Mt Cook, Aug 1982, Sandercoe 903
(BRI). SoutH Kennepy District: Carlisle Island, 35 km
N of Mackay, Sep 1986, Sharpe 4466 et al. (BRI). Porr
Curtis District: Mt Maria, c. 65 km NW of Bundaberg,
Novy 1993, Bean 7003 (BRI, DNA); Rockhampton, Apr
1868, O’Shanesy 99 (MEL). Wipe Bay District: Middle
road, near Kenilworth-Jimna road, Dec 1990, Bean 2710
(BRI, CANB, MEL). DarumNc Downs District: Spicers
Gap, Main Range N.P., via Aratula, May 1995, Bean 8643
(BRI, MEL). Moreton District: Mount Mistake, Nov 1930,
Hubbard 5217 (BRI, K). New South Wales. NorTHERN
TABLELANDS: Mt Boss SF, 45 km NW of Wauchope, May
1975, Coveny 6375 et al. GS). NortH Coast: Dalmortan
State Forest, SW of Grafton, Aug 1994, Bean 7766 (BRI);
Toonumbar, NW of Kyogle, May 1949, Constable
NSW10543 (K, NSW). CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Murdering
Gully, Kanangra, 10 miles [16 km] SE of Jenolan Caves,
May 1965, Constable 5906 (K, NSW); foot of Katoomba
Falls, Blue Mts, Dec 1950, StJohn 24604 (K, NSW).
CENTRAL Coast: Bulli Pass, Apr 1896, Morrison 5271 CK,
NSW). Sours Coast: Mt Dromedary, Courta Creek, Mar
1980, Craven 5422 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW);
McCarthys Ck, Tantawangalo S.F., Dec 1990, Crawford
1249 (MEL, NSW). Victoria. Howe Ranges, N of
Marshmead, Nov 1969, Beauglehole 31453 & Willis
Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)
(MEL); Scout Camp Rd, Major Ck crossing, 5.1 km N of
Orbost, Aug 1979, Forbes 140 (MEL, NSW); Newtons
Ck, near Cabbage Tree Creek, Dec 1910, St/o/in s.n. CK,
MEL).
Distribution and habitat: R. moluccanus var.
trilobus is endemic to Australia, and it extends
from the Atherton Tableland in north
Queensland to far eastern Victoria (Map 3). It
commonly grows in gullies or sheltered
situations in open eucalypt forest, and also on
the edges of notophyll rainforest. In north
Queensland it is confined to altitudes above
c. 500 metres, but elsewhere it may extend to
sea-level.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
recorded from every month of the year.
Notes: The rank of variety has been chosen for
this taxon, because it differs from
R, moluccanus sens. str. only in the leaf shape,
characters of the indumentum and the often
pink petals; and because this rank 1s compatible
with the treatment of Kalkman (1984). The
113 120 125 (} 135 140
pa hs RRESR RRM e
10 EEEEEE EE TYNE at ft PP 7
KCC eee
EEA SSamOnaT,
eer seeeeeees, CREP rr
anes ere ce HE
15
: CCC Hee
acabeetier (eiseetbosteeootincait: |
E
25
30 TTL
ane EER eEeee”
re er neko
: ate
geneene
40
quasauseens
cCCELE ere
NBURERSHEe Seas
CEEEEHEPEREE CELE axel
ECEEE EEE Ete Sane
a SEER EE EEE HE BPE
115 120 125 136
Map 3. Distribution of Rubus moluccanus var. trilobus
135
140 Id5
TAGE Ln es bette
Bean, Rubus subg. Adalachobatus
name R. hillii has long been misapplied to this
taxon.
Conservation status: R. moluccanus var.
trilobus 1s a widespread and common taxon.
No conservation coding is recommended.
Rubus x novus Kuntze, Meth. Sp.-Beschr. Rubus
(1879). Type: New South Wales. NortH
Coast: Hastings River, in 1862,H. Beckler
s.n. (ecto, here designated: K).
Rubusx illegitimus Focke, Annuaire Conserv.
Jard. Bot. Geneve 20: 106 (1917). Type:
Queensland. DARLING Downs DistRIcT:
Toowoomba, 1885-89, O. Warburg 18629
(holo: B, destroyed),
Rubus x novae-cambriae Gand., Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 65: 25 (1918). Type: New
South Wales. CENTRAL Coast: Menangle,
Oct 1893, R.T. Baker s.n. (holo: LY nv.,
photo at NSW).
Sprawling shrubs, sometimes semi-prostrate, up
to | m high. Stems hairy, with stout, curved to
almost straight prickles to 2.5 mm long. Leaves
up to 105 mm long, usually trifoliolate, rarely
simple but then deeply 3-lobed. Petioles
10-44 mm long, grooved on upper surface,
hairy, with a few stout prickles. Petiolules of
lateral leaflets absent or up to 1 mm long,
erooved, hairy; petiolules of terminal leaflets
0—11 mm long, grooved above, hairy. Stipules
persistent, linear, to 12 mm long, 1.5 mm wide,
usually 2-lobed, sometimes these lobes further
divided; apex acute, attached at junction of
petiole and stem. Blades of leaflets ovate,
25~75 X 2-50 mm, the terminal leaflet often
larger than the lateral ones; upper surface green,
sparsely hairy, comprising long straight hairs
only; lower surface white or yellowish, densely
hairy, with short curly hairs obscuring the leaf
surface, and longer straight, appressed or
spreading hairs on the veins; glands absent; base
broadly cuneate or obtuse, sometimes oblique
in lateral leaflets; apex acute; margins serrate,
with serrations 1-3 mm deep. Leaflets
penninerved with 4—6 pairs of lateral veins,
terminating at a major tooth; venation reticulate,
midrib and lateral veins impressed above, raised
below, prickles occasionally present.
47
Inflorescence terminal or in upper leaf axils,
up to 80 mm long, with up to 10 flowers. Bracts
3—5—partite, to 9 mm long, segments linear,
acute, hairy outside, glabrous inside. Pedicels
terete, 4-20 mm long, hairy, glands absent.
Flowers bisexual. Flower buds ovoid, hypanthia
shallowly convex to almost flat, hairy, unarmed.
Sepals persistent, deltate, 5.5—7 x 2.5-3.5 mm,
including a 0.5—2.5 mm long acumen, entire or
occasionally with small lobes, recurved after
anthesis; with dense white hairs on both
surfaces, prickles absent. Petals not persistent,
elliptical, clawed, 6-8 x 4—5 mm, glabrous or
with some hairs on outer surface, pink, Stamens
50-80, glabrous; filaments up to 4.5 mm long,
anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Carpels 40-50,
glabrous, glands absent; ovaries c. 1.0 mm long,
styles c. 5.5 mm long. Carpels extending to base
of torus, annulus of hairs present at base of
torus. Fruits never formed.
Selected spectinens: Queensland. SouTH KENNEDY
District: headwaters of East Funnel Creek, SSE of Sarina,
Sep 1993, Champion 862 (BRI). Port Curtis District:
Reedy Creek, 8 km SE of Lowmead on Bundaberg road,
May 1976, Rodd 3046 & Jacobs (NSW). Burnett DIstrict:
Mt Perry, undated, Keys s.n. (BRI). Dartinc Downs
District: Cherry Plain Lookout track, Bunya Mountains
N.P., May 1996, Grimshaw PG2470 & Grimshaw (BRI,
NSW). Moreton District: 6.5 km WNW of Bellthorpe
Hall, towards Forestry station, Feb 1989, Bean 1004 (BRD;
foothills of Mt Ballow, downstream from Grace’s Hut, Dec
1989, Bean 1287 (BRI, L, NSW); 7km NW of Mt Glorious,
Jan 1990, Bean 1331 (BRI, L, NS W); Tamborine Mtn, Dec
1926, White 3344 (BRI). New South Wales. Nortu Coast:
Maclean, Feb 1913, coll. unknown (NSW); Gloucester, Jan
1882, Betche s.n. (NSW); Ramornie, 3 miles [5 km] NW
of Copmanhurst, Jul 1922, Blakely & Shiress s.n. (NSW);
Laurieton (Camden Haven), Nov 1944, McComish s.n.
(NSW). CENTRAL WESTERN SLOPES: Murrurundi, May 1986,
Cherry s.n. (NSW), CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Bundancon, Feb
1897, Stee/ sn. (NSW). Centra Coast Pulbah Island,
Lake Macquarie, Nov 1929, Chee/ s.n. (NSW); Bulli, Dec
1888, Fletcher s.n. (NSW); Point Clare, Jun 1897, Forsyth
s.n. (NSW); Machin’s Crater, 5.5 miles [8.8 km] SSE of
Glenbrook, Mar 1970, Pickard 953 (NSW), SoutH Coast.
Kiah (or Towamba) River c. 2,5 km NE of Kiah, Nov 1976,
Jacobs 2880 (NSW). Victoria. 4 km NE Goongerah, Orbost
region, Jan 1986, Chesterfield 651 (MEL),
Distribution and habitat: R. x novus has been
recorded along the eastern Australian coast,
from Mackay in Queensland to eastern Victoria
(Map 4). It grows close to notophyl! rainforest
or in tall eucalypt forest, dominated by species
such as Eucalyptus saligna Sm. and
i. microcorys F,Muell.
48
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded
between June and March.
Conservation status: R. X novus 1s a widespread
and common taxon. No conservation coding is
recommended.
Notes: R. x novus 1s a naturally occurring
hybrid, between R. moluccanus var. trilobus (of
R. subg, Malachobatus) and R. parvifolius L.
(of R. subg. Idaeobatus). It is the only known
hybrid between indigenous Australian Rubus
taxa, and is perhaps the only naturally occurring
inter-subgeneric hybrid for the genus Rubus,
although Kalkman (1984) speculated on the
existance of an inter-subgeneric hybrid for a
specimen he collected (No. 4856). I have not
seen this specimen.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)
R. x novus 1s sterile. While it flowers well,
no fruits have ever been collected or reported,
and I have never seen any, despite actively
searching for them.
Typification: Kuntze (1879) clearly states that
he saw a specimen from Hastings River, New
South Wales at the Herbarium of the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew and as the protologue
agrees with this specimen, it is chosen as the
lectotype for the name Rubus x novus.
The holotype of R. x i/legitimus was
destroyed during World War II. Isotypes were
sought by the present author from E, K, BM,
FI, G and W, but without success. The
protologue is sufficiently detailed to allow
placement of this name as a synonym of
R, X HOVUS.
Rubus subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean subg, nov.
Map 4. Distribution of Rubus x novus
sf shack “15 mei ERA em ra attastscay ree scdre rte 2 os
“SESS MEPs Midiehelaeseame cena vea renieoenvea ve ene ge ore eerie corcenaaeer Sue EN
Bean, Rubus subg. Mdalachobatus
Herba rhizomate repente, sine aculeis; folia
omnia radicalia, petioli e basi vaginantes,
stipulae nullae; flores solitari1, unisexuales,
carpellis 6 —10; glandulae breviter pedunculares
in petiolis foliis pedunculis ovariisque adsunt;
fructus rubri, succulent.
Typus: R. gunnianus Hook.
A monotypic subgenus.
Rhizomatous creeping herb, prickles absent,
leaves all radical, petioles sheathing at base,
stipules absent; flowers solitary, unisexual,
carpels 6 —10; shortly stalked glands present
on petioles, leaves, peduncles and ovaries; fruits
red, succulent.
Etymology: Named for Van Diemen’s Land,
now known as Tasmania, where the type
species is endemic.
Rubus gunnianus Hook., Icon. Pl. 3: t. 291
(1840). Type: Tasmania. Chilton, Surrey
Hills, 16 February 1837, R. Gunn
271/1837 (lecto: K, here designated;
isolecto: NSW [NSW385192]).
Illustrations: Cochrane et al., Fl. and Plants of
Victoria & Tasmania, p. 112 (1980); Macoboy
et al. (eds), Gard. Encyc. of Pl. & Flowers,
p. 321 (1992),
Prostrate herbs, lacking prickles, rhizomatous.
Vertical stems 1-10 mm long, rarely to 50 mm,
glabrous, prickles absent. Leaves borne in
clusters at each node; up to 60 mm long, mostly
with 3 leaflets, but with unifoliolate leaves often
present at base of cluster. Petioles 12-36 mm
long, grooved on upper surface, sheathing at
base with sparse, simple white hairs and
stipitate red glands. Petiolules of lateral leaflets
0—-0.5 mm long, grooved, glands present;
petiolules of terminal leaflets 0-3 mm long,
grooved above, glabrous, glands present.
Stipules absent. Blades of terminal leaflets
broadly ovate, 9-19 x 7-14 mm, the lateral
leaflets broadly ovate, 6-8 x 4.5—5 mm;
glabrous or with sparse hairs along midrib,
glands stipitate, red, turning black with age,
rather sparse; base broadly cuneate or obtuse,
sometimes oblique in lateral leaflets; apex
acute; margins serrate to deeply lobed. Leaflets
penninerved with 2—4 pairs of lateral veins,
49
branching before the margin and terminating
at a sinus; venation reticulate, midrib and lateral
veins impressed above, raised below.
Inflorescence axillary, solitary. Bracts ovate,
entire, to 6 mm long, glabrous or with sparse
hairs and glands along margins, apex obtuse.
Peduncies terete, 4-16 mm long, with white
hairs, stipitate glands present. Flowers
functionally unisexual. Flower buds globular,
hypanthia obconical, sparsely hairy. Sepals
persistent, deltate to ovate, 4—5.5 x 2.5—3.5 mm,
entire; with sparse white hairs on both surfaces.
Petals not persistent, narrowly elliptical, not
clawed, 6-10 x 2-4.5 mm, glabrous, white.
stamens 16-23, glabrous; filaments up to
2.5 mm long, anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Carpels
6—10, glabrous; glands numerous per carpel,
shortly stalked; ovaries c. 0.8 mm long, styles
c. 0.75 mm long. Torus small, hairy between
the carpels; annulus of hairs absent at base of
torus. Collective fruit globular, c. 10 x 10 mm
when dried, of unknown size when fresh,
exocarp red at maturity; carpids 2-4 per fruit.
Endocarpids ellipsoidal, lacunose, c. 4.5 x 2.5
x 2.5 mm.
Selected specimens: Tasmania, NortH West: Waratah,
Dec 1914, Lucas s.n. (NSW). Ringwood, Nov 1841,
Milligan 152 (HO). BEN Lomonpb: summit of Mt Maurice,
Dec 1979, Buchanan 71 CHO); Mt Barrow, Jan 1922, Rupp
s.n. (MEL). West Coast: Trig station of Raglan Range,
Dec 1984, Collier 156 (HO); Linda track, Jan 1903,
Rodway 214 (HO); Lake Rhona, Denison Range, Jan 1977,
Tyler sn. (HO), CENTRAL HicHLANps: Cradle Valley, Dec
1931, Anderson 9 CHO); Drys Bluff, NE face, just below
the summit, Dec 1984, Buchanan 4932 (HO); below Eldon
Bluff, Feb 1987, Buchanan 9970 CHO); Micklethwaite
Marsh, Mar 1985, Morris 8535 (HO); King William Range,
Nov 1933, Rodway 154 (HO), Mr. Fie_p: Lake Fenton,
Nov 1914, Gibbs 6508 (BM); Mt Field N.P., Jun 1979,
Noble 28843 (HO); near Lake Dobson huts, Mt Field N.P.,
Jan 1978, Smith 237 (HO). Mr. WELLINGTON:
Mt Wellington, Jan 1892, Bailey & Shirley (BRD;
Mt Wellington, Feb 1891, Rodway s.n. (MEL). SouTu
WEst: Southern Jubilee Range, Jan 1985, Buchanan 5396
(HO); 3 km ESE of Mt Mueller, Dec 1990, Collier 4958
(HO); Hartz Mountain, Apr 1901, Rodway 214 (HO).
Distribution and habitat. Rubus gunnianus 1s
endemic to the island of Tasmania, where
it is apparently common in many places
between altitudes of 620-1280 metres
(Map 1). Its most commonly recorded habitat
is amongst alpine or sub-alpine shrubbery,
but it is also recorded from Buttongrass
(Gymnoschoenus sphaerocephalus (R.Br.)
50
Hook.f.) plains, shady gullies and dolerite
cliffs.
Phenology: R. gunnianus produces flowers
from November-February and fruits from
January-April.
Notes: R. gunnianus has no close relatives.
While Focke (1910) placed it in R. subg.
Dalibarda, he also stated that “R. gunnianus
and R. dalibarda truly constitute two
characteristic subgenera”.
A new subgenus is here erected to
accommodate R. gsunnianus, as tt has some
characteristics unique for Rubus, or at least its
non-woody members. These include 1) leaves
in rosettes, often arising directly from the
rhizome, or with short erect branches; 11)
absence of stipules (unlike all other creeping
Rubus); 111), broad petioles sheathing at their
bases; Iv) prominent glands on the carpels,
unlike all other herbaceous species of Rubus;
v) flowers often (perhaps always) unisexual,
with either stamens or carpels being imperfectly
developed (Curtis 1956; Rodway in litt.), and
this can be observed in the herbarium. All other
herbaceous Rubi are bisexual, except
R. chamaemorus L., which is dioecious (Bailey
1941); vi) The major lateral veins 1n the leaves
terminate at a sinus. This occurs in no other
Rubus species that I have examined, and hence
this is possibly another unique characteristic,
although the available data are very limited.
According to Focke (1910),2. gumnianus
is the smallest of all Rubus species.
Typification: The lectotype comprises four
separate pieces (two bearing flowers and two
bearing fruit), in a horizontal row across the
centre of the sheet, and labelled “Mr Gunn 271/
1837, Van D. Land, ripe fruit at Chilton, Surrey
Hills, 16/2/37”. Two of these pieces appear to
form the basis of the illustrations accompanying
the protologue. Other specimens mounted on
the same sheet are dated 1840 and 1845, and
could not have been used by Hooker in drawing
up his description. Hence they are excluded
from forming part of the type.
The isolectotype at NSW consists of the
mounted material only. The material in the
Austrobatleya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)
packet was collected by J. Milligan and 1s hence
excluded.
Conservation status: R. gunnianus is reported
to be common throughout its habitat, and 1s
present in at least two National Parks. No
conservation coding is recommended.
Acknowledgements
Specimens from several herbaria have been
examined; I would like to thank the Directors
of AD, BM, HO, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH and
QRS for specimen loans. Laurie Jessup and
Barry Conn searched for type specimens on my
behalf during their terms as Australian
Botanical Liaison Officer. Philip Sharpe kindly
translated Kuntze’s paper relating to R. x novus.
Paul Forster collected specimens from north
Queensland at my request. Gordon Guymer
commented on a draft of this paper. Peter
Bostock assisted in the translation of some Latin
text, and provided the Latin diagnoses.
References
BalLtey, F.M. (1900). Rubus. In The Queensland Flora
2: 526-8. Brisbane: H.J. Diddams & Co.
Bamey, L.H. (1941). Species Batorum: The Genus Rubus
in North America (north of Mexico). Gentes
Herbarum 5: 1-932.
Bean, A.R. (1995), A revision of Rubus subg.
Micranthobatus (Focke) Kalkman (Rosaceae) in
Australia. Austrobaileya 4; 321-8.
—— (1997), A Revision of Rubus subg. Idaeobatus
(Focke) Focke (Rosaceae) in Australia.
Austrobaileya 4: 677-89.
BENNETT, E.M. (1987). Rosaceae. In Marchant, N.G. et al.,
Flora of the Perth Region, 1:207—11. Perth: Western
Australian Herbarium.
BENTHAM, G. (1864). Rubus. In Flora Australiensis
2: 429-32, London: L. Reeve & Co.
Britten, J. & Boutcer, G.S. (1931). A Biographical Index
of Deceased British and Irish Botanists, 2nd edition.
London: Taylor & Francis.
Curtis, W.M. (1956). The Student’s Flora of Tasmania,
Part 1.Tasmania: Government Printer.
Ewart, A.J. & Davies, O.B. (1917). The Flora of the
Northern Territory, Melbourne: Minister for Home
and Territories.
ee to eA SE RE EM a i i
Bean, Rubus subg. Malachobatus
Focke, W.O. (1910), Species Ruborum Monographiae
generis Rubi Prodromus. Bibliotheca Botanica 17
(72 Part 1): 1-120.
GLEASON, H.A. (1952). New Britton & Brown Illustrated
Flora 2: 318. New York: New York Botanical
Gardens
HARDEN, G.J. & Ropp, A.N. (1990). Rosaceae. in
G.J, Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales
1; 528-50. Sydney: New South Wales University
Press.
KALKMAN, C. (1984), The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in
Malesia 2. The subgenus Ma@lachobatus. Blumea
29: 319-86.
Kuntze, O. (1879), Methodik der Speciesbeschreibung und
Rubus. Leipzig: Arthur Felix.
Lippe, D.T., RUSSELL-SMITH, J., Brock, J., LeEAcH, GJ.
& Connors, G.T. (1994). Atlas of the Vascular
Rainforest Plants of the Northern Territory.
Canberra: Australian Biological Resources Study.
Royen, P. vAN (1969). The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in
New Guinea. Phanerogamarum Monographiae
Tomus II. Lehre: J. Cramer.
Scoacan, H.J. (1978). Rosaceae. in The Flora of Canada
3: 898-967, Ottawa: National Museums of Canada.
Symon, D.E. (1986). Rubus, In Jessop & Toelken (eds.)
Flora of South Australia 1: 446-9.
THomeson, M.M. (1997). Survey of Chromosome Numbers
in Rubus (Rosaceae: Rosoideae). Annals of the
Missouri Botanic Garden 84: 128-64.
Wess, C.J., SYKES, W.R. & GARNOCK-JoNEs P.J, (1988).
Rubus, in Flora of New Zealand, Volume IV,
Naturalised Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms,
Dicotyledons. Christchurch: Botany Division DSIR.
51
UT ee ne rar ev ns fod ee
Sy yee pt fg rrr irr EW et SE oe a ee
Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and species
from Papua New Guinea
Paul I. Forster, David J. Liddle and Iris M. Liddle
Summary
Forster, Paul f., Liddle, David J., Liddle, Iris M. (1997). Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae:
Marsdenieae), a new genus and species from Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 5(1): 53-57. The new
genus Madangia is described with the sole species AZ inflata P.1.Forst., D.J.Liddle & LM.Liddle.
M. inflata 1s thus far known only from the Madang Province of Papua New Guinea. The genus is
closely allied to Hoya R.Br. to which it is compared.
Keywords: Asclepiadaceae, Marsdenieae, Hoya, Madangia - Papua New Guinea; Madangia inflata.
Paul I.Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
David J.Liddle, Iris M.Liddle, P.O, Box 794, Mareeba, Queensland 4880, Australia
Introduction
The authors are working towards a revision of
the genera Hoya R.Br. and Dischidia R.Br.
(both Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) as they
occur in Australia and Papuasia. In 1992 the
first two authors collected numerous live
material of Hoya in north-east Papua New
Guinea, particularly in Madang Province, One
of the plants, collected at the time without
flowers and with the vegetative appearance of
a species of Hoya, has now subsequently
flowered in cultivation and is not referable to
that genus. This plant represents not only an
undescribed species, but an undescribed genus,
which although allied to Hoya, differs in
numerous ways from all taxa included in that
genus. This species is described as Madangia
inflata in the present paper and its affinities
discussed. There appear to be no previous
herbarium collections of this plant that has
rather remarkable, showy, white, globose
flowers and is of considerable horticultural
merit.
Madangia P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle et LM.Liddle
genus novum. Genus singulare in
Asclepiadaceis: Marsdenieis per corollam
globosam et formam loborum coronae
staminalis. Lobi coronae staminalis
membranei et sibi contigui (autem non
Accepted for publication 16 July 1997
connati) secus longitudinem paene
omnino praeter apices supernos
lanceolatos prope apicem styli et
margines infernos columna staminali
multo longiores. Margo infernus
quuisque columnae staminalis valde
recurvus in extremitate necnon segmenta
membranacea involutiones corollae
interposita format.
A genus unique within the Asclepiadaceae:
Marsdenieae by virtue of the globose corolla,
and the form of the staminal corona lobes. The
staminal corona lobes are membranous and
contiguous (but not fused) to each other for
almost their entire length, apart from the upper
lanceolate apices near the style head and the
lower edges that are much longer than the
staminal column. The lower edge of each
staminal corona lobe is strongly recurved at the
end and forms a membranous frill positioned
between involutions of the corolla wall.
Type species: Madangia inflata P.1.Forst.,
D.J.Liddle & I.M.Liddle
Epiphytic twiner; latex white. Roots fibrous.
Leaves petiolate; lamina fleshy, hairy; with
colleters. Inflorescence deciduous, usually
single at a node, umbelliform to racemiform,
positively geotropic. Flowers pedicellate.
Sepals 5. Corolla globose, fleshy-membranous;
54
tube much inflated, of 5 completely fused
petals; lobes free at tips, valvate. Annular and
corolline coronas absent; staminal corona of 5
membranous lobes that are contiguous with but
not fused to each other, each lobe attached to
the back of each anther that make up the fused
staminal column, lower edge of lobe strongly
flanged away from central part of flower and
strongly recurved with a somewhat frilled
margin that is positioned between involutions
of the corolla wall; interstaminal corona absent.
Stamens connate into gynostegium (staminal
column), not markedly capitate. Anthers
2-locular with terminal appendage; pollen in
linear tetrads; pollinaria with 2 erect, oblong
pollinia with a pellucid germinating mouth on
outer margin; corpsculum oblong-ovate;
caudicles not winged, not geniculate.
Style-head rounded. Follicles and seeds not
seen.
A monotypic genus, endemic to Papua
New Guinea.
Etymology: The generic name is formed from
the geographical region of Madang Province
in north-east Papua New Guinea.
Madangia inflata P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle et
I.M.Liddle sp. nev. Volubilis lenta;
indumento trichomatum incoloratum
simplictum multicellularum. Caules
usque ad metra pluria longi ad interque
internodos radicantes, trichomatibus
sparsis; internodia usque ad 200 mm
longa et 2 mm diametro, lenticellata
demum. Petioli cylindrici, 8-12 mm
longi, 1.5-3.5 mm diametro, leviter
sulcati supra, trichomatibus sparsis
antroris. Colletri rotundati 1 vel 2 basi
laminae. Lamina folii elliptica usque ad
elliptico-ovata, succulenta, usque ad
120 mm longa et 60 mm lata, apice acuta
usque ad breve acuminata, basi cordata
lobis superpositis; venatio ex venis 6 vel
7 lateralibus arenatis et et venis
interlateralibus reticulatis mndistinctis
constans; pagina supera viridis venatione
+ obscura trichomatibus dispersis; pagina
infera pallide viridis venatione indistincta
trichomatibus dispersus usque ad sparsis.
Pedunculi florentes 8-22 mm longi,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 53-57 (1997)
1.5—2 mm diametro, trichomatibus
dispersis floribus usque ad 9 ornati;
bractea ovato-truncata, 0.4-0.5 mm
longa, 0.5-0.8 mm lata, sparse ciliata.
Flores 12-14 mm longi, 17—18 mm
diametro; pedicelli 32-45 mm longi,
1.4-1.5 mm diametro, glabri. Sepala
triangularia, c. 1 mm longa et 2 mm lata.
Corolla 12-13 mm longa, 17-18 mm
diametro, alba; tubus 12—14 mm longa,
17-18 mm diametro, glaber, basi sub
sepalis protrusa eaque occulta, apice in
centro depresso; lobi 5-6 mm longi,
6—7 mm lati, apice leviter recurvi, intra
breve papillati. Corona staminalis c. 8 mm
longa et 10 mm diametro; apices loborum
apicem styli1 aequantes. Columna
staminalis c. 4 mm longa et 3 mm
diametro; antherae appendices
lanceolatae c. 1 mm longae et 0.7 mm
latae; fissura alaris 0.8—1 mm longa sub
antheris non prolongata. Apex styli
c. 1 mm longus et 1 mm diametro.
Pollinaria c. 0.96 mm longa et 0.77 mm
lata; pollinia 0.77-0.78 longa,
0.29-0.31 mm lata; corpusculum
0.38-0.43 mm longum, 0.21—0.24 mm
latum; caudiculae 0.11—0.14 mm longa,
0.5-0.9 mm lata. latiores in extremo
corpusculari. Typus: Cultivated at
Emerald Creek, Mareeba (from plant
collected Papua New Guinea. MADANG
Province: Headwaters Dom River,
4°58’S, 145° 45’E), 26 Nov 1995,
IM Liddle IML1076 (holo: BRI |1 sheet
+ spirit]).
Wiry twiner; indumentum of uncoloured
simple multicellular trichomes. Stems to several
metres long, rooting at and between nodes, with
sparse trichomes; internodes up to 200 mm long
and 2 mm diameter, lenticillate with age. Leaf
petioles cylindrical, 8-12 mm long, 1.5—3.5 mm
diameter, faintly grooved along top, with sparse
antrorse trichomes; colleters rounded, | or 2 at
lamina base. Leaf lamina elliptic to elliptic-
ovate, fleshy, up to 120 mm long and 60 mm
wide; tip acute to shortly acuminate; base
cordate with the lobes overlapping; venation
of 6 or 7 looping lateral veins and indistinct
reticulate minterlateral veins; upper surface green,
venation + obscure, with scattered trichomes;
lower surface pale green, venation indistinct,
Ht Pe CO ae SD ty ee ee ae ce De a ene oe ee a a* wane
Forster, Liddle & Liddle, Madangia inflata
with scattered to sparse trichomes. Flowering
peduncles 8—22 mm long, 1.5—2 mm diameter,
with scattered trichomes, with up to 9 flowers;
bracts ovate-truncate, 0.4—0.5 mm long,
0.5—0.8 mm wide, sparsely ciliate. Flowers
12-14 mm long, 17—18 mm diameter; pedicels
32-45 mm long, 1.4—-1.5 mm diameter,
glabrous. Sepals triangular, c. 1 mm long and
2 mim wide, glabrous. Corolla 12-13 mm long,
17-18 mm diameter, white; tube 12-14 mm
long, 17-18 mm diameter, glabrous, base
protuding down below sepals and obscuring
them, top depressed in centre; lobes 5—6 mm
long, 6—7 mm wide, slightly recurved at top,
shortly papillate inside. Staminal corona
c. 8 mm long and 10 mm diameter; lobe tips
level with style-head. Staminal column c. 4mm
long and 3 mm diameter; anther appendages
lanceolate, c. | mm long and 0.7 mm wide;
alar fissure 0.8—]1 mm long, not continuing
down below anthers. Style-head c. 1 mm long
and 1 mm diameter. Pollinaria c. 0.96 mm long
and 0.77 mm wide; pollinia 0.77-0.78 mm
long, 0.29-0.31 mm wide; corpusculum
0.38-0.43 mm long, 0.21—0.24 mm wide;
caudicles 0.11—0.14 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm
wide, wider at corpusculum end. Fig. 1.
Additional speciinens examined: Known only from the
type collection and live plants in cultivation.
Distribution and habitat: Madangia inflata is
known only from the single type collection.
Plants grow as twig epiphytes in the canopy of
lowland complex mesophyll vineforest on
volcanic soil. Hoya kenejiana Schltr. and
miscellaneous ferns and orchids grow in
association. Plants recorded in the surrounding
forest include Tabernaemontana aurantiaca
Gaud., 7. pandacaqui Lam., Aglaia sp.,
Graptophyllum pictum (..) Griff, Pittosporum
sp., Popowia sp., Casearia sp., Rinorea horneri
(Korth.) O.Kuntze, Maniltoa psilogyne Harms
and Polyalthia sp.
Notes: Madangia inflata 1s unique in the
Marsdenieae for its globose corolla and the
form of the staminal corona. Globose corollas
are rare in the Marsdenieae, the only regional
example being the Australian Gunnessia pepo
P...Forst. (Forster 1990). Madangia inflata does
not appear closely allied to Gunnessia pepo
55
which has a totally dissimilar staminal corona
and pollinaria. Globose corollas are more
common, but still rare, in the Stapelieae (sensu
Bruyns & Forster 1991), with convergently
similar examples to Madangia being found in
Echidnopsis malum (Lavranos) Bruyns (Bruyns
1988) and Stapeliopsis neronis Pillans (Bruyns
1981), both stem succulents from Africa.
Unlike Echidnopsis malum, Gunnessia pepo
and Sfapeliopsis neronis, the staminal column
of Madangia inflata is not further enclosed by
a tubular staminal corona within the enclosing
corolla.
Madangia inflata is undoubtedly most
closely allied to Hoya as it has a similar
habit, and apart from the globose corolla and
staminal corona, has a similar floral
morphology to many species especially those
in Papuasia. Globose corollas are extremely
uncommon in Hoya with the only known
example being H. heuschkeliana Kloppenburg
from the Philippines. The corolla lobes in
Hl. heuschkeliana are not as completely fused
as in M. inflata with an obvious suture along
the margins of each lobe, nor are they anywhere
as large. Apart from its globose corolla,
H. heuschkeliana has a staminal corona typical
of Hoya.
The recently described H. telosmoides
Omlor from Sabah is also worth mentioning
here. This species has a corolla with a markedly
inflated tube that has a constricted mouth and
narrow lobes (Omlor 1996), These characters
are not found in other species of Hoya, but
H. telosmoides has a similar staminal corona
to other species of that genus and Omlor (1996)
concluded that it would be best placed there
until such time as a monograph of Hoya could
be undertaken and the status of the infrageneric
classification reviewed.
The staminal corona of M. inflata differs
markedly from that of Hoya. In Hoya the
staminal corona comprises five separate lobes
that are attached to the backs of the anthers
fused into the staminal column. The lobes are
discrete and although well separated in most
taxa of Hoya may be closely contiguous in some
species. The lower edge of each staminal corona
lobe in Hoya is strongly inrolled along the sides
56 Austrobaileya 5(1): 53-57 (1997)
*% “t, "s, _
* * a i‘ =
¥ '. FT a bee eh iialel ote
oat a vasst * eewitu gem ere bee - s
5mm 5mm
Fig. 1. Madangia inflata. A. habit of flowering stem x 0.5. B. side view of flower x 3. C. face view of flower x 3.
D, vertical cross-section of lower part of corolla tube, staminal corona and staminal column x 3.5. E, side view of staminal
corona and staminal column x 3.5. F, face view of staminal corona and staminal column ~ 3.5. G. pollinartum x 25.
All from live and spirit material of D.J.Liddle IML1076. Del. B.Gray.
Forster, Liddle & Liddle, Madangia inflata
forming the ‘coronal groove’ of Rintz (1978).
In Madangia the five staminal corolla lobes are
contiguous to each other for almost their entire
length, apart from the upper apex near the style
head and the strongly recurved lower edges.
The lower edge of each staminal corona lobe
in Madangia is recurved at the end, although
not at the sides, and forms a membranous frill,
rather then a fleshy roll, that 1s positioned
between involutions of the corolla wall. As a
result no ‘coronal groove’ is formed. The only
Hoya that approaches the staminal corona form
of Madangia is H. multiflora Blume, that 1s
sometimes segregated in the genus
Centrostemma as C. multiflorum (Blume)
Decne. In H. multiflora the staminal corona
lobes do not have a marked ‘corona groove’,
although it is still present, and the lower edge
of the lobes are sharpely pointed (Rintz 1978).
H. multiflora is a shrubby plant that never
twines, not an uncommon trait in Hoya, and
has a strongly reflexed rotate corolla. It is
feasible that the floral features of a Hoya such
as H. multiflora are plesiomorphic and similar
to a putative ancestor to Madangia.
The pollinaria of Madangia inflata appear
similar to those illustrated as group B of
Malaysian Hoyas by Rintz (1978), where the
caudicles are unwinged and the outer edge of
the pollinia have a pellucid germination mouth.
The features of a globose corolla with
totally fused corolla lobes, apart from the tips,
and contiguous staminal coronal lobes that have
a strongly recurved, frilled lower edge are
considered derived for Madangia. Description
of Madangia does not lend justification for
dismemberment of Hoya into segregate groups
as has been alluded to on occasion (e.g. Hill
1988). Despite the great morphological
variability encompassed within the latter, the
species presently recognised within Hoya are
united by the shared character states of the
staminal corona as described above.
Conservation status: The lowland rainforests
of Madang Province are being cleared at an
alarming rate for saw-logs and woodchips. The
type locality for MZ inflata was a remnant of
forest in an almost totally logged (clear-felled)
area. Survival of this species in the area of its
initial collection is unlikely 1n the near future.
ay
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin inflatus (bladdery, thin, membranous
and swollen) and alludes to the corolla texture
and shape.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Bruce Gray of Atherton for
the illustrations and Les Pedley (BRI) for the
Latin translations. Fieldwork mm Papua New
Guinea was possible due to a Christensen
Research Institute Fellowship in 1992 and the
then Director of CRI Dr M. Jebb assisted in
various ways.
References
Bruyns, P.V. (1981). A review of Pectinaria Haw.,
Stapeliopsis Pillans and a new genus Ophionella
(Asclepiadaceae). The Cactus and Succulent
Journal of Great Britain 43: 61-83.
— (1988). A revision of the genus Echidnopsis Hook.f.
(Asclepiadaceae). Bradleya 6: 1-48.
Bruyns, P.V. & Forster, P.I. (1991). Recircumscription
of the Stapelieae (Asclepiadaceae). Taxon
40:381-391.,
Forster, P.I. (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2.
Austrobaileya 3: 273-289.
Hitt, K.D. (1988). A revision of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae)
in Australia. Tefopea 3: 241-255.
Om or, R. (1996). Notes on Marsdeniecae (Asclepiadaceae)
- a new, unusual species of Hoya from Northern
Borneo. Novo 6: 288-294,
Rintz, R.E. (1978). The Peninsular Malaysian species of
Hoya (Asciepiadaceae). Malayan Nature Journal
30: 467-522.
Marsdenia jensenti (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new
Species from north-eastern Queensland
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul I. (1997). Adarsdenia jensenii (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from
north-eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 59-61. The new species Adarsdenia jensenii is
described and illustrated. It is endemic to north-eastern Queensland in the ‘Wet Tropics’ region
and apparently restricted to a smal! area near Gadgarra State Forest.
Keywords: Asclepiadaceae, Marsdenieae, Marsdenia - Australia, Afarsdenia hemiptera,
Marsdenia jensenii.
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
A revision of Marsdenia R.Br. in Australia and
Papuasia was recently published wherein some
seventy-eight species were enumerated (Forster
1995). The following new species was
discovered too late to be included in that work,
or in the subsequent Flora of Australia account
(Forster 1996), and is described here.
‘Taxonomy
Marsdenia jensenti P.1.Forst., sp. nov.
affinis M4. hemipterae H.Rch. latice albo
(contra pellucido usque ad viridiflavo),
florrum pedicellis 15—25 mm longis (contra
5—13 mm), corollae lobis valde dextris
(contra + rectis usque = ad
modice dextris), sepalis orbicularis
usque ad orbicularo-ovatis (contra
lanceolatis), coronae staminalis lobis
apicem styli superantibus (contra non
superantibus), poliniis ellipsoideis
magnioribus 0.72—0.74 mm longis
(contra globoso-ovoideus 0.5—0.55 mm
longis) differt.
TFypus: Queensland. Coox District: State Forest
Reserve 310, Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge,
L7°17’°S, 145°44°E, 15 Feb = 1995,
R. Jensen 105 (holo: QRS; iso: BRI). Canopy
liane; latex white; indumentum of simple,
multicellular trichomes that are uncoloured or
Accepted for publication 20 June 1997
pale golden in colour, Stems woody, lenticillate
and up to 5 cm thick with age; internodes up to
150 mm long and 4 mm diameter, with scattered
trichomes when young. Leaves petiolate;
petioles 30-50 mm long, I-1.5 mm diameter,
grooved on top, with scattered trichomes;
colleters rounded to shortly subulate, 6 to 8 at
base of lamina. Leaf lamina lanceolate-ovate to
ovate, up to 160 mm long and 70 mm wide; tip
acute to shortly acuminate; base weakly cordate
to almost truncate; venation comprising 9 to 11
primary lateral veins per side of midrib and
secondary interlateral reticulate veins; upper
surface dark green, primary venation visible but
not prominent, glabrous; lower surface pale
green, primary and secondary venation
prominent, glabrous. Inflorescence racemiform,
up to 25 mm _ =4Iong; peduncle
11-15 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with sparse
trichomes; bracts lanceolate to triangular,
1—1.5 mm long, 0.5—0.7 mm wide, with sparse to
dense trichomes; flowers 1—20. Flowers
7-8 mm long, 17-22 mm diameter; pedicels 15—
25 mm long, |—2 mm diameter, with sparse
trichomes. Sepals orbicular to orbicular-ovate,
overlapping, 5.5—-6 mm long, 4—5 mm wide, with
scattered trichomes, ciliate. Corolla rotate, 17—
22 mm diameter, green outside, faintly purplish
inside; tube 1.5—2 mm long, not pouched at top,
mainly glabrous but with a few scattered
trichomes; lobes lanceolate with a bluntly acute
tip, dextrorse, 7-10 mm long,
4.8—-S mm wide, mainly glabrous with a few
scattered trichomes towards base, ciliate.
59-61 (1997)
Austrobaileya 5(1)
60
*
we tery
soy “th -
*.
iS a4
'
ee *
i? *
Aielsliet-dsitetiet A ya ae ollie
Ce ee | a fat & +
Prey ee ee ee a
Pa ee ee se ee oe |
Pe ie ee | rs
Tid Sappre ri. *.
a ee oF eet {ttt =e » « &
ee ee oe ee
7
+t Oe gs 4a et 7 ~~ +
ae.
* a
+ “om
a
aed a ma)
oe oe 4 vl
re ee ees a dial
a ee ei ag gt
on te eo
we te
oe - we CO ii!
. 7 4 hare hal
*, # a 1* wd te
Peta “yf ras
+ TS
hie | + *
i ”
ie *
a ra
* ay * .
een * mE
ae Pa, Ls *
1 *
a4 *. ",
* * ".
¥ +
ae =r
af ra,
+ 4 4‘
* +
a ‘+
“Le
LPL
Ls
45
oho
igt
*.
Here | ies Mts
t
*
ot,
Pre | -
*
tt ©
Ltd
#
*
*,*
+
ry
e
o_
oo ae
+
. x 0.6. B. inflorescence * 2.
ion
&
. A. undersurface of leaf showing lateral and interlateral venat
C, face view of flower x 3. D. lateral view of flower x 3. E. lateral view of fruit x 0.4. A & E from Forster 17132 & Jensen
+
la Jensenit
Fig. 1. Adarsden
B—D from Jensen 105 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
'
2
(BRD)
SLC DA Ah cpa a a aa aR ee ee A eee
oie ra tant Corn ain an de REV OIE BE DR Oe
Forster, Adarsdenia jensenii
Corolline corona absent. Staminal corona
4-5 mm long, 4-5.5 mm diameter, yellow;
lobes in close proximity to one another,
tips overtopping style-head, 7-10 mm long,
4.8—5 mm wide, upper portion lanceolate
with an irregularly blunt tip, lower
portion + rectangular. Staminal column
c. 4mm long and 3 mm diameter; anther
appendages ovate, 0.8~1 mm long, 0.8—1 mm
wide; alar fissure c. 2 mm long. Style-head
flattened-umbonate, c. 1 mm long, 2.5-2.8 mm
diameter. Pollinaria c. 0.67 mm long and
1.53 mm wide; pollinia ellipsoid, 0.72—0.74 mm
long, 0.34-0.36 mm wide; corpusculum
oblong-ovate, 0.34—0.38 mm long, c. 0.19 mm
wide; caudicles c. 0.95 mm long and
0.43-0.9 mm wide, widest at corpusculum
end. Fruit cylindrical-oblong, c. 14.5 cm long
and 5.5 cm diameter; seeds not seen. Fig. 1.
Additional spectnen examined : Queensland. Cook
District: S.F.310 Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge, Jul 1995,
Forster 17132 & Jensen (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Marsdenia jensenti
is thus far known only from Gadgarra State
Forest at the western base of Bartle Frere, in
the “Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern Queensland.
Plants grow as canopy lianes in complex
notophyill vineforest on soils derived from
basalt.
Notes: Marsdenia jensenii appears to be related
to M. hemiptera H.Rch. in general habit and
floral morphology and keys to that species in
Forster (1995). M. jensenti is easily
differentiated from M. hemiptera on floral
characters with its pedicels 15—25 mm long
(versus 5—13 mm), strongly dextrorse corolla
lobes (versus + straight to slightly dextrorse),
orbicular to orbicular-ovate sepals (versus
lanceolate), staminal corona lobes overtopping
the style-head (versus not over-topping), and
larger ellipsoid pollinia that are 0.72—0.74 mm
long (versus globose-ovoid pollinia that are
Q.5—0.55 mm long). The nearly glabrous foliage
and white latex of M. jensenii also differs from
that of M. hemiptera which is always beset with
ferrugineous (ginger) indumentum and has
clear or greenish-yellow latex.
61
Conservation status: Marsdenia jensenti
appears to have a distribution largely restricted
to Gadgarra State Forest where it appears to be
reasonably abundant, as seedlings were
common in places. It is highly likely that a
detailed survey of the area will reveal further
populations and despite the current paucity of
herbarium records it 1s felt that no conservation
coding is warranted.
Etymology: The specific epithet honours Rigel
Jensen of Malanda who first discovered and
collected this species.
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Rigel Jensen for showing me the
plant in habitat, Les Pedley (BRI) for the Latin
translation, and Will Smith (BRI) for the
illustrations.
References
Forster, P.I. (1995), Circumscription of Afarsdenia
(Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), with a revision of
the genus in Australia and Papuasia. Australian
Systematic Botany 8: 703-933.
—— (1996). Marsdenia (Asclepiadaceae). In A.G.L. Wilson
(ed.), Flora of Australia 28: 245-267. Melbourne:
CSIRO Publications.
Beet R ta a a a aa a a a RE al ese adsts tas
if pP eR GREE OSE ave oa eat ty AE errr PE Re PRR EED OE ME PLO CT MP ERIE EF LCC PY ENT PE SEN
A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland,
including two new species
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (1997). A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland, including two
new species. Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69. The eleven species of Astrotricha DC. indigenous to
Queensland are listed in systematic order, with synonymy, place of publication and distribution
given. Two new species, A. brachyandra and A. umbrosa, are described and illustrated. A
comprehensive key to Queensland species is included.
Key words: Astrotricha, Araliaceae, key, taxonomy, Astrotricha brachyandra, Astrotricha umbrosa,
Australian flora, Queensland
A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
Astrotricha is an endemic Australian genus with
representatives in Queensland, New South
Wales and Victoria, and one species in Western
Australia. Recent research has resulted in the
description of several new species (Bean 1991,
Makinson 1991, Bean 1995).
The present paper aims to summarise
distributional and nomenclatural data on the
species indigenous to Queensland, and to
present descriptions of two new species.
No new infrageneric classification 1s
proposed, but the published name A. subg.
Hexocenia Domin 1s used for the species alhied
to A. pterocarpa.
‘Taxonomy
A key to Queensland species of Astrotricha DC.
bre CAV OS] SATIS. as « sire bt rd sate oP oe dal Vise WANA Lech Ft 2 lee tees CEA EM AEA) og HEM cal eal lesb 2
LEA VCS. Soe lS PTV IGE ech ests bols ate eta) Genin: & SLATER ee hereew eH ETR lle dey doa adele eid cad 7
2. Petioles 5.5—21 cm long; inflorescence > 70 cm long; fruits winged ...............5. 3
Petioles 0.6—5.0 cm; inflorescence 20 —40 cm long; fruits without
MATE Seg, axakinn BAU hase eiearsd aoe ED ALD bey a Meacin ion Atop ce ce SR Pace CELE A AG EG A ee ame 5
3, Leaves 9-16 cm wide, base cordate, midrib rounded below .............05. 3.A. cordata
Leaves 1.7—5.5 cm wide, base obtuse, midrib keeled below. . 0... 0.0.00. cee eee 4
4. Inflorescence woolly-hairy, umbels 10—15-flowered, flowers
creamy-white; leaves 1.7-4.0 cm wide... ... cee es 1.A. pterocarpa
Inflorescence glabrous, umbels 7—1 1-flowered, flowers purple; leaves
DOTA WIA! a Rd a, dhe woe pale Gasauleny WBunacl ates, ayise Chi Acerca arias 2.A. intermedia
>. Flowers purple; stems mostly unbranched ....... 0... cee ee eee 4, A. roddii
Flowers white or greenish-white; stems branched ........ 0.0. cece eee eee ees 6
__, Accepted for publication 9 July 1997
64
Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69 (1997)
6. Petioles2.0-5.0cmlong ..... Ugrocat ras nd Sere eh anh dBaihidhas deen eeg el Sm tgPe dinar elk Soe 11. A. latifolia
Petiones 0:04 3 CRON 0 doers dk eee dah tee ke ee ghana es 10. A. umbrosa
Pee PISAVOS IGS Set vAlh ATTIC 2s revel ase Spcdestete os aeice: fs vee oaths oh Rd MOS Wie, acannaen eas ESE gee ais 8
LPaves G99 LS IWS oy, yo gi ane eeMig wate eo Ver on ae ee ROT a arb Aad Ge ol ele he ee 9
8. Leaves 3.5—7 mm wide, petioles 4-6 mm long; inflorescence 16 —30 cm
PORN Serre oe yaces gooe, Sigens. Sag, ¥ deo ee oe Bhs ie 6a Se else EE OAS BUR dae Prep enyfelee CE yale Cea 6.A. biddulphiana
Leaves 2.2—3.5 mm wide, petioles 3— 4 mm long; inflorescence 3—9 cm
POTD. AB prsrcen hater ea ore etene cay me Aree ner eaere docevaced ane egane-emede: & 7.A. pauciflora
9, Leaves glabrous on both surfaces ...... 0... ccc cc eee eens 8.A. glabra
Leaves with dense stellate tomentum on abaxial surface 2.0.0.2... 000. ee eee 10
10. Petioles (15-)23-30 mm long; flowers purple .............. 0000 ee eee 5.A. brachyandra
Petioles 3—15 mm long; flowers white 2.0.0.0... ccc cece eee eee eee ee ens I]
11. Tomentum on stems and leaves loose, individual hairs c. 1 mm diameter;
leaves 11~20 mm wide; pedicels 3-9.5 mmlong............ 000 eee eee 10. A. umbrosa
Tomentum on stems and leaves tight, individual hairs c, 0.5 mm
diameter; leaves (6-)7—11 mm wide; pedicels 8-15 mmlong ............ 9, A. longifolia
Astrotricha sabg. Hexocenia Domin, Biblioth.
Bot. 89: 485 (1928). Type: Astrotricha
pterocarpa Benth.
Monopodial shrubs, monocarpic; mericarps
3-locular, fruits winged (1n most species).
1. Astrotricha pterocarpa Benth., FI. Austral.
3: 379 (1867). Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Fitzroy Island, WAills.n. (holo:
Kx).
A description of this species is given in Bean
(1991).
Distribution and habitat: A. pterocarpa is
confined to north Queensland where it extends
from the Melville Range area north of Cooktown
southwards to Pentland and near Mackay. It
grows in shallow sandy soil, over sandstone or
eranite, in eucalypt woodland.
2. Astrotricha intermedia A.R.Bean,
Austrobaileya 3(3): 524 (1991). Type:
Queensland. LEicHHARDT District: Nogoa
River camping area, Salvator Rosa
National Park, 9 December 1989,
R.O. Makinson 600 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,
NSW).
Tlustration: Williams, Native Pl. Queensl.
3:31 (1987), as.A. pterocarpa.
Distribution and habitat: A. intermedia occurs
along the central Queensland coast between
Marlborough and Rosedale, and west almost
as far as Tambo. It grows in open eucalyt
woodland, in shallow sandy soils derived from
sandstone, granite or sometimes serpentinite.
3. Astrotricha cordata A.R.Bean, Austrobaileya
3(3): 523 (1991).
Type: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:
Blackdown Tableland, c. 35 km SE
of Blackwater, September 1971,
R.J. Henderson H1018, £.Durrington
& P. Sharpe (holo: BRI).
Illustrations: Williams, Native Pl. Queensl.
2: 47 (1984), as A. pterocarpa.
Distribution and habitat: A. cordata 1s
sporadically distributed in southern
Queensland from Blackdown Tableland to
Mundubbera and Biggenden, and west to
Salvator Rosa N.P. There is one known
population in New South Wales, north-west of
Grafton. It inhabits skeletal soils derived from
sandstone, granite or occasionally rhyolite, in
open eucaypt woodland.
2
|
Bean, Astrotricha
4. Astrotricha roddii Makinson, Telopea
4(2): 313 (1991). Type: New South
Wales. NORTH WESTERN SLOPES:
Macintyre Falls, 3 km S of junction of
Macintyre and Severn Rivers, 23
November 1984, 4.N. Rodd 4096 (holo:
NSW; iso: BRI, MEL).
Ilustrations: Flora of N.S.W. 3: 82 (1992).
Distribution and habitat: A. roddii 1s mainly
distributed on the north-western slopes of New
South Wales, particularly around Ashford.
There is one population in Queensland, on
Mt Bullaganang north-east of Texas. It occurs
in shallow sandy acidic soils, with outcropping
rocks, in woodland often dominated by
Eucalyptus dealbata Cunn. ex Schauer and
FE. melanophioia ¥.Muell.
Note: Although A. roddii does not possess the
winged fruits characteristic of the other species
of A. subg. Hexocenia, its placement there is
supported by its unbranched slender habit and
its 3-locular mericarps.
Astrotricha DC. subg. Astrotricha
Branched shrubs, perennial; mericarps
1-locular, fruits not winged.
5. Astrotricha brachyandra A.R.Bean sp.
nov., affinis A. biddulphianae autem
petiolis multus longioribus, foltis
latioribus apice acuminatis, staminibus
brevioribus, partibus omnibus
inflorescentiae tomento stellato obsitis
differt. Typus: Queensland. Port Curtis
District: 41 km east of Biloela, in
Kroombit Tops S.F., 24°25’S, 150°55’E,
15 November 1995, EF.J/. Thompson
BIL207 & R.J.Price (holo: BRI; iso:
CANB, MEL, NSW, distribuendt).
Shrub to 2 m high, erect, sparsely branched.
Stems, petioles and abaxial surfaces of
leaves stellate-pubescent, with individual
hairs c. 0.1 mm across. Leaves alternate,
narrowly lanceolate, 90-140 x 7-13 mm,
acuminate, dark green adaxially, pale yellow
abaxially, midrib impressed adaxially, raised
abaxially; petioles terete, (15-)23—30 mm long.
Panicles terminal, up to 60 cm long, densely
65
stellate-hairy, grey in colour; bracts ensiform,
1.0—2.5 mm long. Unit inflorescence umbellate,
5—9-flowered; peduncles and pedicels slender,
pedicels 8—20 (-25) mm long. Flowers bisexual,
protandrous, 4—5 mm across. Hypanthium
stellate-hairy, 1.2—-1.9 mm long at anthesis,
campanulate; calyx lobes deltate to
semi-orbicular, apex acute or obtuse,
c. 0.5 x 0.5 mm, purple, tomentose. Petals 5,
deltate, 2.0-2.9 x 1.1-1.5 mm, purple,
recurved, caducous; glabrous on adaxial
surface, sparsely stellate hairy on abaxial
surface; apex acuminate. Stamens 5, alternating
with the petals; filaments terete, c. 0.6 mm long;
anthers white, c. 1.4 mm long, versatile,
dorsifixed, opening by longitudinal slits. Styles
2, 1.0-—2.0 mm long; at first erect, later
spreading from base, persistent. Ovules | per
carpel. Fruit a schizocarp, elliptical or
somewhat quadrangular in transverse section,
5.0-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, 2-3 mm
thick, surface stellate-hairy; brown to grey,
splitting at maturity; mericarps 1-locular.
Fig. 1 G—K. .
Spectinens exantined: Queensland, Port Curtis District:
Kroombit Tops SF (boundary) on ridge above Annies gorge,
Dec 1994, Brushe JB611 (BRI); creek flowing into
Kroombit Ck near Annies Gorge falls, c. | km SE of falls,
Oct 1995, Brushe JB201 (BRI); Kroombit Tops N.P.,
western section, Aug 1995, Thompson BILI14 & Turpin
(BRI); 41 km E of Biloela, in Kroombit Tops S.F., Oct
1995, Thompson BIL181 & Turpin (BRI, CANB, MEL,
NSW); 21.5 km NE of Biloela, Feb 1996, Thompson
BIL214 & Price (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: A. brachyandra 1s
known only from Kroombit Tops east of Biloela
and the Callide Range north-east of Biloela. It
grows in sandy soils derived from sandstone,
as a component of woodland dominated by
Eucalyptus trachyphloia F .Muell., £. suffulgens
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill or &. cloeziana
F.Muell. Altitudes vary between 600 and 800
metres.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from
October to December.
Affinities: A. brachyandra 1s closest to
A. biddulphiana, and shares with that species
the purple flowers and obconical fruits.
A. brachyandra differs by the petioles being
(15-)23-30 mm long (4—6 mm long for
66
A. biddulphiana), leaves 7-13 mm wide with
acuminate apex (3.5~7 mm wide with acute
apex for A. biddulphiana), shorter stamens and
presence of stellate tomentum on all parts of
the inflorescence.
Conservation status: The risk category for
Astrotricha brachyandra according to the
criteria of Chalson & Keith (1995) is “priority
for investigation’ (criterion a), or 2RC1
according to the system of Leigh and Briggs
(1996). The species is known only from
Kroombit Tops and Callide Range, with a total
geographical range of about 50 kilometres. The
recommended conservation status for this
species as defined by the Queensland Nature
Conservation Act 1992 ts ‘rare’.
Etymology: The species epithet brachyandra
is derived from the Greek brachy-short and
andros-male, and refers to the short stamens
which are a feature of this species.
6. Astrotricha biddulphiana F.Muell.,
Victorian Naturalist 7: 115 (1890). Type:
Queensland. MARANOA DISTRICT: near
Mt Playfair, H. Biddulph s.n. (holo:
MEL? n.v.).
Astrotricha ledifolia var. glabriflora
F.M.Bailey, Queensland Flora 2:732
(1900). Type: Queensland. near
Rockhampton, undated, O’Shanesy s.n.
(holo: MEL, photo!).
Distribution and habitat: A. biddulphiana
occurs in southern Queensland away from the
coast, extending from Lake Elphinstone to
Barakula S.F. near Chinchilla, and west to Bull
Creek gorge and Mt Playfair. It grows in
eucalypt woodland on shallow sandy soils over
sandstone or granite.
7. AStrotricha pauciflora A.R.Bean,
Austrobaileya 4(3): 407 (1995). Type:
Queensland. Moreton Districr: North
Ridge, Mount Barney N.P., 16 July 1994,
A.R.Bean 7734 & D.A.Halford (holo:
BRI; iso: CANB, K, MEL, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: A. pauciflora 1s
confined to Mt Barney and Mt Maroon, both
in the Mt Barney National Park, Queensland,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69 (1997)
close to the N.S.W. border. It grows in rocky
crevices in low eucalypt woodland or
heathland, at altitudes above 600 metres.
8. Astrotricha glabra Domin, Biblioth. Bot.
89: 486 (1928); Astrotricha longifoliavar.
glabrescens F.M.Bailey, Queensland
Agricultural Journal 21(6): 293 (1908).
Type: Moreton Island, 12—14 September
1908, C.T. White s.n. (ecto (here chosen):
BRI [AQ 333042]).
Distribution and habitat: A. glabrais endemic
to south-eastern Queensland and is found on
North Stradbroke Island, Moreton Island,
Fraser Island and the Cooloola area. It grows
under eucalypt forest in deep sands of
quaternary age.
Note: In his treatment of Astrotricha glabra,
Domin (1928) attributes the original publication
of a varietal epithet ‘g/abra’ to F. Mueller in
Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 7: 148.
While Mueller did discuss the occurrence of a
glabrous form there, he did not provide a
description of the plant, nor did he coin the
epithet ‘glabra’. The correct authorship citation
is hence A. glabra Domin.
9, Astrotricha longifolia Benth., in S.L.
Endlicher et al., Enum. pl. 54 (1837).
Type: New South Wales. Sydney area
(syn: Bauer s.n.; Sieber 538).
Illustrations: Williams, Native PI. Queensl.
2: 47 (1984).
Distribution and habitat: A. longifolia inhabits
coastal areas of southern Queensland and New
South Wales. It grows in low woodland
dominated by Eucalyptus spp. or Banksia spp.,
in sandy soils.
10. Astrotricha umbrosa A.R.Bean sp. nov.,
affinis A. fongifoliae autem tomento
laxiore ex pilis stellatis majoribus
constante, foliis plerumque 11-20 mm
latis (non 6-11 mm latis), pedicellis
3—9.5 mm longis (non 8-15 mm longis)
differt. Typus: Queensland. BURNETT
District: Dead End lookout, Coominglah
S.F., west of Monto, 17 August 1995,
A.R.Bean 8859 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,
DNA, MEL, NSW).
pes in SSSR SIS Do Fd Rr PO I rs SERRE Teme ae eET
THEN See.
Jesexo Shhies.
LASSE ESE a
3 cee CaS a PR
Re ee Cate tt Ld reer el Ba braced
Bean, Astrotricha 7 67
Fig. 1. Astrotricha umbrosa A. portion of inflorescence x 4. B. flower at male stage x &. C. flower at female stage x 8.
D. fruit x 4, E. leaf x 0.5. F. stellate hairs x 8. Astrotricha brachyandra. G. portion of inflorescence < 4. H. flower at male
stage x 8. I. flower at female stage x 8. J. fruit x 4. K. leaf x 0.5. A-C,E,F Bean 9110; D, Bean 2540; G-K, Thompson
BIL207 & Price. |
68
Astrotricha sp. (Pomona A.R.Bean 1157) in
Bean (1994).
Shrub to 2 m high, erect, well-branched. Stems,
petioles and abaxial surfaces of leaves
stellate-pubescent, with individual hairs
c. 1.0 mm across. Leaves alternate, lanceolate
to narrowly lanceolate, (50)70—120 x (8-)
11-20 mm, acuminate, dark green adaxially,
pale yellow abaxially, midrib impressed
adaxially, raised abaxially; petioles terete,
6-13(-17) mm long. Panicles terminal,
10-30 cm long, densely stellate-hairy, brown
to yellow in colour; bracts ensiform,
1.7—3.5 mm long. Unit inflorescence umbellate,
(4-)5—11-flowered; peduncles and pedicels
slender, pedicels 3.0—9.5 mm long. Flowers
bisexual, protandrous, 4.5—6.0 mm across.
Hypanthium stellate-hairy, 1.0—1.5 mm long at
anthesis, campanulate; calyx lobes deltate, apex
acute or obtuse, c. 0.4 x 0.4mm, green to white,
stellate-hairy or mostly glabrous. Petals 5,
deltate, 1.52.5 x 0.7—1.1 mm, white or pinkish,
somewhat persistent; glabrous on adaxial
surface, stellate hairy on abaxial surface; apex
acute to acuminate. Stamens 5, alternating with
the petals; filaments terete, c. 1.9 mm long;
anthers white, c. 1.1 mm long, versatile,
dorsifixed, opening by longitudinal slits. Styles
2, 1.5-2.8 mm long; at first erect, later
spreading from base, persistent. Ovules I per
carpel. Fruit a schizocarp, + orbicular in outline,
3.3-4.0 mm long, 3.9-4.3 mm wide,
1.2—-1.5 mm thick, glabrescent; brown, splitting
at maturity; mericarps |-locular. Fig. 1 A-F.
Specimens examined: Queensland. Port Curtis District:
Kroombit Tops SF 316, 48 km E of Biloeia, Sep 1988,
Gibson TOT431 (BRI); near headwaters of Cedar Ck, SF
583, Jul 1995, Thompson CAL312 & Turpin (AD, BRI,
DNA, NSW). Burnett District: near Dead End Lookout,
Coominglah SF, near Monto, Aug 1990, Bean 2086 (BRI,
MEL, NSW); Cania Gorge NP, c. 600 m W of Mt Dowgo,
Nov 1995, Brushe JB315 & Hendry (BRI); c. 15 km (direct)
WNW of Monto, turn-off from Forest Drive to Dead End
Lookout, Coominglah SF, Oct 1988, Adakinson 550 &
Krauss (AD, BRI, CANB, CHR, K, MEL, NSW).
Wipe Bay District: Mt Cooroora, near Pomona, Oct 1989,
Bean 1157 (BRD; Linda Garrett Park, 2 km W of Mapleton,
Oct 1990, Bean 2539 (BRI, NSW); Oakey Creek road,
Mapleton SF, Oct 1990, Bean 2540 (BRI); Scenic Drive,
Blackall Range, c. 5 km N of Mapleton, Sep 1988, Sharpe
4824 et al. (BRI, NSW). Moreron District: Delicia road,
Mapleton, Dec 1989, Bean 1257 (BRI); Cooloolabin SF,
Mapleton Forest Drive, 2 km N of Mapleton, Sep 1989,
Leiper s.n. (BRD).
Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69 (1997)
Distribution and habitat: A. umbrosa is
endemic to southern Queensland, extending
from Kroombit Tops and the Boyne Valley, to
the Mapleton area. It grows in relatively dense
and shady open forest dominated by Eucalyptus
spp. including &. pilularis Sm., E. cloeziana
F.Muell. and £. acmenoides Schauer, in sandy
or sandy loam soils.
Phenology: Flowering occurs in September-
October.
Notes: A. umbrosa 1s similar in appearance to
A. floccosa, but it differs by its ensiform bracts
1.73.5 mm long (filamentous, 2-10 mm long
for A. floccosa), inflorescences 10-30 cm long
(30-100 cm long for A. floccosa) and the
5—l1-flowered umbels (12—20-flowered for
A, floccosa).
From A. longifolia, it differs by its stellate
hairs c. 1.0 mm across (c. 0.5 mm for
A. longifolia), looser tomentum, leaves mostly
11-20 mm wide (6-l[lmm wide for
A, longifolia), and pedicels 3.0—9.5 mm long
(8-15 mm for A. /ongifolia).
Conservation status: The risk category for
Astrotricha umbrosa according to the criteria
of Chalson & Keith (1995) is ‘susceptible’
(criteria e and f), or 2RCi according to the
system of Leigh and Briggs (1996). The species
is known from about half a dozen widely
scattered populations. The recommended
conservation status for this species as defined
by the Queensland Nature Conservation Act
1992 is ‘rare’.
Etymology: The species epithet is from the
Latin wmbrosus meaning shady or growing in
shade and refers to the habitat of the species in
rather dense, shady forests.
11. Astrotricha latifolia Benth., in S.L.
Endlicher et al., Enum. pl. 54 (1837);
A. floccosa var. incana Benth., FI.
Austral. 3: 380 (1867); A. floccosa vat.
latifolia (Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.
89: 486 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: ‘in
collectione Baueriana’ (? W n.v.).
Illustration: Flora of N.S.W. 3: 82 (1992),
VSM rrr cam an le DOE had ee ada nad te dee e tn ht ATED TEN eA DE
Bean, Astrotricha
Distribution and habitat: A. latifolia occurs in
southern Queensland south from about Gympie
and west to the Great Dividing Range, and
along much of the New South Wales coast. It
inhabits tall eucalypt forest in high rainfall
areas.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to John Thompson for his
persistent efforts to collect good flowering and
fruiting material of A. brachyandra, to
Will Smith for the illustrations, and Les Pedley
for the Latin diagnoses.
References
Bran, A.R. (1991). Notes on Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae)
in Queensland. Austrobaileya 3(3): 523-528.
(1994). Astrotricha, In R.J.F. Henderson (ed,)
Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and
Distribution. Brisbane: Queensland Department of
Environment and Herttage.
(1995), A new species and new record for
Astrotricha DC, (Araliaceae) in Queensland.
Austrobaileya 4(3): 407-409.
CuHaLson, J.M. & Keitu, D.A. (1995). A Risk Assessment
scheme for Vascular Plants: Pilot Application to
the Flora of New South Wales, Hurstville: National
Parks and Wildlife Service.
Domm, K. (1928). Astrotricha, In Bettrage zur Flora und
Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca
Botanica 89: 485-487,
Briaces, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1996). Rare or Threatened
Australian Plants. Melbourne: CSIRO.
Makinson, R.O, (1991). Two new species of Astrotricha
(Araliaceae) from New South Wales. 7e/opea
4: 313-319.
69
Cooktownta robertsii, a remarkable new genus and species of
Orchidaceae from Australia
David L. Jones
Summary
Jones D.L. (1997). Cooktownia robertsii, a remarkable new genus and species of Orchidaceae
from Australia, Cooktownia robertsii D.L. Jones is described from Queensland. Austrobaileya
5(1): 71-78.
Keywords: Orchidaceae - Queensland, Orchidoideae, Orchideae, Cooktownia robertsii
D.L. Jones, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Environment Australia, Box 1600, Canberra,
Australian Capital Territory 2601, Australia
Introduction
Identification of the genus of an unfamiliar
species of orchid becomes relatively straight
forward with some experience. The generic
placement of an extremely unusual terrestrial
orchid recently collected in northeastern
Queensland, however, has caused considerable
difficulty. Embryological studies (Clements
pers. comm.) show that the species has similar
developmental stages to orchids of the
subfamily Orchidoideae, tribe Orchideae (Abe
1972; Fredrikson 1991; Clements 1995). The
elongated, somewhat fusiform, asymmetric
ovaries, the shape and arrangement of the
sepals and petals and the shape of the elements
of the column are consistent with this
placement. However the paired, broadly ovate,
eround-hugging leaves and the thin wiry scape
are very different from any Orchidoid species
which has been described from the region. The
labellum, which is entire, lacks a basal spur,
usually considered to be a feature of orchids of
this type, but Dressler (1993) notes that a spur
may be lacking in some species.
Examination of the flowers of this
novelty shows that the column is much
modified and would appear to be
non-functional. Elements of the anther and
stigma occur as simple rod-like analogues
(Fig 1.1). The anther analogue can be recognised
by its dorsal placement opposite the labellum
Accepted for publication 15 August 1997
(Fig. 1.3 & 1.4) and the presence on its lateral
surfaces of aggregates of structures which
resemble pollen tetrads (Fig. 1.5, 1.6). Two or
four rod-like structures anterior to the anther
analogue are apparently much modified stigmas
(Fig. 1.2) and/or rostellar arms (for
developmental studies in Orchidoid species see
Kurzweil 1987). Thus although the flowers of
this enigmatic species appear to be supertficially
normal, the column is much modified and tts
elements would appear at first sight to be
non-functional, lacking pollen and receptive
stigmata. Despite these significant reproductive
limitations the species 1s common over a
localised natural area and is maintaining a
viable population level (L.Roberts pers. comm.,
C.Broers pers. comm.). Examination of mature
ovaries shows that they contain reproductive
structures which have an appearance
remarkably similar to normal Orchidoid seed
(Fig. 2).
Subtribal Placement
The subtribal classification of the Orchideae
is difficult and well beyond the scope of
this paper. A brief consideration of the
subject 1s necessary since the subtribal
characters influence the generic choices for the
taxon in question. Dressler (1993) recognised
two subtribes within the Orchideae, the
Habenariinae and Orchidinae, and at the same
time noted that the distinction between them
needs reevaluation. In Orchidinae, according
to Richard (1818) and Dressler (1993), the
ustrobaileya 5(1): 7i~—78 (1997)
oh at , ST oe ee
Pa rs Sais Raa = mit fan Te renee Srnnennee 3K,
este eet
Patel aF te Soe
SESE sete > > 7 > c
TSHEA Satie Se eiee tan ner wine Reser pinta Seiten
ees cee * 2 Ja a 2 Pe omen mS
2 ‘ : perenne i - ee =
ciate ie
et,
Hoe ns rea Lat Meee ie mae
: Sniper ieaueringied reeeteet ema
LE Es in eee ear
icles ere
= sn
feeeager
=
i)
oo
3
ee reat
Tees
poe
ee iff .
: pret
cain! + SIE
i Senin te f PEELE
arta tht crs aces
Ati rics
Sr iar yh et
Hares
a, oan? Pp.
oa ST aii nie SU a ey ee
see ne, 2 z: ore C: migra Bes
SRE wee eerie : i Z Spear.
pear iee Le aioe : ue TEESE aS eres oe
“ aes . . peel a. A eS
fhe
ae
a Laeey,
Sabet y,
sone
mai ire les
a fe of sel ieteees
wieiepecertee!
Peet
ait ore,
8 as 2
Monette, + sit
Pr itiites arin’ * ERE,
a5) *, wx stg z
oo
carts
Sere Th
fetter
Eee
ete rior ae
Sic
Fer eee Pees
r
=r
ree
J aa
iat ls ores fe ate - seats
= a Sa reg reser bg iad md re is ra r.
rete r ca es Speed Pe yrange ee seers
pase
ree,
ae
i : = FEM SE ete
watt Se, i veers seasons Hurbeeee eset teres ierdie
H Ie 3 fee
Somes
Paras
aye
TEA
j TEESE Fe enen ers
Stare
Shae aan
acute et ae
Cpe ae 4 5
heats aot toe ¢ Set
POPPE De ali d pa PST TE aes ; a
ar
Sain
oro.
SeGosirirete
es ttt :
seta prin»
ee
: [fers
seater: dake reece cee
min Fur iorpee ad Sere peated
Ftp ee a
at
art
et
SE,
See
ears
ee
ie
sis os ae
eae eae
: Peietion
SOREL BEER ee :
Lara
are
ees
ia
Hae
ote
Ths gl
=? . =
Sees ek Pn td ol
ee et ee
BE pp a
eee Hae ESS eet gene ce nce nme ree spoons meal avervebets ieeder eget
POST ST Perret eee ited pein
MISSA TATE
* STD ase ke ss att =
3! SILA ee < SST 2p Rotors
: DLT Ak reyes Hani te ttn
2 eet tes age Pe
TANI a
eat ahs aiattieta® Sach deas ws ME
at Ditters See
ete nrha tiga Mtmel genres Bettis con
at WAS = rj
“3 auakey Senne te oon Coens aot
: aire beeps =
fe ces sient on : Temeeenent as Sorel patente =
. ee cama ctaal Be = 7
a: ia sia ae Bb = s noone ie ae oe
3 i : . .IeVIY een aeeeet pee tide
Tae : fi i
Pee Sere saa nan sleetel DD BRR SEZ Perea,
Ti. Sores Ere, sea tattat 3 para are
“TUTE ESE oo re iQ LOR ee eee Rear naittg
Ee = only eh pS SUT eee eatayre
ata oe! 7 SORTS ped Raney erie ec he el rt
re. ciecateieeeent iat pat te : : : : Sa ee " " alien.
oH We a. ie a
ree Reaaieretey “ 5 7 iH " oes on we Lt eee eae
Pipers renee, a ce “4 = wea lagna et oes ae
a Sees Fs 2 cat sane witty
anaes 2, feet
geen ea pearanten : 8 OR
is
cp ee ee
sas y
eo :
eine
rire:
orate: Saar
prereinseen eae: aie
am
Hees
SH et
I
Se eee
me Bad Lee
Fea wes
ae Snes
eit pbopecet
- eet wees 2
TEelgglritnemreeer rh caeaiee af
See
Sree ore?
foarte Srey Re Scr ane : TSH Vata ee
Serer eno : ee ee ere
Senseo ‘ae aa i nas
erecta sh
(Fite ae ee
> is
: Hs =. ae
¥ a ee
Cote : -*, eee
mo up eres : = rer! a =
pieatteted : = cE: * 7
Wee bate a + ate r 4 meee,
ats r, ate > i aes
aoe sprees ‘. = Sy Fy =
Fie
i
SESE
pee
sacripee
coer ne yatt] 2 aaa ae
tee eH =
eee sats Soe
eae : Tare
THERES ENERO
SREB LES
irene
puna ere
eer
Sip tia ase irae See ioe
ceiirhereearrenies nan Sats sores
nme eran ie fapfend! =z
qpicaaeirers eeryae car arnt
fh each bool eed Peron ener ed
eee poorer ates poe naee eel oad
Perera TEE a peteee rere es
Welt tuleseed wy TS CHO cee pee eta ra pee nee at
se fitter mre ec are
mi reer pea i
ocr aee Peat IEEE
: x ei pal eae nee at te Sie a
CaP UIE Us Serre pr ran Dla) beet es
TREE UIT TR s + 2 aa Sag rape A ag
Su HE 2 Dd a net tam aa A Ee
: : = TI, apemrereed Pree ee emer neat a reper
eae et eee peed praia eaters
SNAG Tee oN ae an ad ed eg A ee cA
Re er eee ro er er eres ee eS rel ee cary
sperartOe iga recta poner eer aed renee
= ST errr ina three ep aetna ocr acta’
Teteee) ret URSA ay eee ero BS Ti pes ore ae ey ed gee
Tiissr openers sel ne = peed
: Sine oe pa ase -
oleTects tetris l pppoe ee oe, rs es 5
7 erties *
Behe et an
earn :
Pret oie tes Peet *
ny Seen Tyee =
peered
FErIN eet,
Sher
2s 4 as 2 a ae en Sie Sree
yasit ie : elite rs ee ee
ates OOP
Sea gan
in TTS Pe at erasers :
URIS!
> rai eee
a Ary apelin
. oo " : a SSE PRPE EMOTES arenas
¥ a eae a
Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Cooktownia robertsii. 1.1. column elements from side (x 36); 1.2, surface
structure of stigma analogue (x 100); 1.3 & 1.4 anther analogues from two flowers (x 40); 1.5. site of development of
abortive pollen structures (x 165); 1.6. abortive pollen structures (x 430).
columns have a concave stigma, whereas those inmy view they are also subjective and difficult
in Habenariinae have convex, long-stalked to interpret. Certainly undue emphasis has been
stigmas, long rostellar arms and long caudicles _ placed on features of the gynostemium in much
(Senghas 1973; Dressler 1993). These of this generic classification, resulting in
characters are not all clear cut as Kurzweil & considerable overlap and confusion.
Weber (1991) found that the stigmas of the
Orchidinae are usually convex or pad-like. Based on the gynostemium characters,
Linder & Williamson (1986) note that these —_ the subtribal placement of the taxon under study
stigmatic characters are difficultto observe,and —_is equivocal. Although abortive, the shape of
Senin
ones, Cooktownia robertsii
pe
erty
yas roe
edie
rater
PIT at
isape tea ata
z
eis
Fig, 2. 2.1 & 2.2. Mature seed-like structures of Cooktownia robertsii showing proembryo and supensor (x 35),
the stigma analogues could be considered to
be flat to concave and thus consistent with a
member of the Orchidinae. Alternatively their
elongated shape could place them in the
Habenariinae. Because of this subtribal
uncertainty, the generic placement of the new
species 1s also uncertain. Dressler (1993)
enumerates 34 genera in the subtribe
Orchidinae and 23 in the Habenariinae. Several
authors (Linder & Williamson 1986, Kurzweil
& Weber 1991, Dressler 1993) mention
problems in the generic classification of
the Orchideae. Even a brief examination of
the literature reveals conflicting and
confusing views on generic delimitation an
characterisation (see for example Ames 1910;
Luer 1975; Seidenfaden 1977; Inoue 1983;
Yokota 1990; Catling & Sheviak 1993).
“allt
The majority of the genera listed by
Dressler (1993), are very distinct from the
Queensland taxon, a conclusion supported by
examination of line drawings and colour
illustrations of numerous taxa of Orchideae (for
example Luer 1972, 1975). A comparison with
the Orchidoid flora of New Guinea and
Indonesia, where the genera Habenaria,
Peristylus and Platanthera are represented,
provides no solution to the problem.
Emphasis has been placed by some
authors on the shape and orientation of the root
tubers (see for example Inoue 1983), but a scan
through the literature and experience with
Australian and New Guinea species of
Habenariinae, shows this character to be
extremely variable and of limited taxonomic
application. Some of the characters of the new
taxon, in particular the elongated root tubers
and undivided labellum, are similar to species
in some sections of the genera Platanthera
(Ogura 1953; Inoue 1983) and Peristylus
(Seidenfaden 1977). In both of these genera,
however, the flowers have a labellum spur.
Thus the new Queensland taxon has
uncertain generic and subtribal placement. The
options are to accomodate it in a new genus or
to place it in an existing genus 1n which it does
not sit comfortably. Opinions as to its
placement are divided evenly among the eight
orchid specialists who have read drafts of this
paper. Although a judgement on its taxonomic
placement is hindered by its unusual sexual
elements and the taxonomic and nomenclatural
confusion that exists within the tribe Orchideae,
its local abundance and relative uniformity
shows that it is an extremely interesting taxon
worthy of recognition and further study.
Because I cannot reconcile the general habit
of the plant and its unusual floral morphology
with any known genus, I have decided to
recognize it as a new genus.
74
Materials and methods
This study is based on the examination of fresh
flowers and spirit-preserved specimens
collected from localities in north-eastern
Queensland. Herbarium collections were
examined from AD, CANB, MEL, NSW and
ORS. Measurements given in the description
are from living plants. Habitat details were
supplied by Lewis Roberts. Samples of fresh
flowers were examined in a Cambridge
Instruments $360 scanning electron microscope
using an Oxford CT1500 Cryo Preparation
System with the sample maintained at —18° C
throughout the viewing operation.
Taxonomy
Cooktownia D.L.Jones, gen. nov.
Herbae tuberosae terrestres. Tubera elongata,
radicibus similia. Folia 2, basalia, longitudine
latitudinem fere aequanti, prostrata, ad
basin arcte imbricata. Scapus gracilis, filo
metallico similis. Bracteae steriles et fertiles
arcte vaginantes. Ovarium cylindricum,
attenuatum. Flores virides atro-striatae, non
vel tarde aperientes. Sepalum dorsale anguste
ovato-ellipticum, ad apicem cymbiforme,
marginibus incrassitis. Sepala lateralia
ovato-lanceolata, ad apicem cymbiformia.
Petala ovato-lanceolata, marginibus pallidis.
Labellum anguste obovatum, integrum, sine
calcari. Organa sexualia abortiva, atro-viridia.
Anthera discreta, sine polliniis. Stigmata
discreta. Capsulae anguste ovoideae, rectae.
Typus: Cooktownia robertsii D.L. Jones
Tuberous terrestrial herb. Tubers clongate,
root-like. Leaves 2, basal, nearly as broad as
long, prostrate, the bases closely imbricate.
Scape slender, wiry. Sterile bracts closely
sheathing. Fertile bracts closely sheathing.
Ovary cylindrical, apex attenuate. Flowers
sreen with darker lines, remaining closed or
opening tardily. Dorsal sepal narrowly
ovate-elliptical, margins thickened, apex
cymbiform. Lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate,
apex cymbiform. Petals ovate-lanceolate,
margins pale. Labellum narrowly obovate,
entire; spur absent. Sexual organs abortive, dark
sreen. Anthers free, lacking pollen. Stigmas
free. Capsules narrowly ovoid, erect.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 71-78 (1997)
The new genus belongs in the subfamily
Orchidoideae, tribe Orchideae, but its subtribal
placement is uncertain. Only one species is
known.
Etymology: The generic name is derived from
the nearest main population centre, the historic
town of Cooktown which was settled near
where Captain James Cook had earlier effected
repairs to the barque Endeavour after it struck
the coral of the Great Barrier Reef in June 1770.
Cooktowntia robertsti D.L. Jones, species
nova, Platanthera papuanae Schitr. affinis,
a qua foliis basalibus arcte subimbricatis
orbicularibus, floribus apomictibus, labello
calcari carente, et columna abnormali
staminodiis et stigmate discreto differt. Typus:
Australia. Queensland. Cook District: c. 3 km —
north of Mt Misery, 1 April 1993, C_H. Broers
441 & LJ. Roberts (holo: CANB; iso CANB,
BRI, NSW, MEL).
Tuberous terrestrial herb. Tubers elongate,
4—6 cm x 6-8 mm, root-like. Leaves 2,
ovate to broadly ovate-orbicular, 1.3-3 cm
x 0.8-3 cm, basal, ground-hugging, the bases
closely imbricate, dark green, entire, acute to
subacute. Scape 15—26 cm tall, slender, wiry.
Sterile bracts 3, 9-15 mm x 3-3.5 mm,
lanceolate, closely sheathing. Fertile bracts
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, closely sheathing.
Ovary 12-15 m x 2—3 mm, apex, attenuate.
Flowers 3—9, green with darker lines, c. 7.5 mm
long, remaining closed or the perianth segments
spreading tardily. Dorsal sepal narrowly
ovate-elliptical, 6-7 mm x c. 2.5 mm, margins
thickened, apex cymbiform. Lateral sepals
ovate-lanceolate, 6-7.5 mm x c. 2.5 mm, apex
cymbiform. Petals 6-7 mm * c. 2.3 mm,
ovate-lanceolate, margins pale greenish white.
Labellum narrowly obovate when flattened,
7-7.5 mm X c. 2.5 mm, not 3—lobed, margins
incutved, apex obtuse to cymbiform; spur
absent. Sexual organs incompletely united and
not forming a column, dark green. Anthers
abortive, remaining free, lacking pollen.
Stigmas abortive, longer than wide, remaining
free. Capsules narrowly ovoid to narrowly
obovoid, 18-22 mm <x 3.5—4 mm, erect, apex
drawn out. Figs. 3 & 4.
Flowering Period: March to May.
Jones, Cooktownia robertsit
Distribution and habitat: Cooktownia
robertsii is endemic to northeastern
Queensland, Australia, where apparently it
is restricted to areas south of Cooktown,
between Helenvale and Mt. Poverty and North
Mt. Sampson. It grows in small to large colonies
amongst grass in open forest at low to moderate
elevations (300-500 m.). The plants grow
mostly on ridges and slopes, sometimes on very
steep hillsides and also at the heads of gullies.
The soil is a red stony or gravelly loam derived
from decomposed slate.
Affinities: The anomalous floral morphology
of Cooktownia robertsii makes it difficult to
determine its affinities. Often such an
anomalous species is spawned from an
equivalent, normally reproducing taxon, but no
such relationship is apparent here. The genera
Habenaria and Peristylus, both members of the
Habenariinae, are recorded from Australia
(Clements 1989, Dockrill 1992) but none of
these species are even remotely similar to the
new taxon. Geographically the closest member
of the Orchidinae is Platanthera papuana
Schltr. from Papua New Guinea (Schlechter
1911-14), This species is readily distinguished
from Cooktownia robertsii by its single erect
petiolate leaf, a ligulate labellum with a basal
spur and a normally functioning column.
Population size: Cooktownia robertsii has
a narrow distributional range over about
12 km between the coordinates 15°45’S,
145°12’E on the northern side of its range
and 15°55’S, 145°13’E on the southern side.
_. It occurs in sporadic populations consisting
of individuals of mixed ages and is
frequently locally abundant. Juvenile plants
are common. The population size 1s estimated
to be 10,000—15,000 plants.
Reproductive biology: The population size,
mixed age within populations and local
abundance all show that C. robertsii is
vigorous and reproducing freely. Examination
of the root system shows clearly that
vegetative reproduction does not occur in
this species and it is spread entirely by the
seed-like structures which are released from the
capsules. These apparently germinate freely in
the wild (L.Roberts pers. comm.), and at least
one juvenile has now been successfully raised
75
from plants cultivated in the collection of the
Australian National Botanic Gardens by
sprinkling the seed-like stuctures around the
base of mature plants.
Developmental embryology: The
embryological development of C. robertsiiwas
studied by Mark Clements as part of his Ph.D.
thesis (Clements 1995), and I am grateful for
his input into this section of the paper. The
absence of functional pollen and stigmas in this
Species points to its reproduction being
via apomixis. The seed-like structures have
the appearance of a normal orchid seed with
the embryo being rounded and surrounded
by typical clathrate wings. The embryos are
uniform in all of the samples studied and
are completely different from the type of
embryos usually seen in the seeds of other
apomictic orchids. In these species, as
exemplified by Caleana minor R. Br. and
Genoplesium apostasioides (Fitzg.) D.L. Jones
& M.A. Clem., the embryos are notable for their
irregular shapes and asymmetric development.
Pollen tubes are absent from the
developmental phases of C. robertsii and
consequently there is no penetration of the
embryo sac and fertilisation of the egg cell by
male gametes. However, despite this the
developmental stages of the embryo appear
normal and are consistent at all stages with
those of a typical fertilised embryo of the
Orchidoideae. Thus a proembryo develops that
fills the embryo sac and a linear chain of four
suspensor cells grows out into the inner
micropyle (Fig 2.1, 2.2). In the sample range
studied, which represents many hundreds of
individuals from a number of parent plants, the
embryos were all uniform and no freaks or
multiple embryos were seen. This clearly
indicates that C. robertsii has successfully
developed a very effective and unusual system
of apomictic reproduction. In this species
apomixis arises from the egg cell itself within
the embryo sac. Further studies are needed to
clarify the mechanism involved in this form of
apomixis.
Notes: Apart from collections associated with
this study no specimens of C. robertsii exist in
any Australian herbaria.
76 Austrobaileya 5{1): 71-78 (1997)
Zin
“a of eal lL Hoe | Mee gt ay |
ha Pd ai bi
wae th le
UY
war
et
or ‘ Pty
- A fe ate ew bom pe wh i
7 ”
he 5
s Mal SF Eg sah 9 thy en a
Siete d ie naae we
. t
SWAT en STC EATER ARO “s
wala . : may ce
Ses me ag Sap tsated th ght TERME PEN Chae
ee, ers ee :
es a RE ee
aiiee SFr oy
20m
Tin
Fig. 3. Cooktownia robertsii. a. piant; b. & c. flowers from side; d. labellum from above; e. dorsal sepal; f. lateral sepal;
g, petal; h. column from side; i, column from front; j. fertile bract. All from Broers 441 & Roberts.
Jones, Cooktownia robertsii
a
Fig. 4. Cooktownia robertsii. a. plant from above showing leaves; b.& c. plants from side showing root system, All from
L. Roberts (ORG 710).
Additional collection: Stony Ck, 27 Apr 1997,
Roberts (ORG 710) (CANB).
Conservation status: Although locally
common, Cooktownia robertsiits restricted to
a relatively small area and 1s not conserved; |
suggest a classification 2R by the criteria of
Briggs & Leigh (1996).
Etymology: The specific name honors
Lewis J.Roberts who discovered the species and
recognised its orchidaceous features; he has
many notable natural history discoveries,
including other new orchids, to his credit.
Acknowledgements
I thank Lewis Roberts for bringing the species
to my attention, supplying specimens and
copious notes and for numerous discussions;
Corinna Broers for making the type collection
and Mark Clements for regular discussions,
reading the manuscript and assistance
with understanding the embryological process
in Orchidaceae. I thank Alex George for
the Latin diagnoses, Marion Garratt and
Karina FitzGerald for technical assistance and
Laurie Jessup for his patience. I also express
my appreciation to Phillip Cribb, Wayne Harris,
Peter Lavarack, Peter Linder and two unknown
American referees for commenting on various
drafts of the manuscript. Iam grateful to Roger
Heady for technical assistance on the scanning
electron microscope. The directors of AD,
CANB, MEL, NSW and QRS are thanked for
allowing me access to their collections.
References
Apr, K. (1972). Contributions to the embryology of the
family Orchidaceae VI. Development of the
embryo sac in fifteen species of orchids. Sci. Rep.
Tohoku Univ. 36: 135-178.
Ames, O. (1910). Orchidaceae. Fascicle IV: The genus
Habenaria in North America. 1979 reprint
Stanfordville, New York. E.M.Coleman.
Briaes, J.D. & Leicu J.H. (1996). Rare or Threatened
Australian Plants, Revised Edition. CS7RO and
Australian Nature Conservation Agency.
CATLING, P.M. & Sueviak, C.J. (1993), Taxonomic notes
on some North American orchids, Lindleyana
8(2): 77-81.
CLEMENTS, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian
Orchidaceae. Austral. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160.
— (1995), Reproductive biology in relation to
phylogeny of the Orchidaceae especially the
tribe Diurideae, Doctor of Philosophy Thesis,
Australian National University, Canberra.
78
DocxritL, A.W. (1992). Australian Indigenous Orchids.
Vol. 1. Chipping Norton: Surrey Beatty & Sons.
Dresser, R.L. (1993). Phylogeny and Classification of
the Orchid Family. Portland, Oregon: Dioscorides
Press.
FrEDRIKSON, M. (1991). An embryological study of
Platanthera bifolia (Orchidaceae). Pi. Syst. Evol.
174: 213-220,
INouE, K. (1983). Systematics of the genus Platanthera
(Orchidaceae) in Japan and adjacent regions with
special reference to pollination. J. Fac. Sci, Univ.
Tokyo 13: 285-374.
Kurzweil, H. (1987). Developmental studies in orchid
flowers II: Orchidoid species. Nord. J. Bot.
7: 443-451.
Kurzweit, H. & Weper, A. (1991). Floral morphology of
southern African Orchideae. I. Orchidinae. Nord.
J. Bot. 11: 155-178.
Linper, H. P. & G. WiLLiAMson (1986). Notes on the
orchids of southern Tropical Africa, 2. Oligophyton
drummonadii, gen. et sp. nov. Kew Bull,
41(2): 313-7.
Luer, C.A. (1972). The Native Orchids of Florida, New
York: New York Botanical Garden.
——~ (1975). The Native Orchids of the United States and
Canada excluding Florida, New York: New York
Botanical Garden.
Ocura, Y. (1953). Anatomy and morphology of the
subterranean organs in some Orchidaceae, J. Fac.
Sci. Univ. Tokyo 6(4): 135-157.
RicHARD, L.C.M. (1818). De Orchideis Europeis
Annotationes. Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4: 4248, 49,
57.
SCHLECHTER, R. (1911-14). Die Orchidaceen von Deutch-
Neu-Guinea, Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg., Beih.
1: 1-1079; english translation by R.S.Rogers,
H.J.Katz & J.T.Simmons (1982). Melbourne: The
Australian Orchid Foundation.
SEIDENFADEN, G, (1977). Orchid Genera in Thailand V,
Orchidoideae, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 31(3): 1-150.
SENGHAS, K. (1973). Unterfamilie: Orchidoideae. Pages
195-215 in F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch & K. Senghas,
[edsj., R. Schlechter, Die Orchideen. 3rd Ed. Berlin:
Paul Parey.
Yoxota, M. (1990). Karyomorphological studies in
Habenaria, Orchidaceae, and allied genera from
Japan, J. Sei. Hiroshima Univ. 23: 53-161.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 71-78 (1997)
da a a aa ae ae WEE ad hey Atala aaa hale Se lgte d gpbdnaeteasdsacd tetra: gien Big tty 2a cig aeciy “a. hs hhh berate Sid erctechbe chee? be
ASAE BaD BAL BoE Sete See Deeg a epee gt RRR ARR RAR PARAS Pet a CS
A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink
(Fabaceae: Millettieae).
D.J. Dixon
Summary
Dixon,D.J. (1997). A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink (Fabaceae:
Milletticae). Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91. The genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink is revised. Four
species are recognized, namely Austrosteenisia blackii (F.Muell.) R.Geesink, A.stipularis
(C.T. White) Jessup, A.glabristyla Jessup and A. mollitricha. Two varieties are recognized within
A. blackii namely A. blackii (F.Muell.) R.Geesink var. blackii and A. blackii var. astipella
D.J.Dixon. All taxa are described in detail and a key to their identity is provided.
Keywords: Fabaceae, Millettieae, Austrosteenisia, Austrosteenisia blackii var. blackii,
Austrosteenisia blackii vay. astipella, Austrosteenisia glabristyla, Austrosteenisia mollitricha,
Austrosteenisia stipularis.
D.J.Dixon Co-operative Research Centre for Tropical Rainforest Ecology and Management and
The Department of Tropical Plant Sciences, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland
4811, Australia
Introduction
Austrosteenisia R.Geesink, a member of the
tribe Millettieae in the family Fabaceae, was
first described in 1984 although A. blackii
(F.Muell.) R.Geesink (Millettia blackii
F.Muell.) and A. stipularis (C.T.White) Jessup
(Lonchocarpus stipularis C.T.White) were
described much earlier. Mueller (1861)
described M. blackii based on material collected
from the Clarence River, Hastings River and
Moreton Bay areas. Bentham (1864) transferred
M. blackii to Lonchocarpus Kunth. A new
taxon, L. nesiotes, was described by Bailey
(1906) based on two specimens collected from
the Bloomfield River and Percy Islands. The
Bloomfield River specimen was subsequently
selected as lectotype for Bailey’s name
which was transferred to Derris Lour. by
Domin (1926). During a survey of the
Australian species of Derris, Tephrosia Pers.,
and Lonchocarpus, White (1929) found the
material used by Bailey as syntypes of his name
consisted of fragments of Derris trifoliata
var. macrocarpa Domin and A. blackii. White
pointed out that the specimen chosen by Domin
Accepted for publication 9 July 1997
as lectotype of Bailey’s name was also a mixed
collection and that while the pods belonged to
a species of Derris the leaves and flowers
belonged to Lonchocarpus blackii. He thereby
restricted the lectotype of Bailey’s name to the
pods in Poland’s Bloomfield River specimen.
White (1933) described L. stipularis. Polhill
(1971) transferred the Australian species of
Lonchocarpus to Kunstleria Prain, stating that
only a slightly broadened generic concept was
needed for their inclusion in this genus. Geesink
(1984), in discussing his concept of Kunstleria,
found that the Australian species differed from
the Malesian and Philippine species, hence the
circumscription of Austrosteenisia and the new
combination, A. blackti, which was made at
that time. Jessup (1986) made the second
combination when transferring Kunstleria
stipularis to Austrosteenisia, and at the same
time described a new species, A. glabristyla.
Despite the studies of Geesink (1984),
Austrosteenisia has never been critically revised
in its entirety, and problems remain within the
group. For example, Jessup (1986) considered
that imperfect material present in the
Queensland Herbarium represents further taxa
in the genus. These specimens were not seen
80
by Geesink. Therefore the research reported
here aimed to critically review the genus and
to assess the status of these specimens.
Materials and Methods
This study was based on herbarium specimens
in BRI, LAE, MEL, NSW and QRS. Field
observations of all species except. glabristyla
were made by the author.
Taxonomy
Geesink (1984) based his concept of
Austrosteenisia on the known species A. blackii
and Kunstleria stipularis. However, to account
for the species described by Jessup (1986) and
the new taxa identified here, Geesink’s concept
needs to be slightly modified. To account for
the new taxa, the leaflet number, flower length,
ovule number and number of seeds per pod
have been amended in the generic description,
(Table 1), Axillary panicles are also recorded
Austrobatleya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)
in the genus for the first time. The following
generic description is thus based partly on the
description of Austrosteenisia sensu Geesink
(1984) and partly on the results of this research.
A key to the genera of the Milletticae has
already been provided by Geesink (1984).
Austrosteenisia R.Geesink, Scala Millettiearum
78 (1984) Type: A. blackii
(F.Muell.) R.Geesink
Lianas. Leaves compound, alternate; leaflets
S—17; stipellae present or absent. Inflorescence
a terminal or axillary panicle. Bracts shorter
than the corresponding flower buds; bracteoles
present. Flowers 7.5—10.5 mm _ long;
hypanthium indistinct. Calyx imbricate with 5
subequal lobes. Standard blade + orbicular,
strongly reflexed at base; basal callosities
absent; wings with a normal claw and strongly
reduced blade; keel petals falcate. Staminal tube
straight; upper filament adnate to the other
filaments. Basal fenestrae distinct. Disk distinct.
Ovary hairy; ovules 9-20. Pod indehiscent, fiat,
membranous, without wings. Seeds 1-8,
reniform, laterally flattened; radicle folded.
Table 1. The character states as accepted here in Austrosteentsia, compared with those
given by Geesink (1984).
Character
Leaflet number
Geesink (1984)
7-17
Dixon (1997)
oe
Flower length c. 10mm long 7.5—10.5mm long
Ovule number 14-17 (7) 9-20
Seeds per pod 4—7 1-8
Panicle terminal terminal & axillary
Dixon, Austrosteenisia 8]
Key to the species of Austrosteenisia
1. Leaflets 9-17; flowers either pink and white or mauve and white............. 000 eae 2
Leaflets 5-11; flowers maroon-red.... cc ee ee ee ee seen een eens 3
Wales between latitudes 26°30’S and 30°20’S 2.0... ees 4. A. glabristyla
Stipellae absent; flowers pink and white; style bearded along upper margin ............
ae rhe oe ee eee 1. A. stipularis
2. Stipellae present; flowers mauve and white; style glabrous or nearly so;
distribution south-eastern Queensland and north eastern New South
with golden hairs; distribution in rainforests of north-eastern Queensland.
between latitudes 15°50’S and 17°30’S ...
3
. Abaxial leaflet surface pilose; staminal tube with erect + appressed hairs;
distribution north of latitude 14°S along the east coast of Cape York
PROIPISUNA 2.6".6.95) o\b.x = 66S ase ole did ws
ER oat Bede 4. ed ee ee BE 3. A. mollitricha
Abaxial leaflet surface glabrous or with erect or appressed antrorse hairs,
rarely pilose; staminal tube glabrous rarely with hairs; distribution south
of latitude 15°26’S extending along the Queensland and New South
Wales coast to latitude 32°24’s .........,
1. Austrosteenisia stipularis (C.T. White)
Jessup, Austrobaileya 2(3): 243-245
(1986); Lonechocarpus stipularis
C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Arb. Harvard
Univ. 4: 45-46 (1933); Kunstleria
stipularis (C.T.White) Polhill, Kew Bull.
25(2): 265 (1971). Type: Queensland.
Cook District: Lake Barrine, Atherton
Tableland, 8 November 1929,
SF. Kajewski 1348 (holo: BRI).
Robust liana. Stems covered with dense
hyaline to rusty brown appressed hairs,
glabrescent; lenticels elliptic, longitudinal.
Leaves 5.5—27.0 cm long; stipules peltate,
subrotund, 3.5—6.4 mm long, 2.3—4.5 mm
wide, ciliate, caducous; stipellae absent.
Leaflets 9-15, opposite, subopposite or
occasionally alternate, imparipinnate,
petiolules 0.6-7.0 mm long; laminae
elliptic, oblong, or obovate, 0.97.2 cm long,
0.4—2.5 cm wide, increasing in size distally;
base obtuse, cuneate, narrowly cuneate or
attenuate; apex rounded, obtuse, acute, or
acuminate with a small mucro; secondary veins
4—8 pairs with vein angle 32°—73°; adaxial
leaflet surface with + appressed antrorse or
erect, hyaline to light brown hairs, glabrescent;
abaxial surface pilose with erect hyaline to
light brown hairs. Inflorescence a panicle to
ee 2 ee ea eee 2. A. blackii
38 cm long. Pedicels 0.5—3.6 mm long; calyx
4.3-5.8 mm long; petals pink and white;
standard circular or widely to very widely
ovate, 7.5-10.5 mm long including claw,
c. 8.0 mm wide; wings 3.5~5.6 mm long; keel
7.0-9.6 mm long. Staminal tube glabrous.
Ovary densely villous; ovules 6—14. Style
bearded with golden hairs along upper margin.
Pod elliptic to oblong, 4.7—-9.0 cm long,
1.8—-2.1 cm wide, with long and short
golden brown appressed and erect hairs; stipe
4.5—10.0 mm long. Seeds 1-6. Fig. |.
Selected examined specimens : Queensland. Cook
District: 18 miles N of Mossman, Nov 1967, Boyland
& Gillieatt 389 (BRI); Fairyland, Jan 1940, Flecker
6536 (QRS); 5 miles the Mareeba side of Kuranda, Oct
1976, Gray 203 (QRS); Forestry Reserve 1073, near
Kuranda, Oct 1962, Hyland AFO/2793 (BRD; Lake
Barrine, Nov 1971, Hyland 5637 (QRS); Egan Creek
logging area, SW corner, Nov 1958, Smith 10486 (BRD;
Canal Creek near Waugh’s Pocket N of Innisfail, Oct
1973, Webb & Tracey 13653 (QRS); Lake Barrine,
Atherton Tableland, Nov 1929, White 1348 (BRI);
Kuranda, Nov 1985, Williams 85322 (BRI),
Etymology: The species epithet refers to the
presence of stipules.
Distribution and habitat: A. stipularis 1s
restricted to the ‘Wet Tropics’ rainforests of
north-eastern Queensland between latitudes
15°50’S and 17°30’S, (Map 1). Personal
82 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)
Fig. 1. Austrosteenisia stipularis. A. leaf x 0.4, B. standard = 4, C. stipule x 4. D. pod x 0.4. E. wing * 4. F. keel x 4.
G. staminal tube x 4. H. calyx x 4, I. gynoecium x 4. A from Hyland 5637 (QRS); B—E, H & IJ from Dixon
MB 10/1994 (JCU); F from Flecker 6536 (QRS). Del. D.J.Dixon.
a cb anitit bial < yet errerer erase e rt i. Se ee Se eee eter leueceedS 2
DIL eg A UE TT SSS
Dixon, Austrosteenisia
observations indicate that it is commonly
encountered throughout its distributional range.
Complex mesophyll vineforests are recorded
as its preferred habitat (Hansen and Sankowsky,
1992). It has been found growing on a variety
of soil types such as alluvial, basaltic, granitic
and soils derived from metamorphic rock
(Hansen and Sankowsky, 1992).
Phenology: A. stipularis is a deciduous species.
Flowering occurs either before or with the new
flush of leaves (Williams 1984). This species
flowers between the months of September and
November. Fruits have been recorded in
January.
CT eT ae es 0S
| {
| é i
i { i ,
\ qT = Ky
ees & Tm 1 {5°S
\ . { i
{ { j
{ i !
1 i 5
Gris r====41 20°S
j i
\ f
l {
j ! a
Go "325 S$
; j
t {
" : : !
\
ine ieee india ae 'a0°s
Map 1. Distribution of Austrosteenisia stipularis.
2. Austrosteenisia blackii (F.Muell.)
R.Geesink, Scala Millettiearum (1984);
Millettia blackii F.Muell., Fragmenta
Phytographiae Australiae, 2:123 (1861);
Lonchocarpus blackii (F Muell.) Benth.,
Flora Australiensis, 2:271-272 (1864);
Kunstleria blackii(F .Muell.) Polhill, Kew
Bull. 25(2):259-273 (1971). Type:
Moreton Bay, W.Ail/(syn: n.v.); Hastings
River, H.Beckler (syn: MEL); Clarence
River, 1. Beckler (syn: n.v.).
[Lonchocarpus nesiotes sensu F.M.Bailey,
Queensland Agric. J., 17:162 (1906), pro
parte, fide Pothill loc. cit.]
|. Leaves with stipellae present ............
Leaves with stipellae absent
a of Ft t& &€© © 4 F © © © EF
83
Woody liana. Stems covered with dense
hyaline to rusty-brown erect to curved and
appressed hairs, glabrescent; lenticels elliptic
to rounded, longitudinal. Leaves 5.5-—26 cm
long; stipules peltate, lanceolate, ovate,
§.0—12 mm long, 3.5—5.0 mm wide, caducous;
base rounded; apex acuminate; margin ciliate;
stipellae present, 0.8—3.3 mm long, or absent.
Leaflets 5-11, opposite or subopposite,
imparipinnate; petiolules 1.6—-6.7 mm
long; laminae narrowly elliptic, elliptic to
oblong, ovate or obovate, 1.4-11.8 cm long,
0.7—5.9 cm wide, increasing in size distally;
base oblique, obtuse, truncate, or cuneate; apex
acute, acuminate, or caudate with a small
mucro; secondary veins 4-11 pairs with vein
angle 38°—73°; adaxial leaflet surface glabrous
or glabrescent; midvein with hyaline to rusty-
brown, erect or curved hairs extending on to
the laterals; abaxial surface with appressed
antrorse, erect, hyaline hairs, glabrescent, very
rarely pilose. Inflorescence a panicle to
34 cm long. Pedicels 1.0-4.5 mm long; calyx
4.0—7,0 mm long; petals maroon-red; standard
circular, broadly to very broadly ovate, or
depressed ovate to broadly depressed
ovate, 7.5-10.5 mm long including claw,
5.2-9,5 mm wide; wings 3.5—6.0 mm long; keel
7.0-9.8 mm long. Staminal tube glabrous,
rarely with hyaline hairs. Ovary densely villous
with golden brown hairs; ovules mostly
1Q—20, very rarely as few as 7. Style bearded
with golden brown hairs along upper margin.
Pod elliptic to oblong, 3.8—9.6 cm long,
0.92.0 cm wide with appressed short and
erect long hyaline and golden brown hairs; stipe
3.0-10.0 mm long. Seeds 1-8, reniform.
Etymology: This species was named after the
most renowned Alan Black, custodian of
Hooker’s Herbarium and who first placed this
species in the genus Millettia (Mueller 1861).
Two varieties are distinguished as follows.
84 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)
ROR
a
KJ \
o%
x fy
X hays
Wipe
a yc
eons
WSs
i
eg
We
a
; NA
hy
RQ
— Or 7)
O
rm c
"Tl
‘asa
eg
=
a
SS
= S>
As
QA
Fig. 2. Austrosteenisia blackii var. blackii. A. leaf. x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. wing x 4, D. keel x 4, E. stipule x 4.
F, pod x 0.4. G, staminal tube x 4. H. calyx x 4. I. gynoecium x 4, A from McDonald 4511 et al. (BRD; B—D,
G-—I from Dixon CA10/1994 (JCU); E from Forster PIF7676 (BRI); F from MEL 725121 (MEL). Del. D.J.Dixon.
ssid anne bnofan ahd abidd ddan dink dss ce ba td dined al dah see look ean et di bne idea td
methine cS Ee ST
aa ie Tc 1 ce
neil e ot gia Te eye e VeRUSg yD Lipase beste rt ees
Dixon, Austrosteenisia
Austrosteenisia blacki var. blacki
Distinguished by stipellae present on leaves.
Fig, 2.
Selected examined specimens: Queensland, Cook
District: Prior Creek, Atherton, Dec 1938, Flecker s.n.
(QRS); S.F.R. 185, Jan 1980, Gray 1617 (QRS); Tolga,
Jan 1981, Gray 1878 (QRS). NorRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:
5 km NW of Cardwell, on S bank of Meunga Creek,
Oct 1976, Everist sn. (BRI); Port Curtis DISTRICT:
West Bay, Middle Percy Island, Nov 1989, Batianoff
11823, Champion, Thompson & Dillewaard (BRD; near
Carmilla, Oct 1937, White 12101 (BRI). BuRNETT
District: Kalliwa S.F. 169, Dec 1990, Forster PIF7713
(BRI). Wipe Bay District: Ocean Park Estate,
Dundowran, Nov 1991, Forster PIF9182 (BRI).
Moreton District: Petrie, N of Brisbane, Nov 1931,
Blake, 2842 (BRI); Fig Tree Pocket, Brisbane, Jan 1978,
Pedley 5005 (BRI); Mt. Crosby Road, Barnes Hil!, Nov
1993, Grimshaw G94 (BRI). New South Wales. Lismore,
Fawcett sn. (MEL); Richmond River, Fawceft s.n.
(MEL); Upper Hastings River, Nov 1897, Maiden s.n.
(NSW); Ballina, Dec 1895, Bauerlen sn. (NSW);
Tooloom Range, Dec 1907, Maiden s.n. (NSW),
Austrosteenisia blackii var. astipella
D.J.Dixon var. nov. ab A. blackii var.
blackii differt stipellis absentibus. Type:
Queensland. Coox District: S.F.R. 185
opposite fire tower, 17°09’S 145°31’E, 31
October 1978,./.D. Fitzsimon 296, (holo:
QRS). Fig. 3.
Selected examined specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: S.F.R. 185, Oct 1978, Fitzsimon 296 (QRS);
Mazlin Creek, Atherton, Nov 1991, Le Cussan 11 (QRS);
7 km NNW of Lakeland Downs, Cape York, Sep 1987,
Orr 197 (DNA); Clohesy River, Oct 1984, Sankowsky
354 & Sankowsky (BRI); Yungaburra, Nov 1985,
Sankowsky 451 & Sankowsky (BRI). NortH KENNEDY
District: west of Kennedy, near Cardwell, Sep 1935,
Blake 9721 (BRI).
Etymology: The varietal epithet refers to the
absence of stipellae.
Distribution and habitat: A, blackii is
distributed along the east coast of Australia
from latitude 15°26’S to 32°24’S. A. blackii
var. astipella occurs between latitudes
15°26’S and 19°S (Map 2), and is sympatric
for part of its range with the type variety which
occurs between latitudes 16°55’S and 32°24’S,
(Map 3). Both varieties of A. blackii are
strong vigorous conspicuous lianas common
throughout their respective distributional
ranges. A. blackii is considered well preserved
(Forster et al., 1991). Rainforest classified as
85
simple notophyll evergreen vineforest, complex
mesophyll vineforest (Hansen and Sankowsky,
1992), semi-evergreen vine thickets, araucarian
microphyll vineforest, and complex notophyll
vineforest are the main habitats recorded for
this species (Forster et al., 1991). It does
however, extend out of the rainforest wherever
ample moisture prevails, being quite common
on creek and river banks of coastal Queensland
(Williams, 1979), This species is commonly
referred to as blood vine because of the red
exudate that oozes from wounded tissue.
Raa ag Bae mi am iets 2408S
j
i
{ 4
“pean; 20°S
coo
|
t
{
r-- ~ | 25°S
t
‘ i
| {
Ms em me ey faq°s
Map 2. Distribution of Austrosteenisia blackii var.
astipella.
PT ay t0°s
j t |
{ t
er es toric
i 1
\ i
1 [
I
Map 3. Distribution of Austrosteenisia blackii var.
blackit.
86 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)
oor se
CLA PAVE
GHAMIIEN
WQ3y)}*
(]} |
y B
ROSS
Aa
Fig. 3. Austrosteenisia blackii var. astipella. A. leaf x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. wing = 4. D. keel x 4. E. stipule x 4.
F. pod x 0.4. G. staminal tube x 4. H. calyx x 4. I. gynoecitum x 4. A~D, G—I from Fitzsimon 296 (QRS); E from
Poland 27 (BRI); F from Kemp (xxx). Del. D.J.Dixon.
This content downloaded from
136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:50:21 +00:00
All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms
Dixon, Austrosteenisia
Phenology: A.blackii flowers between
September and December. Pods have been
recorded from October to the following June.
Notes: A. blackii has also been recorded from
Papua New Guinea (Queensland Herbarium,
1994) although I consider its recorded
occurrence in PNG to be doubtful. The LAE
specimen NGF48634 was annotated by a
previous worker as of doubtful origin and
locality. I agree with this annotation for a
number of reasons. Firstly, A. blackii is a very
conspicuous liana when in flower and
in Australia is commonly encountered and
collected. BRI, MEL, NSW and QRS hold
substantial accessions compared to LAE
which has only one. Secondly, A. blackii, in
Australia, does not occur north of latitude
15°26’S, although there is suitable habitat
north of this latitude. Thirdly, the new species
A. mollitricha, also a commonly encountered
liana which occurs north of latitude 14° S to
the tip of Cape York Peninsula, has not been
recorded from PNG. Therefore, the disjunct
nature of the NGF48634 collection casts doubt
on the occurrence of A. blackii in PNG. Only
further field work will establish the
authenticity of the PNG accession as actually
coming from PNG.
3. Austrosteenisia mollitricha D.J.Dixon, sp.
nov. affinis A. blackii, A.stipulari et
A. glabristyla; ab A. blackii var. astipella
et A. stipulari differt stipellis
praesentibus; ab 4. blackii differt
tricomatibus pilosis in abaxiali pagina
folioli praesentibus; ab A. glabristyla
differt stylo barbato et numero
foliolorum. Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Lockerbie Scrub, 23
September1991, G. Sankowsky 1229 &
N. Sankowsky (holo: BRI; iso: NSW,
MEL).
Robust liana. Stems covered with dense hyaline
to rusty brown hairs, glabrescent, glaucous,
lenticels elliptic, longitudinal. Leaves
15.0-33.0 cm.long; stipules, peltate, ovate,
c. 14mm long, c. 4mm wide, ciliate, caducous;
stipellae 1.3-3.5 mm long. Leaflets 5-9,
mostly 7, opposite, imparipinnate; petiolules
2.1— 6.7 mm long; laminae elliptic, oblong,
ovate, obovate, 3.6-14.3 cm long,1.3—6.1 cm
87
wide, increasing in size distally; base obtuse,
rounded, oblique, cuneate, or narrowly cuneate;
apex rounded, obtuse, acuminate, or caudate,
with a small mucro; secondary veins 6—13 pairs
with vein angle 36°— 65°; adaxial leaflet surface
mainly glabrous; midvein with hyaline to rusty
brown hairs, some extending to the secondary
veins; abaxial surface pilose with erect hyaline
to rusty brown hairs. Inflorescence a panicle
to 33 cm long. Pedicels 2.2—5.0 mm long;
calyx 4.4-6.5 mm long; petals maroon-red;
standard widely ovate, 9.0-10.5 mm long
including claw, to 6.0 mm wide; wings
3.6-6.2 mm long; keel 8.5—10.0 mm long.
Staminal tube with hyaline erect, + appressed
hairs. Ovary densely villous; ovules 9-13. Style
bearded with hyaline to light golden
brown hairs along upper margin. Pod elliptic
to oblong, 5.2—10.8 cm long, 1.5—2.1 cm wide,
with long and short appressed and erect golden
brown hairs; stipe 4.0—7.7 mm long. Seeds
1-7, reniform. Fig. 4.
Selected examined specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: Wenlock River, Portland Roads road, Jul 1988,
Dalliston CC125 (BRI); Pascoe River mouth, N bank,
33.8 km NNW of Lockhart River, Apr 1993, Fell
DGF3138 & Butcher (BRI); escarpment of Great Dividing
Range, 14.6 km NE of Heathlands Ranger Base, Oct 1993,
Fell DGF3737 & Stanton (BRI); Lankelly Creek, Oct
1980, Hyland 10845 (QRS); Lockerbie Scrub, Sept 1991,
Sankowsky 1229 & Sankowsky (BRI; NSW); Quintil
Beach, N of road from Lockhart River, Nov 1977, Tracey
14319 (BRI); north bank of Pascoe River approx | km
inland of river mouth, Nov 1977, Tracey 14387 (BRI);
Lockerbie Homestead, Sep 1985, Williams 85189 (BRI);
Goanna Creek E. of Mcllwraith Range, Nov 1956, Webb
3159 (BRI); Bamaga, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 8019
(BRI); headwaters of Massey Creek, MclIlwraith Range,
Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9278 (BRI); Rocky River,
Mcllwraith Range, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9368 (BRI);
Rocky River on E. Foothills of MclIlwraith Range, Oct
1969, Webb & Tracey 9423 (BRI); head of Peach Creek,
Mcllwraith Range, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9868 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: A. mollitricha
occurs north of latitude 14°S along the east
coast of Cape York Peninsula (Map 4). Itisa
commonly encountered canopy liana found
growing in a range of forest types including
semi-evergreen vineforest, semi-deciduous
mesophyll vineforest, evergreen notophyll
vineforest, and deciduous vine thickets. This
species favours no particular soil type. It has
been recorded on red lateritic soils, granitic
alluvium, aeolian dune sand and sandstone.
This content downloaded from
136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:50:21 +00:00
All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms
88 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)
irk arp aly ‘ Lt 4
: 4.2 & 34 ~ APs
ERE IIA RER SS
ARIE RIS RY
LILIA DRA A RR
RESES SD PIO TO
a Sase lwateree, te
NORA LET Le OT]
‘ oO
BOK f
ty
tg
Fig. 4. Austrosteenisia mollitricha. A. leaf x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. keel x 4. D. wing x 4. E staminal tube x 4,
F, stipule x 4. G. pod x 4. H. calyx x 4. I. gynoecium * 4, A from Tracey 14319 (BRI); B—E, H & I from Sankowsky
1229 & Sankowsky (BRD, F from Webb & Tracey 9868 (BRD; G from Webb and Tracey 9368 (BRI), Del D.J. Dixon
Ce ea Prete eee eae ee al Een Tat Peres See Te | ee ee Pe i nee SEE ee en eee en ne ee ae ae a ae oe
Dixon, Austrosteenisia
Map 4. Distribution of Austrosteenisia mollitricha.
Phenology: A. mollitricha flowers from August
to October with fruit sometimes persisting until
the following flowering season.
Etymology: The species epithet is derived from
the Latin mo//is (soft or pliant) and tricha (hair),
and refers to the soft hairs present on the abaxial
surface of the leaflets.
Notes: A.mollitricha is closely related to
A. blackii. St can be distinguished from this
species by the pilose hairs on the abaxial surface
of the leaflets and the presence of hairs on the
staminal tube. A. mollitricha also possesses a
unique distribution which does not overlap with
that of any of the other species.
4. Austrosteenisia glabristyla Jessup,
Austrobaileya 2(3): 243-245 (1986).
Type: Queensland. Moreton District:
Picnic Rock Track, Lamington National
Park, 10 January 1984, L.W Jessup 581
& A. Daly(holo: BRI; iso: BRI; CANB,
K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW fide Jessup
op. cit.).
Woody liana. Stems densely villous with
golden, rusty brown erect and + appressed
hairs, glabrescent; lenticels subrotund,
longitudinal. Leaves 5.0—27.5 cm long; stipules
peltate, ovate, 10.0-14.0 mm _ long,
6.0—-8.0 mm wide, ciliate, caducous; stipellae
0.9-5.0 mm. Leaflets 9-17, opposite,
subopposite, or occasionally alternate,
imparipinnate; petiolules 1.3—3.8 mm long;
laminae elliptic, oblong, obovate, lanceolate,
89
or oblanceolate, 1.5—10.4 cm long, 0.4—2.9 cm
wide, increasing in size distally; base obtuse,
oblique, cuneate, or narrowly cuneate; apex
acute or acuminate, with mucro; secondary
veins 5—12 pairs with vein angle 33°— 65°;
adaxial leaflet surface mostly glabrous;
midvein with hyaline to rusty brown erect hairs;
abaxial surface pilose with + appressed antrorse
hyaline to light brown hairs. Inflorescence a
panicle to 33 cm long. Pedicels 1.1—2.1 mm
long; calyx 3.0—5.5 mm long; petals mauve and
white; standard broadly ovate, 9.2-10.5 mm
long including claw, 8.3—8.5 mm wide; wings
4.5—5.0 mm long; keel 8.6—9.7 mm long.
Staminal tube glabrous. Ovary densely villous;
ovules 10-16. Style glabrescent. Pod elliptic
to oblong, 32.0-61.0 mm long, 13.0—-16.0 mm
wide with long and short appressed and erect
hairs; stipe 3.5—9.5 mm long. Seeds 1-4, oblong
to reniform; testa brown. (Stipules not seen;
measurements taken from Jessup 1986).
Fig. 5.
Selected examined specimens: Queensland. MORETON
District: Picnic Rock Track, Jan 1984, Jessup 581 &
Daly (BRI; NSW); Picnic Rock Track, Apr 1984,
Jessup 584 (BRI); Currumbin Valley, May 1985, Jones
1807 (BRI); near Bijungoroo Cave, W of Canungra
Creek, Lamington Plateau, Jan 1966, Whaite 3014
(NSW). New South Wales. Dorrigo, Jan 1935, Fraser
sn. (NSW); between Thora and Dorrigo, Jan 1960,
Salaso 1905 (NSW); 3 km E of Mooball, beside
Burringbar Creek, Nov 1977, Williams s.n. (BRI,
NSW).
Etymology: The species epithet refers to the
glabrous style.
Distribution and habitat: A. glabristyla occurs
in coastal south-eastern Queensland and
north-eastern New South Wales between
latitudes 26°30’S and 30°20’S, (Map 5). In
Queensland, it has been found growing in
complex notophyll vineforest (Jessup 1986)
and is considered adequately conserved
(Forster et al.1991), In New South Wales, it
has been recorded in both rainforest and open
eucalypt woodland.
Phenology: A. glabristyla flowers between
November and January. Fruits have been
recorded from April to September.
90 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)
Fig. 5 Austrosteenisia glabristyla. A. leaf x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. wing x 4. D. keel x 4. E. pod x 4, F. staminal tube
x 4. G. calyx x 4. H. gynoecium x 4. A from Jessup 192 (BRI); B—D, F-I from Williams [AQ520574] (BRD); E from
Jessup 584 (BRI). Del. D.J.Dixon
5 ‘ re Sea CEES eee Pere EY iy Pn SPR ECE PEER ESSE EERE CELE FE REELS VELEN EES ALE EIEN sais inte hebuad elelubeleh gmtanased aertunet me noah s 2 to tae petriddutvheae rer aa wie 4
Dixon, Austrosteenisia
Map 5. Distribution of Austrosteenisia glabristyla.
Acknowledgments
[ would like to sincerely thank my supervisors
Assoc, Prof. Betsy Jackes and Dr. Leone Bielig.
J also wish to acknowledge the financial support
given by the CRC TREM without whose
assistance this project would have been more
difficult. would like to thank Irene Champion,
Mery! Ritchie and Mary Gandini for taking the
time to locate and collect specimens, and
Douglas Smith for help with the Latin
diagnoses.
91
References
BAILEY, F.M. (1906). Contributions to the Flora of
Queensland, Queensland Agricultural Journal,
17:162.
BENTHAM, G. (1864). Leguminosae. In Flora Australiensis
2: London: L.Reeve & Co,
Domin, K. (1926). Beitrage zur flora und
pflanzengeographie Australiens 758—786,
Bibliotheca Botanica, 89(3):230-231.,
Forster, P.[., Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & Bean, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South East
Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.
Geesink, R. (1984). Seala Millettiearum. E. J, Brill /
Leiden University Press.
Hansen, V. & Sanxowsky. G. (1992). Treedis:
A Rainforest Tree Distribution Database. Tolga:
Ausplot Software.
Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) (1994). Queensland Vascular
Plants: Names and Distribution, Brisbane:
Queensland Department of Environment and
Heritage.
Jessup, L.W. (1986). New combination and species in
Austrosteenisia Geesink (Fabaceae-Millettieae).
Austrobaileya 2(3): 243-245,
MUuE LL, F. (1861). Pragmenta Phytographiae Australiae
2:123-~]24,
PoLHILL, R.M. (1971). Some observations on generic
limits in Dalbergieae-Lonchocarpineae Benth.
(Leguminosae). Kew Bulletin 25(2):259-273.
Wuitse, C.T. (1929). The Australian species of
Lonchecarpus and Derris. Royal Botanic Gardens
Kew Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information ,
10:309-310.
Wuite, C.T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the
Arnold Arboretum in North Queensland by S. F.
Kayjewski in 1929, Contributions from the Arnold
Arboretum of Harvard University 4:45—-46.
WILLIAMS, K.A.W. (1979). Native Plants Queensland,
Volume 1. North Ipswich: Keith A. W. Williams.
— (1984). Native Plants Queensland, Volume 2. North
Ipswich: Keith A. W. Williams.
ATES 0d PS eR Sea a
Rothia indica subsp. australis A. E. Holland (Fabaceae:
Crotalarieae), a new subspecies occurring in Australia
A.E. Holland
Summary
Holland, Ailsa. E. (1997). Rothia indica subsp. australis (Fabaceae: Crotalarieae), a new subspecies
occurring in Australia. Austrobaileya 5(1): 93-96, Australian material previously identified as
Rothia indica (L.) Druce, is here described as a new subspecies R. indica subsp. australis AE.Holland,
subsp. nov. Hlustrations and a key to the subspecies of Rothia indica are included.
Key words: Fabaceae:Crotalarieae, Rothia indica subsp. austrais.
Ailsa E.Holland, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
Rothia Pers. is a genus of two species: R. hirsuta
(Guill. & Perr.) Baker occurs in Affica, and
R. indica (L.) Druce occurs in Asia and
Australia. Roth named the latter species
Dilhwynia trifoliata in 1806 (Dilhwynia Roth,
not to be confused with the Australian genus
Dithwynia J.E.Smith), probably from material
from India. Rothia was first collected in
Australia in 1855 by F. Mueller from Upper
Victoria River. He had placed the name
k. lotoides on the label of this specimen (KX)
but this name was never published. This
specimen was later identified as R. trifoliata
(Roth) Pers. (= R. indica) by Hooker (1859),
in the section on tropical Australian flora, and
again by Bentham (1864). Both authors refer
to this species as also occurring in India.
Examination of specimens of Rothia indica
collected in India and S.E. Asia indicated that
the Australian material belongs to a taxon
distinct from that from India and S.E. Asia.
Rothia indica (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc.
Brit. Isles 3:423 (1914)
Trigonella indica L., Sp. Pl. 778 (1753). Type:
not designated. Original material: India.
Hb. Linn. 932.18 (LINN, microfiche
BRI).
Accepted for publication 16 May 1997
Rothia trifoliata (Roth) Pers., Syn P/, 2:638 &
659 (1807); Dillwynia trifoliata Roth,
Catal. bot. 3:71 (1806). Type: ‘horto
medico Amsteledamensi’, location of
specimen unknown.
Prostrate annual, sparsely to densely hairy; hairs
long and spreading or short and somewhat
appressed, white, golden or reddish. Stems to
40 cm long. Leaves digitately trifoliate; petioles
2—17 mm long, slightly shorter than the leaflets,
somewhat flattened; terminal leaflets obovate
to oblong, 5—21 mm long, 1.5—6 mm wide,
entire, cuneate at base, obtuse or broadly acute
at apex, sparsely to densely hairy on both
surfaces or nearly glabrous on upper surface;
lateral leaflets similar, slightly smaller. Stipules
ovate, obovate or elliptic, 2-10 mm long,
1.5-3.5 mm wide, on a stalk less than 1 mm
long, acute or obtuse, herbaceous. Inflorescence
axil opposed; flowers solitary or paired or
2—4 in short racemes up to 4mm long;
peduncles 0—2 mm long; pedicels 0.5—4 mm
long; bracteoles on pedicel filiform, 1-3 mm
long. Calyx 46.5 mm long, densely hairy; tube
campanulate, 1.5—-3 mm long, 10-veined,
membranous; lobes lanceolate (upper two
somewhat falicate), subequal, 2.5—5 mm long,
erect. Standard 46.5 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide,
pale yellow inside, orange or reddish outside;
lamina oblong-ovate, tapered at base, rounded
and slightly incurved at apex, hairy along centre
of back; claw 1.5-2.5 mm long. Wings
4—6.5 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide; lamina
obovate, obtuse at apex; claw c. 2 mm long.
94
Keel 4—5.5 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide lamina
truncate at apex, curved on lower edge; claw
c. 2mm long. Style 1.5—2 mm long, persistent.
Stamens monodelphous; staminal tube c. 4mm
long; anthers uniform. Pods erect or spreading,
linear to slightly falcate, somewhat flattened,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 93-96 (1997)
25.5 cm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide, acute at apex,
moderately to densely hairy; hairs spreading
or appressed, Seeds 7-16, cuboid, 1.2—2 mm
long, 0.7—-1.3 mm wide, pale yellow or brown,
shiny.
This species occurs throughout Asia and
Australia. Two subspecies are recognised here:
Plants sparsely to moderately hairy with appressed hairs; leaflets 8-21 mm
long; petioles 5-17 mm long. Inflorescences either with pairs of flowers
or 2—4 in short racemes to 4 mm long; pedicels 1-4 mm long; flowers
5—6.5 mm long; calyx 5-6.5 mm long...
beebee OLE ye AP APRA Men poled cee HAY subsp. indica
Plants densely hatry with long + spreading hairs; leaflets S—12 mm long; petioles
2~8 mm long. Inflorescence of 1 or 2 flowers not in racemes; pedicels
0.5—3 mm long; flowers 4-5 mm long; calyx 4-6 mm long.......... subsp. australis
Rothia indica subsp. indica
Tilustrations: Wight,Ic. pl. Ind. orient., No. 199
(1840-1853); N.V.Thuan et al., F/. Cambodge,
Laos, Vietnam 23: 197, Plate 36 (1-9) (1960);
K.M.Matthews, Fl. Tamilnadu Carnatic, Plate
219 (1982).
Herb, sparsely or moderately hairy with fine,
white, appressed or slightly spreading hairs.
Stems to 40 cm long. Petioles S—17 mm long.
Stipules ovate to elliptic to obovate, 3-5 mm
long, 1.5~-3 mm wide, sparsely to moderately
hairy. Leaflets obovate to oblanceolate,
5—21 mm long, 3-6 mm wide. Flowers 2-4,
usually on a short peduncle; pedicels 1-4 mm
long; bracteoles usually 2—3 mm long. Calyx
5—6.5 mm long, densely hairy with appressed
hairs; tube 1.5—2.5 mm long; lobes 2.5—3.5 mm
long. Standard 5—-6.5 mm long. Wings
45.5 mm long. Keel 4—-5.5 mm long. Pods
densely hairy with long fine appressed hairs.
Specimens examined: India, Donkanayi near Mangapadu,
Andhra Pradash, Dec 1967 Subbarao 29673 [AD9863 1173]
(AD); Maisor & Carnatic, without date, Thompson
[MEL713522] (MEL); Peninsula Indiae Orientalis,
1866—-7, Wight 571 [MEL713525]) (MEL); Hassan District,
Mysore, Aut 197] Ramamoorthy (SX). Sri Lanka.
Trincomalee, near China Bay Airport, Feb 1970 Rudd 3134
& Balakrishnan 3134 Cs).
Distribution and habitat: tn India and Sri
Lanka. Also in S.E. Asia as described by Thuan
et al. (1987). Usually occurs in seasonally
inundated areas.
Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E. Holland,
subsp. nov., Rothiae indicae (L.) Druce
subsp. indicae, affinis sed indumento
conferto patenti, folus parvis, et floribus
solitariis vel duplicatis, nunquam in
racemis differt. Typus: Queensland.
GREGORY SoOuTH District: Site 195,
Warlus 1,7 Aug 1971, D.E. Boyland 4016
(BRI).
Herb, densely covered in reddish or white, long,
spreading hairs. Stems to 30 cm long. Petioles
2-8 mm long. Stipules obovate or elliptic,
2~4 mm long, 1.5—2.6 mm wide. Leaflets
obovate to oblong, 5-12 mm long, 1.5—4 mm
wide, densely hatry on both surfaces. Flowers
1 or 2; peduncles 0; pedicels 1—4 mm long;
bracteoles 1.5—2.5 mm long. Calyx 4-6 mm
long, densely patently hairy; tube 1.5—2.5 mm
long; lobes 2.5—3.5 mm long. Standard 4—5 mm
long. Wings 4—5.5 mm long. Keel 4-5.5 mm
long. Pods densely hairy with long fine
obliquely spreading hairs. Fig. 1.
Holland, Rothia indica 95
SW ye
SW
Zz,
=
\
Fig. 1. Rothia indica subsp. australis: A. branch with immature pod x 3.4, B. calyx x 7. C. bracteole x 7. D. standard
x 7, E. wing x 7, F. keel x 7 G. stamens x 7. H. ovary x 7. I. mature pod x 3.4. J. seed x 14. All from Boyland 4016,
96
Specimens examined; Australia. Western Australia:
Two Mile Ck, May 1941, Burbidge 775 (PERTH); Manguel
Ck Station, South of Broome-Derby road, Apr 1968, Payne
S.N. (PERTH). Northern Territory: Walker River, May
1993, Dunlop 9529 & Leach (BRI, DNA); 70km E of
Soudan, Wakaya Desert, May 1993, Latz 13138 (BRI,
DNA); Jitiya Soakage, 4km SE of Lake Suprise, Tanami
Desert, Aug 1991, Zatz 12131 (DNA); Upper Victoria
River, in 1855, Afueller (K, 2 sheets). Queensland: Cook
District: Junction Ck, Georgetown-Mt Surprise Rd, Jui
1983, Hacker 369 (BRD); Black Rock (Lynd), Apr 1981,
Horsup 11 (BRI). Burke District: road from Lawn Hill
to Doomadgee Mission, Jul 1974, Ollerenshaw, 1345 &
Kratzine (BRD); Adel’s Grove, via Camooweal, Jun 1950
de Lestang 486 (BRI). 64km NW of Richmond, Mar 1995,
Milson JM826 (BRI). Grecory NortH District: Currawilla,
about 100 mls [160kms] W of Windorah, Jun 1949, Everist
3898, (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: This subspecies
occurs right across the drier parts of northern
Australia. Only 13 collections have been seen.
It is found in sandy soils on sandhills and sandy
flats.
Phenology: Flowers from April through to
August.
Etymology: This subspecies is here named
‘australis’, because of its southern distribution.
Affinities: The only other presently recognised
species of Rothia, R. hirsuta (Guill. & Petr.)
Baker, can easily be distinguished from
R. indica by the pods which are falcate, less
than 12 mm long and tapered at the apex.
R. indica has pods which are linear, 20—55 mm
long and acute at the apex.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 93-96 (1997)
Acknowledgements
I am especially grateful for information
obtained by Mr Les Pedley and
Mr Laurie Jessup while visiting the
Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew and
to the directors of K, P, PERTH, DNA, MEL,
AD and CANB for the loan of specimens and
the provision of photographs, photocopies and
informaton. Will Smith prepared the
illustrations.
References
BENTHAM, G. (1864). Leguminosae. In Flora Australiensis
2:185. London: L.Reeve & Co.
Hooker, J.D, (1859, 1860’). The botany of the Antarctic
voyage of H.M. Discovery ships ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror’
in the years 1839-1843. Part 3 Flora Tasmaniae,
Volume | Dicotlyledons, p.xliu.,
THUAN, N.V.et al. (1987). In Flora du Cambodee du Laos et
du Viétnam 23:197, Paris: Muséum National
d’ Histoire,
Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae:
Caesalpinioideae) in Australia
Les Pedley
Summary
Pedley, Les (1997). Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae) in
Australia. Austrobaileya 5(1): 97-102. Caesalpinia erythrocarpa and C. traceyi, both from tropical
Queensland, are described as new. C. nifens is anew combination based on Pterolobium nitens Benth.
A key to the six species of the subgenus in Australia is provided.
Key words: Caesalpinia, Caesalpinia erythrocarpa, Caesalpinia traceyi, Caesalpinia nitens, Pterolobium
nitens, Mezoneuron.,
Les Pedley, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
introduction
Whether Mezoneuron Desf. should be
treated as a distinct genus or included in
Caesalpinia L. is open to question. The two
are distinguished mainly by differences of the
pod. Species of Mezoneuron have pods that
are indehiscent, strongly flattened, not or
scarcely thickened with a wide wing along the
dorsal suture (Brenan 1963). Because of
similarities in foliar and floral characters
Hattink (1974) treated Mezoneuron and
Caesaipinia as congeneric making a number
of new combinations. Vidal & Hul Thol (1976)
considered Mezoneuron to be a subgenus of
Caesalpinia but did not effect the transfer. This
was left to Herendeen & Zarucchi (1990) who
formally treated it as Caesalpinia subg.
Mezoneuron (Desf.) Vidal ex Herend &
farucchi. They transferred two African species
from Mezoneuron to Caesalpinia. Verdcourt
(1979) and Lock (1989), however, had
maintained the genus Mezoneuron. After a
phylogenetic study of Caesalpinia sens. lat.
Lewis & Schrire (1995) suggested that
Mezoneuron and other proposed segregates of
Caesalpinia might well be treated as distinct
genera.
Accepted for publication xxx—xxx
Recognition of narrowly circumscribed
genera would be in keeping with recent trends
in legume systematics (with the curious
exception of the Bauhiniineae). However,
treatments of caesalpinoid genera are currently
being prepared for the Flora of Australia and
since the results of Lewis & Schrire’s ongoing
studies are not likely to be available for some
time, Mezoneuron is treated here as a subgenus
of Caesalpinia.
The subgenus in Australia is represented
by six species, though additional material may
indicate that the recognition of five species, one
consisting of two subspecies, is more realistic.
All are sprawling shrubs or prickly climbers that
often flower in the canopy of rainforest trees.
Fertile specimens are therefore difficult to collect
and some species are poorly represented in
herbaria. Nevertheless material available is
sufficient for description of previously
unrecognised species to be drawn up.
98
Austrobaileya 5(1): 97-102 (1997)
Key to species
1. Ovary and developing pods pubescent; leaflets markedly discolorous,
14-24 mm x10-16 mm, 1.3—1.7 times longer than wide ............ C. erythrocarpa
Ovary and developing pods glabrous; leaflets discolorous or not, often
sma llerane More. cl ONGates ve 4s ily yx ead aaa fe OE SO Rtele, BE ae aE She oleh ae 2
2. Pinnae 6-11 pairs with 10—22 leaflets per pinna ........... cee eee ees 3
Pinnae (1-)2—8 pairs with 4-14 (rarely 16) leaflets per pinna ........ 0.0... eee ees 4
3. Standard 3.5—4.3 mm long, the claw 1.5mm long inrolled at top with tuft of
hairs in the tube; pod 3.54 cm long, c. 2.5 cm wide ...........0. 02 eee C. traceyi
Standard 7-8 mm long, the claw 3—4 mm long prolonged into a bilobed
to dentate ligule c. 1 mm long; pod 6—15cm long, 2-4 cm wide ...... C. hymenocarpa
4. Leaflets 9-12 mm x 4.5—6.5 mm; flowers small, mature buds 4-5 mm
long; pods:to: 3-cith Wide <5 ey peak ere wed Gee Ay peed ee baie C. subtropica
Leaflets 10—15(-30) mm x 5-15(-20) mm; flowers larger, mature buds
5—6 mm long; pods (where known) 3.5—Scm Wide... ..... ccc eee ee eens 5
5. Pinnae 2—4(-5) pairs; leaflets (2-)4-10 per pinna, glabrous or almost so,
-- veins apparent beneath, shining above, margins incurved ..............04. C. nitens
Pinnae (3-)4—8(-9); leaflets 10-14(-16) per pinna, sparsely appressed
pubescent beneath, veins not apparent, not shining above ............. C. scortechinii
Caesalpinia erythrocarpa Pedley, sp. nov.
affinis C. scortechinii (F .Muell.) Hattink
a qua foliolis plerumque minus elongatis
plerumque pilis minutis appressis infra
sine pilis longis patentibus in venis
obtectis paucioribus in quoque pinna,
ovario pubescenti, leguminibus nervis
tenuibus ornatis differt. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: Rocky River
c. 13°50’S, 143°25’E, 6 September 1973,
B. Hyland 6812 (holo: BRI; iso K, QRS).
C. scortechinii auct. non (F.Muell.) Hattink;
Hattink, Reinwardtia 9:52 (1974); Ding
Hou, Fl. Malesiana ser.1. 12(2): 552
(1996).
Large scrambling vine, prickles along stems and
leaf-rachises; branchlets with moderately dense
crisped hairs, glabrescent. Leaves opposite or
subopposite; axis 15—20 cm long (including
petiole 3—4 cm) with fulvous crisped hairs,
becoming glabrous, hairs persisting on
secondary axes; pinnae (4-)6 pairs, axis 4—5 cm
long; leaflets alternate, 6—10(-14) in all, obovate
to oblong (occasionally almost orbicular),
rounded, truncate or sometimes slightly
emarginate at apex, (14-)16—20(-24) mm long,
10—14(-16) mm wide, 1.3—1.7 times longer than
wide, markedly discolorous when dry, glabrous
above, sparse minute appressed hairs beneath.
Flowers in racemes forming terminal panicles,
branches opposite, up to 25 cm long with
moderately dense fulvous hairs, bracts early
deciduous, pedicels 3(-5) mm long. Flowers:
sepals, with moderately dense fulvous hairs, the
longest c. 7 mm long, the rest c. 6 mm long, all
c. 3.3 mm wide; corolla with standard 5 mm
long, 4mm wide, the rest c. 6 mm < 4 mm, all
clawed at the base, the standard with a
prominent flange above the claw; staminal
filaments c. 5 mm long with long hairs
(c. 0.5 mm long) in lower part; ovary felty hairy;
style glabrous, stigma narrowly funnel-shaped.
Pod l-or 2 - seeded, (3-)4.5—5 cm long,
2.9—3 cm wide, the wing 4—6 mm wide, shining
with finely reticulate nervature, scattered
appressed hairs when young. Fig. 1
Pedley, Caesalpinia
Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. Lake
Davumbu, Middle Fly River, Aug 1936, Brass 7498 (BRI).
Queensland. Cook District. Claudie River, 20°43’
143°17’, Dec 1994, Hyland 21263 V (BRI, QRS); Claudie
River between Portland Roads and Iron Range, Oct 1968,
Webb & Tracey 8546 (BRI); Archer River, Jun 1948, Brass
19746 (BRD; Stewart River, near Port Stewart, Nov 1965,
Pedley 1888 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Scrambling over
trees in riverine rainforest on the eastern side
of Cape York Peninsula between about 12/2°
and 14° latitude, and in southern New Guinea.
Notes: Hattink (1974) who adopted a rather
wide concept of species generally, considered
C. scortechinii ranged from southern
Queensland to New Guinea, though he noted
that Brass 19746 (cited above) might represent
a distinct species. This proves to be the case:
C. scortechinii has more elongate leaflets and
smaller flowers and pods and is confined to
south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern
New South Wales.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Greek erythros, red and carpos, fruit; both
Brass and Hyland noted that immature pods of
the species are red.
Caesalpinia traceyi Pedley, sp. nov. notabilis
propter margines unguis petali posterioris
(vexilli) valde involutis in parte supera
tubum paene clausum pilis brunneis
plus minusve plenum formantes, a
C. scortechinii (F.Muell.) Hattink pinnis
pluribus plerumque foliolis pluribus
differt. Typus: Queensland. Coox
District: Kuranda, 16°49’S, 145°38’E,
7 November 1958, L.S.Smith 10448
(holo: BRI; iso K).
Large scrambling vine, prickles on stems and
leaf rachises; branchlets with sparse fulvous
hairs, glabrescent. Leaves usually alternate;
axis 16-35 cm long (including petiole 3-6 cm),
with fulvous crisped hairs, often patchy often
glabrescent, hairs usually persisting on
secondary axes; pinnae 7-11 pairs, (2.5-)
4—7 cm long; leaflets alternate (12-)16—22 per
pinna, oblong, rounded or occasionally truncate
or emarginate at the apex, 8-19 mm long,
3,5-9 mm wide, 1.7—2.7 times longer than
wide, glabrous above, sparsely appressed
99
pubescent or occasionally glabrous beneath.
Flowers in racemes forming terminal panicles,
branches + opposite to c. 12 cm long, rachis
with fulvous hairs, bracts c. 2 mm long, early
deciduous, pedicels 2-3 mm long. Flowers
yellow; longest sepal keeled, c. 5 mm long,
1.5-2 mm wide, the rest rounded, punctulate,
3—4 mm long c. 1.6 mm wide; standard petal
3.5-4.3 mm long with claw c. 1.5 mm long,
margins of claw strongly inrolled enclosing a
tuft of brown matted hairs, remaining petals
44.5 mm long, 2~2.5 mm wide; stamens
4—5.2 mm long, filaments with long tangled
hairs in the lower half, anthers glabrous; pisti]
glabrous. Pods membranous, 3.5—4 cm long,
c. 2.5 cm wide including wing c. 4 mm wide,
glabrous, finely reticulately nerved. Fig. 1
Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook Districr, between
Cairns and Herberton, in 1896, Hild AQ 228397 (BRI);
S.F.R. 315, c. 1.5km on Black Mountain road, Jun 1955,
K.J. White 1021 (BRI); Copperlode Falls Dam, Cairns, Dec
1972 Birch 41 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Scrambling over trees
in rainforest in the Cairns-Cape Tribulation area
with an isolated occurrence (Webb & Tracey
9967, sterile) near Coen, within the range of
C. erythrocarpa. |
Notes: Related toC. scortechinii but has more
pinnae and usually more leaflets. The standard
petal is most unusual: the upper part of the claw
is inrolled to such an extent as to form an almost
closed tube more or less filled with brown hair.
Etymology: The species is named in honour
of Mr J.G.Tracey of Yungaburra, Queensland
who has made significant contributions to the
scientific study of the rainforests of Australia
and, in more recent years, has worked
assiduously in helping to preserve them.
Caesalpinia nitens (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov.
Pterolobium nitens F.Muell. ex Benth.,
Fl, Austral. 2:279(1864). Type:
Queensland. Mt Mueller, near
Edgecombe Bay, 12 December 1863,
J.Datlachy s.n. (holo: MEL).
Vine or sprawling shrub, branchlets with
100
att
~
+
*
a
at eg
agen ee ag
+t
A i * see
* we ae tt eae 2 gr A
. . = a z i + ath ee
SA RRS uk apa eet ees oe
Austrobaileya 5(1): 97-102 (1997)
-%
; -
a 4
if }
‘ ar i
i » * *
*. f + Ps Py
ba ar
ae *
an
Tangs
*
ay
”
ft
Ly
hy
‘ll
My
ha
ey ~
1
i»
ayy
ony
Fees ete tee, a
7
+
— “se, ae *
ee Oe ia ee elie! ee es
ae F Pepe te pet Fy
pant
it?
‘
Tee eth hea eee
tkarag &
avd ee ee ewe a *
ener
ebay
iy '
‘ hand geet
+ wae
all
*
I *
tT
* + ‘
af af .
r a te
+) ._ +
rk ‘i:
. '. 7
+ « 7
* = 4
I *
+ La
<2 %.
4 is
7 r
+
oT
:
ee te ue
oa. =
af +45
*
oF ag +s ee ee 7 > Zt ma yt
¥ rs 3 nae bed Mee i vodevat
pie \ ¥, be Hi * a4 t
we oe bl * asf Foyt
* weet eat atat tone? ne te a
rs = or pres rate . oo wut *
* Md Pi te i Ba :*
* efit ah 4 watt a “pet at
er aet id jie * we fas 7 , Pa
ee Fe I av aH Pett va,
t+* * 4 ee tae” gee ak
ea ety 4 a ote gy! “i | %
* + 4 Lr i fs ty
a 7 *
* weit 4+ a +E = at =
= FF aah se FS, ." ea 4
s+ 7 Prtens bl | ar pee at a5
v* ' — La i
yi Mae at eae ite, pete
7 *% pte et" oo =f
, ass hiss nt “7 Ve
. % ¥, * +
Mat ff half wen) P
Geese er eemred
T +o att. aa tt nt
, a" +t a ae cs + La
eee afi tas! ae Ge
we
ra
Py
-
4
*
S
Ly
a
*
a
oe
ae
ba
Sat
eng
a4,
nt
ae aur
nee ray * Wee te aii |
* A Lea Pogo tl eg te ete a sete
oy = 4 “ # rd Yeeey eye? i pt F Oe a SATA T ‘A
335 aa Sapte eet ot as ay ant ae ote ore e ae * tf .
* *s + Pa ** re heletak van
, Seo eka TT | hae ok Le
"atte are Midstream So ae,
¥ i. r ate
nt alet
adel S
: a
* *F
a
¥ +e, 2 8
ay fr
Fig. 1. Caesalpinia traceyi. A, petals (standard at top) x 6. B. pod x 1.5. C. pinna x 1. Caesalpinia erythrocarpa.
D. petals (standard at top) x 4. E. pod x 1.5. F. pinna x 1. A from Smith 10448 (BRI); B, C from Birch 00041 (BRI); D,F
from Hyland 6812 (BRI); E from Hyland 6401 (BRI).
STE EE ST UO TRS BTA DR RRA ot LS Re YS PU DD ae Dd LMR I ar eS Wl A oe om a Dela eR RE EE
TE Dh A ee Se Tag TATA UP D2 SY OLE OES
PUD SILT 2 be a
USSR Le es bsp Me ad ee
AS BS SS AS SAE EVE I
peters] eee ret LES
Pedley, Caesalpinia
small rather rusty dense crisped hairs,
glabrescent, scattered dark-tipped prickles;
old stems with corky flanges (stmilar to those
of C. subtropica). Leaves: axis 4-9 cm long
(including petiole 6—20 mm) with indumentum
similar to that of branches; pinnae 2—4(-5) pairs
with slender, straight or recurved prickles at
base of each and usually one or two between
them, 5-35 mm long with (2-)4—10 leaflets,
alternate to opposite, broadly obovate, rounded
to cuneate and slightly emarginate at apex,
(7-)10—24(-27) mm long, (5-)7-13(-17) mm
wide, (1.2-)1.4—1.7(-2.2) times longer than
wide, glabrous or with a few scattered hairs on
upper surface when young, margins slightly
recurved, shining, particularly above, coarsely
anastomosing veins prominent beneath.
Flowers in racemes, forming terminal panicles,
axis with indumentum of stem, bracts c. 4 mm
long pedicels c. 2 mm long. Flowers: sepals
densely pubescent at base, the largest 7.5 mm
long, 3 mm wide, the remainder 4.5—5 mm
long, 2.5—2.8 mm wide; petals clawed, standard
5.5 mm long, 3 mm wide, a minute projecting
ridge at top of claw, the remaining petals
5.5-6 mm long, 3-3.7 mm wide; staminal
filaments densely. hairy in lower half,
c.6 mm long, anthers 1.2 mm long, glabrous;
ovary glabrous with one ovule, style straight,
stigma narrow funnel-shaped, fringed. Pod not
seen.
Specimens examined; Queensland. (all BRI). Scawfell
Is., 50 km ENE of Mackay, 20°53’°S’E, 149°37°S’E, Nov
1986, Batianoff6189 & Thompson; 9.5 km SW of Ubobo,
24°29’°S’E, 151°16’S’E, Nov 1995, Thompson CAL 358
& Price; State Forest 645, N of Gin Gin, 24°S1°S’E,
151°S8’S’E, Feb 1995, Bean 8376; Mt Moorooreeral,
26°17? S’E, 152°32’S’E, Oct 1993, Bean 6709; c 25 km
NW of Didcot, 25°19°S’E, 151°417S’E, Aug 1995,
Sparshott KMS 597 & Turpin.
Distribution and habitat: Scrambling over
vegetation in rainforest in rather dry situations
sometimes with unusual associates such as
Archidendropsis thozetiana and Barklya
syringifolia, from about Proserpine to the
vicinity of Nambour. The type locality,
Mt Mueller, is the present-day Mt Millar (c.
20°33' 148°43') near Bloomsbury (Blake 1955)
near the northern limit of the range of the
Species,
10]
Notes: Closely related to C. scortechinii which
occurs in wetter rainforests and which may
prove to be only subspecifically distinct.
C. nitens has leaves with fewer pinnae, fewer
leaflets per pinna and, most obviously, by its
virtually glabrous leaflets with shining upper
surfaces and anastomosing veins on the lower
surfaces. The corky flanges on the stem
suggests a relationship with C. subtropica but
that species has smaller leaflets not more than
{2 mm long and rarely more than 6 mm wide.
Bentham (1864) described Mezoneuron
brachycarpum (= Caesalpinia subtropica) and
Pterolobium nitens on successive pages, the
latter from a single collection. Though Mueller
(1876) listed two additional specimens of
P. nitens which were again cited by Bailey
(1900), no specimens of the species were
recognised at BRI. Vidal & Hul Thol (1974)
excluded P. nitens from Pterolobium and
referred 1t to Caesalpinia brachycarpa (Benth.)
Hattink. In transferring MM. brachycarpum to
Caesalpinia, however, Hattink (1974) made no
reference to P. nitens. When proposing
C. subtropica as a nomen novum for
C. brachycarpa (Pedley, 1977) I was not aware
of Vidal & Hul Thol’s reference to Hattink’s
name. Examination of type material of
Pterolobium nitens showed it to be different
from both C. brachycarpa and C. scortechinii.
Acknowledgment
I am grateful to the Chief Botanist, National
Herbarium of Melbourne (MEL) for lending
the type material of Prerolobium nitens.
References
BaiLey, F.M. (1900). The Queensland Flora 2:452.
Brisbane: Diddams & Co,
BENTHAM, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis 2:2786-279,
London: Lovell Reeve & Co.
BLAKE, S.T. (1955). Some pioneers of plant exploration
and classification. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Queensland 66:1-19.
Brenan, J.P.M., (1963). Notes on African Caesalpinioideae.
Kew Bulletin 17:197-214.
Hattink, T.A. (1974). A revision of Malesian
Caesalpinia, including Mezoneuron
(Leguminosae— Caesalpinioideaec). Reimvardtia
9: 1-69,
102
HERENDEEN, P.S. & ZaAruccul, J.L. (1990), Validation of
Caesalpinia subgenus Mezoneuron (Desf.) Vidal
and new combinations in Caesalpinia for two
species of Mezoneuron from Africa. Annals of the
Missouri Botanical Garden 77:854-855,
Lewis, G.P. & Scurire, B.D. (1995). A reappraisal of
the Caesalpinia group (Caesalpinioideae—
Caesalpinineae) using phylogenetic analysis. In
M.Crisp & J.J.Doyle (ed.): Advances in Legume
Systematics 7:41—-52.
Lock, J.M. (1989). Legumes of Africa - A check-list. Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew,
MUELLER, F. (1876). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae
10:7 Melbourne: Victorian Government.
PepLey, L. (1977). Notes on Leguminosae. I,
Austrobaileya 1:33-34.
Verpcourt, B. (1979). Manual of New Guinea legumes,
18-20. Lae: Office of Forests, Botany Bulletin
no. 11,
VipaAL, J.E. & Hurt Tuo, 8S. (1974). Revision du genre
Pterolobium (Caesalpiniaceae). Bulletin du
museum d’histoire naturelle, Paris, serie 3, 227
(Botanique 15): 1-29,
Austrobaileya 5{1): 97-102 (1997)
ne ee ee Sees SA!
Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species
Peter C. van Welzen
Summary
van Welzen, P.C. (1997). Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 103-105. Australian specimens originally identified as Guioa pteropoda
Radlk., a species only known from the Indonesian Moluccas and New Guinea, are described as a
new species, Guioad sarcopterifructa, because the fruits are reminiscent of the genus Sarcopteryx.
Typical are the crenate leaflets, with a highly inserted domatium, and deviating angle of the
nerve below the domatium.
Keywords: Sapindaceae, Guioa crenifoliola, Guioa pteropoda, Guioa sarcopterifructa.
Peter C. van Welzen, Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus, University of Leiden, P.O. Box 9514,
2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands
Introduction
Several sterile specimens from northeast
Queensland were initially identified as
Guioa crentfoliola Merr. & Perry by Reynolds
(1984, 1985). Fruiting material was
subsequently illustrated by Cooper & Cooper
(1994) who identified their collection as
G. pteropoda Radlk. of which G. crenifoliola
is now considered to be a synonym (van Welzen
1989). G. pteropoda was only known from a
few localities in northwest Irian Jaya
(van Welzen 1989), although recently also
material became available from Ceram in the
Moluccas. The disjunction in distribution with
the Australian specimens is large, which makes
conspecificity doubtful. Another reason to
doubt the identification of the Australian
specimens is the fact that all other Australian
species of Guioa do not show a close
relationship with G. pteropoda (van Welzen
1989). The status of the Australian populations
is examined in the current paper in the light of
the additional fertile specimens now available.
The fruits of the Australian material strongly
resemble those of the genus Sarcopteryx in
possessing very sharp and winged edges.
several characters are incompatible with
Sarcopteryx, like the crenate margin of the
leaflets, the large domatia, an indistinct
reticulation of the veins, biseriate ovate sepals,
horseshoe-shaped discs, leathery fruits, absence
Accepted for publication 25 July 1997
of hairs below the placenta, and a curled instead
of a straight pseudofunicle of the arillode. All
the latter characters agree with the genus Giioa,
especially with the species G. pferopoda.
G. pteropoda, unlike any other species of
Guioa, also possesses sharply edged and
winged fruits. However, a few differences with
G. pteropoda exist, the Australian specimens
have larger fruits, smaller leaflets, and the
domatia are much larger and they are found in
the axil of the fourth nerve instead of the first
or second, while the nerve under the domatium
has a different angle with the midrib than the
other nerves (in G. pferopoda all nerves have
the same angle). Unfortunately, flowering
specimens are lacking. The specimen I could
examine had a few badly conserved petals,
which broke apart when touched. These petals
were very small, shorter than the sepals. This
agrees quite well with the other Australian
species of Guioa, but it is quite unlike the
well-developed petals of G. pteropoda.
The resemblance with G. pferopoda is
partly based on the retention of juvenile
characters. Seedlings of Guioa show slightly
winged rachises, crenate leaflets, a lack of
papillae on the lower surface of the leaflets (all
other mainland Australian species are papillate),
and usually a lack of domatia. On the other
hand, the fruits of both species are very typical
and the discs very asymmetric; this may
indicate a close relationship between both
species, because these are obviously
104
apomorphic traits in Guioa, though parallelisms
are possible. If the two species are related, then
a historical biogeographical explanation of their
distributions will be a difficult but interesting
analysis.
Taxonomy
Guioa sarcopterifructa Welzen, sp. nov.
Foliol crenati domatia sacciformes in
axilla nervi quarti laminarum cum nervo
eodem ad angulam acutiorem patenti
quam nervos alios, margines fructuum
acuti alatique. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: Big Tableland, 15°42’S,
145°16’E, 9 Jan 1996, K.R. McDonald21
(holo: QRS; iso: L).
G. crenifoliola auct. non Merr.&
L.M.Perry:S.T.Reynolds, Austrobaileya
2: (1984) 37, fig. 2k, 1; in Flora of
Australia 25: 47, map 56 (1985).
G. pteropoda auct. non Radlk.: W.Cooper
& W.T.Cooper, Fruits of the Rain Forest
510, fig. 310 (1994).
Mlustrations: Cooper & Cooper (1994, fig.
310); Reynolds (1984, fig. 2k, 1; 1985, map 56).
Small tree, up to 6 m tall. Leaves paripinnate,
alternate, 4—6-jugate; rachis 7-12.5 cm long,
slightly winged; leaflets opposite to
subopposite, (sub)sessile, elliptic, 3—5.5
x]—1.5 cm, asymmetric, acroscopic side wider,
base strongly asymmetric, attenuate, margin
crenate, apex acuminate, very apex rounded,
glabrous, lower surface lighter when
dry, domatia absent or a single large sac with
apical pore in axil of fourth nerve; venation
very indistinct, nerves marginally looped
and joined, nerve below domatium possessing
sharper angle with midrib than other
nerves. Infructescences subterminally axillary,
presumably thyrsoid, up to c. 10 cm long.
Flowers not seen. Sepals 5, ovate, outer 2
smaller, 2.2-2.5 x 2—3 mm, inner 3 larger,
2.22.8 X 2.5-4 mm, margin with glandular
hairs. Petals: only remnants seen, smaller than
sepals. Disc strongly horseshoe-like, smooth,
glabrous. Fruit capsular, 3-lobed, obcordate,
c. 2.5 em high, 2.7 cm broad, loculicidal,
leathery, thin-walled, smooth, glabrous, pink
to red, margins sharp, winged. Seed ovoid,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 103—105 (1997)
c. 8 xX 6 mm, blackish brown; enveloped by an
orange arillode; latter apically open, basally
with a curled extension attaching to endocarp,
seed dangling from it after dehiscence.
Cotyledons unequal, curled together like a
hand-shake. Seedlings epigeal; cotyledons
thick, c. 17 x 4-5 mm, irregular, keeled below,
margin entire or with a few small teeth, ciliate,
venation indistinct; first pair of leaves opposite,
imparipinnate with c. 4 jugae, rachis winged,
leaflets with 2-4 deep teeth, domatia present.
Additional specimens studied: Queensland, Cook
District: Big Tableland, Jan. 1994, Cooper & Cooper 734
(QRS); Windsor Tableland (Northeast of Mt. Carbine), June
1969, Hyland 2311 (BRI); Gold Hill near China Camp,
July 1973, Webb & Tracey 13314 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat:
Guioa sarcopterifructa 18 endemic in
northeastern. Queensland, Windsor Tableland
to Big Tableland, in upland rainforest; alt.
400-1000 m.
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the
close resemblance with the fruits of the genus
Sarcopteryx (Sapindaceae).
Note: The key to the genera of Sapindaceae in
the Flora of Australia (Reynolds 1985) does
not have to be changed, but floral characters,
which are for instance needed in lead 20, 21,
are still absent. It is unknown whether or not
G. sarcopterifructa has scales.
The key to the species of Guioa
(Reynolds 1985: 47) only needs a minor
change, the name G. crenifoliola has to be
changed to G. sarcopterifructa. The description
can be replaced with the one presented above.
Acknowledgements
Sally Reynolds pointed my attention to
the fact that fruiting specimens have been
found of what was hitherto known as
Guioa crenifoliola or G. pteropoda. On behalf
of Berme Hyland, Rebel Elick was so kind to
send a specimen for study. I am also glad that
Hans-Joachim Esser was willing to make the
Latin description. Bernie Hyland added
information on seedlings and suggested a few
improvements to the manuscript, which were
gladly added. An anonymous referee is thanked
for his useful comments.
© Fa atttt thi hs Po muy tte test cbt ta, Seb atieitn test ah ke ade lane
van Welzen, Guio Sarcopterifucia
References
Coopgr, W. & Coopgr, W.T. (1994). Fruits of the Rain
Forest: 154, 155, text & fig. 310. Chatswood: Geo
Productions Pty Ltd.
REYNOoLDbS, S.T. (1984). Notes on Sapindaceae, HI.
Austrobailyea 2: 37, 40, fig. 2k, 1.
— (1985). Sapindaceae, Flora of Australia 25: 4-8,
47-51, map 56. Canberra: Australian Government
Publishing Service.
WeuzeEN, P.C. vANn (1989). Guioa Cay. (Sapindaceae):
taxonomy, phylogeny, and historical biogeography,
Leiden Botanical Series 12: 51—95, 268, 269.
105
Capparis velutina (Capparaceae), a new species from
south-eastern Queensland
Paull. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul 1. (1997). Capparis velutina (Capparaceac), a new species from south-eastern
Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 107-111. Capparis velutina (Capparis section Busbeckea
(Endl.) Hook.f.}, a new species allied to C. arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden, is described and illustrated.
Information is provided on its distribution, habitat and conservation status.
Keywords: Capparis velutina, Capparis arborea, Capparaceae, Queensland, New South Wales.
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, 4068, Australia
Introduction
An undescribed species of Capparis belonging
to C. section Busbeckea (Endl.) Hook.f. has
been recognised to occur 1n south-eastern
Queensland for some time and has been
variously referred to as C. sp. ‘hairy leaves’
(unpublished plant lists), C. sp. ‘Bulburin’
(unpublished plant lists), C. (P.[. Forster 6620)
(Forster et al. 1991) or C. sp. (Coen L.S.Smith
11862) (Jessup 1994). This taxon was first
formally recognised as Capparis nobilis var.
pubescens Benth. (Bentham 1863) based on a
collection by Alan Cunningham from Moreton
Bay, but was reduced to synonymy under
C. arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden by Jacobs
(1965), albeit with some doubt.
In the ‘Flora of Australia’ treatment of
Capparis by Hewson (1984), C. nobilis var.
pubescens was included in the synonymy of
C’. arborea, but one specimen of this taxon
(McDonald 3223 et al. (BRI)) was cited as a
representative specimen under an entity named
Capparis sp. A. I believe that Hewson’s
concept of Capparis sp. A covers at least two
entities. One appears to be endemic to the
Mcellwraith Range 1m far north Queensland and
has distinctive elongate fruit and more or
less glabrous foliage (e.g. Smith 11862),
whereas the other is endemic to south-eastern
Queensland and north-eastern New South
Wales, and has globose fruit and a distinctive
Accepted for publication 20 June 1997
velutinous, hairy lower leaf lamina surface.
Both taxa have been previously lumped
together at BRI with most collections being
sterile or with only buds.
Unfortunately, no additional fertile
collections of the taxon from the McIlwraith
Range have been made since that of Smith,
hence it remains unnamed for the time being
and retains the code name of C. sp. (Coen
L.S.Smith 11862). Recent fertile collections of
the second species now enable its formal
description and it is named here as C. velutina.
Materials and methods
This paper is based on specimen holdings at
BRI and QRS, type material at BM, and field
observations by the author. Terminology and
structure of the description largely follow
Jacobs (1965).
Abbreviations: T.R. = Timber Reserve; S.F.
= State Forest, L.A. = Logging Area.
Taxonomy
Capparis velutina P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
C. arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden autem
planta volubili scandentive caulibus
floriferis spinosis, folio lamina infra
velutina mucrone 1—2 mm longo venis
lateralibus infra prominenter elavatis
praedita, sepalis interioribus angust-
ioribus 4.0—6.5 mm latis differt. Typus:
Queensland. Porr Curtis District: State
108
Forest 391 Bulburin, Resumption Logging
Area, 29 Dec 1994, P. J. Forster PIF 16004,
+ G.Smyrell, M.C.Tucker & D.Orford
(holo: BRI [2 sheets + spirit]; iso: A, K, L,
MEL, NSW, QRS}.
Capparis nobilis var. pubescens Benth., FI.
Austral.1:96 (1863). Type: Queensland.
MorETON District: Brisbane River,
A. Cunningham (holo: BM [000031692 |
labelled as ‘Capparis laurifolia’ in
Cunningham’s hand).
Scrambler or vine up to 20 m long; trunk woody
and up to 10 cm diameter. Juvenile shoots,
ist and 2nd stages: twigs with short, dense,
simple, erect, brownish hairs of unequal
length, internodes 7~20 mm long. Thorns
acicular, straight, patent to sometimes
divaricate, 2-10 mm long. Leaves distichous,
petioles 1-2 mm long, lamina ovate, 15-50 mm
long, 12-25 mm wide, apex acute to acuminate,
mucronate (mucro 1—2 mm long), base cordate,
rounded or truncate, coriaceous; upper surface
glabrous, dark glossy green, lower surface
velutinous with sparse, erect, brownish hairs;
lateral veins 4~7 pairs, raised below, mterlateral
reticulate veins + obscure. Adult shoots: twigs
with short, dense, simple, erect to slightly
antrorse, brownish hairs of unequal length;
internodes 10-20 mm long. Thorns usually
present, recurved, 1-4 mm long. Leaves spirally
arranged; petioles 3-7 mm long, indumentum
as on twigs; lamina elliptic to elliptic-ovate,
25-130 mm long, 20-50 mm wide, apex
acute to rounded with a pronounced mucro
(this 1-2 mm long), base cordate, cuneate or
rounded, coriaceous; upper surface
dull-green, glabrous, midrib shallowly sunken;
lower surface pale tan, with short, sparse to
dense, erect to slightly antrorse, simple
brownish hairs, midrib raised, margin often
slightly recurved; lateral veins in 7-12 pairs,
prominently raised below, interlateral reticulate
veins just visible below. Flowers, axillary,
solitary, collateral in pairs, or in racemes with a
slender rachis up to 12 mm long; bracts small,
lanceolate or spine-like; pedicels 17-28 mm
long, c. 1 mm diameter, with sparse, antrorse,
simple, brownish hairs; flower buds globose,
shortly pointed, smooth; outer sepals fused
in bud, + ovate, + cucullate, 7-11 mm long,
Austrobaileya 5(1): 107-111 (1997)
8—11 mm wide, coriaceous, minutely hairy
externally; inner sepals free, narrow-obovate,
+ flattened, 8-12 mm long, 4—6.5 mm wide,
glabrous or minutely and irregularly
marginally ciliate, somewhat thickened in
middle; petals broadly obovate, 15-25 mm
long, 7-10 mm wide, flabellate, cream-white,
loosely hairy inside for entire length or mainly
in lower half, margin somewhat fimbriate in
upper half; stamens 80—100, anthers narrow-
oblong, 1.5—1.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide,
cream, filaments filiform, 13-15 mm long,
cream; gynophore filiform, 10-17 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diameter, cream, glabrous, ovary
ovoid, 2~3 mm long, 1.8—2.0 mm diameter,
glabrous, green, stigma inconspicuous. Fruit
ona stipe 10-15 mm long, globose, incrassate,
35—40 mm diameter; seeds c. 5 mm long
(ammature). Hairy caper. Fig. 1.
Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.
Port Curtis District; 2.5 km N of Glassford Vale, T.R.
353, 24°34’S, 151°18’E, Sep 1989, Forster 5678 & Bean
(BRI); S.F. 471, Mt Coulston, 24°11’S, 151°26’E, Oct
1989, Forster 5810 & Bean (BRI); Resumption L.A.,
S.F. 391 Bulburin, 24°32’S, 151°28’E, Dec 1993,
Forster 14542 et al. (BRI); Scott Road, 4 km from old
barracks site, Boyne L.A., S.F. 391 Bulburin, 24°32’S,
151°29°E, Dec 1993, Forster 14566 (BRI); T.R. 115,
Mt Coulston, 9 km NNW of Bororen, 24°11°S, 151°26°E,
Sep 1989, Gibson TOI814 (BRI, L); S.F. 67 Bulburin,
Jul 1978, AdeDonald 2369 & Stanton (BRI); S.F. 67
Buiburin, vicinity of Forest Station, Apr 1980,
McDonald 3223 et al. (BRI); S.F. 67 Bulburin, vicinity
of Forest Station, Apr 1980, AfcDonald 3224 et al.
(BRI); S.F. 391 Bulburin, vicinity of Forest Station, Nov
1981, AfcDonald 3425 (BRI). Wine Bay District: NW
slopes of Mt Glastonbury, 26°14’S, 152°27’E, Dec 1991,
Forster 9274 & Sharpe (BRD; Fireclay Scrub, Wrattens
S.F., S.F. 639 Widgee, 26°15’S, 152°19’E, Feb 1988,
McDonald 4162 (BRI, NSW); Imbil, Jan 1918,
Weatherhead 381 (BRI). DARLING Downs District: SW
slope of Wilsons Peak, 28°15’S, 152°29’E, Jan 1990,
Forster 6220 et al. (BRI); Warwick district, Jan 1919,
Moore 8 (BRI). Moreton District: Three Mile Scrub,
Newmarket, Jan 1891, Bailey [AQ028017] (BRI);
2kmE of Mt Brisbane, Rough L.A., T.R. 209, 27°06’S,
152°33’E, Apr 1989, Forster 5038 (BRI, CANB, K,
MEL); Nineteen L.A., T.R. 209, Mt Brisbane, 27°06’S,
152°32’E, Jun 1990, Forster 6868 et al. (BRI, QRS);
Mt Lindesay, 28°20’S, 152°42°E, Oct 1992, Forster
12183 & Leiper (BRI); Blackall Range, Apr 1918, White
[AQ028016] (BRI). New South Wales. Acacia Creek,
Feb 1905, Boorman [AQ027999] (BRI ex NSW).
Distribution and habitat: Capparis velutina
is endemic to south-eastern Queensland and
north-eastern New South Wales from
109
é
id
fut
=
LS Ve
Forster, Cappar
*
i
'
if
—
= ae
*
Pita ed i '
ri am }s
Bere it
+ ad \ ahah ate
oe a \ ; ai A4ta ave
yes = he Sah?
Rasta \ WRAL re
ee ‘ atte
SANS |} Yi +k ibe
: by a ly "I ELL: tayteats +f Pac
>» nd yh it ee
r,t.” Ay pe * ih ~ ye
ate \ PL Ce)
” wit a * 7
gt 7 or hp ey? ~~”
Pe a h et ae oe he
ae 53 4* uk at ye Ce ee! aa
2 ie 4 » h L b aha? Lda ty
* tan, 4 +e oye ef a*
ray Paks Da Ta +h * -
Sad 1 sh iL ‘hot e be yt ri roe
» 74 Leas Page ea tyr 7 oo
Peat re Ce eee ees beat ro)
Paes eee Cn
oe 1 Fg ee
hada aThs oe eee oo
* Age ay,e* a
a et ae, WC dell
a ' es » *
Phe 4 mat *
Pad al ++ hee
ae ohne
poae Med
*.
Hi tae dl ie al de
“tate * oe +a - b,
_™
waa ots *
tm
rs td 4
+. a Ca
elias “ he
=, * a? a}
tao +t “4
ee * he
a“* * + eae
Pee rt wFey
a tag te eeere
i ed) 7, ted
a ar ra tee
* *’ wy Ft
»* = te r ‘ on]
* ae eo = # sd a
he a ee ee _ ah "yy *
wee : el *
t , * r + To et ae
La, Fast he ame rar ee oi
7 a ~ » *
oe a oe ” a "+
- ah Mad oo
ig ee ae ee C2) ‘
Tie , 2 dh +s
oe .* *
tga oer Pe Mead a4 Lae
Call tM lied tee Pg va ¥
™ ey le ee ove .
Ea »* aw re algal a a
»* ae rae ee
4 ory -
oe Le lila a M
a ee eee it
‘
i
s*
q
¥
oe
a,
Fe
a!
=
ran inna rn rn nnn
AA ee Br ee bn en es en ns ba
{
x
jus
x 1. C. bud
ion
en *
i
at
Fig. 1. Capparis velutina. A. flowering branchlet x 0.8. B. undersurface of leaf showing ven
2. All from Forster
before anthesis x 1.5. D. lateral view of flower x 1.5. E-F, petals x 1.5. G. style x 5. H. stam
Pee ee
16004 (BRI). Del. W. Smith,
110
Mt Coulston in the north to Acacia Creek in
the south (Map 1). According to Floyd (1989)
this species occurs from the Macleay River
north to Acacia Creek in New South Wales. I
have not seen any specimens to support this
Statement.
Capparis velutina occurs in complex
notophyll vineforest (usually araucarian) often
on red soils derived from rhyolite or related rock
substrates. These vineforests are often
dominated by species of Argyrodendron and
Araucaria cunninghamii.
\
i
me seereaeaeueaee
: , COCe
cee Peer errr
COREL 2MCTRORESER YEE
Cl PELELEEr
30
penevGnsReenEae
CER er
CCRC CECT eee
abenueseatestoneneatanaaiis
EEE CEEE REECE REBEL AE
ae acne SaeseeeuEe 2. -CenEEERE iceman ‘
EEE CEE GREE
| Re Laie
Ho FCCC ASAE EE SEPT ~]
CECE Py
COREE E CE RH
FEHR HEE ECP REE
tee
20 rere cl - at — epEsEnEE Seas
: BEEEECAEEECEEE CECE EEE HA
: ECECCEEE EEE EAE
s Se SRS SSERSUREM HERE EY
Pa Eee CEE ESSE
Austrobaileya 5(1): 107—111 (1997)
Notes: Capparis velutina appears to be allied
to C. arborea and they occur sympatrically at
many localities. Maiden & Betche (1905),
when discussing C. nobilis var. pubescens,
noted that 1t differed from C. arborea (as
C’. nobilis) in the climbing habit, smaller
flowers with pale blue stamens, and the
branches and underside of the leaves densely
covered with short soft hairs. With the greater
number of specimens now available, it is now
possible to state that the two taxa differ in many
character states. Major differences are
summarised in Table 1. As well as these
differences, C. velutina also appears to have
smaller flowers (supporting Maiden &
Betche’s observations) and broader, thicker
leaves than C. arborea, but I have not observed
pale blue stamens.
qT]
SEH
{4 i =a a
PEEECEEEEEEEEEEHEL Peer = ; HH
| Peg
a LIN PTH
PECL
cCECEEE ECC ree ze
ris 120 {25 130 i35
Map 1. Distribution of Capparis velutina in 1° grid squares.
140 145 ESO 155
Forster, Capparis velutina
111
Table 1. Morphological comparison of Capparis arborea and C. velutina.
Character C. arborea C. velutina
habit shrub/small tree scrambler or vine
flower bearing stems spineless spinose
leaf lamina undersurface glabrous velutinous hairy
leaf lamina mucro short (<< 1 mm} long (1-2 mm)
leaf lamina lateral veins below indistinct prominently raised
inner sepal width 8—11 mm 4.0-6.5 mm
Specimens of Capparis are renowned for being Acknowledgments
difficult to identify and the only real solution to
this is to use adequate fertile material. However,
Capparis velutina 1s relatively easy to identify,
even from sterile collections, due to the
distinctive velutinous, hairy lower leaf lamina.
In Hewson’s (1984) key to the Australian taxa
of Capparis, C. velutina will key to C. arborea
but may be distinguished by the characters
outlined above.
Floyd (1989) referred to this plant as ‘var.
pubescens’ under his account of C. arborea;
however, no formal combination of Bentham’s
variety under that species name has ever been
made.
Conservation status: Capparis velutinais known
to occur in at least thirteen localities, including
three conservation reserves (Forster et al. 1991).
It is usually relatively common where it does
occur and none of the known localities are under
any direct threat for the present. Hence, while it
is nota particularly common plant, it should not
be considered as rare or threatened.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin velutinus (velutinous) and alludes to
the distinctive indumentum cover on the lower
surface of the leaf lamina.
W.Smith (BRI) for the illustrations.
A.R.Bean, L.H.Bird, D.Orford, P.R.Sharpe,
G.Smyrell and M.C.Tucker for assistance in
the field on occasions when this plant has been
collected. L.Pedley (BRI) for the Latin
translation. A.RBean for comments on a draft
ofthe manuscript. The Director, Dept Botany,
Natural History Museum (BM), for loan of
relevant material. |
References
BENTHAM, G. (1863). Capparidae. In Hora Australiensis
1: 89-98. London: L. Reeve & Co.
FLoyp, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland
South-eastern Australia. Melbourne/Sydney:
Inkata Press.
Forster, P.L, Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & Bean, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east
Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.
Hewson, H.J. (1984). Capparaceae. In A.S.George (exec.
ed.), Flora of Australia 8: 207-231.
Jacoss, M. (1965). The genus Capparis (Capparaceae)
from the Indus to the Pacific. B/lumea
12:385-541.
Jessup, L.W. (1994). Capparaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson
(ed.), Queensland Vascular Plants, Names and
Distribution. Brisbane: Queensland Department
of Environment & Heritage.
Maipen, J.H. & Betcue, E. (1905), Notes from the Botanic
Gardens, Sydney. Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales 30: 354-375.
[eA eo DT a a anid alain i i a RE ET EE EEE Ee Eo —————_—— a
Se ert Ba a
‘kan agepissso ee
Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3°
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, P.I. (1997). Notes on the naturalised flora of Queensland, 3. Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119.
Naturalisations in Queensland are documented for Graptopetalum paraguayense (N.E.Br.) Walther
(Crassulaceae), Kalanchoe lateritia Engl. (Crassulaceae), Jasminum mesneyi Hance (Oleaceae),Jatropha
podagrica Hook, (Euphorbiaceae), Manihot esculenta Crantz (Euphorbiaceae), AZ grahamii Hook.,
M. glaziovii Muell.Arg., Persicaria capitata (Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don) H.Gross (Polygonaceae),
Sedum praealtum A.DC. (Crassulaceae) and Vernicia fordii (Hemsl.) Airy Shaw (Euphorbiaceae). A
generic key to naturalised genera of Crassulaceae, and a key and descriptions of the naturalised species
of Manihot are presented. Orthography of the family name Aloaceae is highlighted and name changes in
Aloe L. discussed.
Keywords: Graptopetalum paraguayense, Kalanchoe lateritia, Jasminum mesneyi, Manihot glaziovii,
Manihot esculenta, Manihot grahamii, Jatropha podagrica, Persicaria capitata, Sedum praealtum,
Vernicia fordii, Aloe maculata, Queensland Flora
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
The flora of Queensland continues to increase,
not only from the number of recognised
indigenous flora, but from an ever burgeoning
range of exotics that may be considered as
naturalised. Few of these ‘alien’ plants (viz.
Johnson 1995) pose much threat in the long
term or have the potential to become serious
weeds in natural or man-made ecosystems.
Nevertheless, documentation of their
naturalisation together with accurate
identification remains an important priority for
long-term management as some plants have
been known to become serious weeds after
many years of low-level naturalisation.
Plants considered naturalised in
Queensland have recently been listed in
Henderson (1997), updating the listing in
Henderson (1994) and in a number of accounts
in the ‘Flora of Australia’. This paper
documents nine taxa from diverse families that
can be considered as naturalised in Queensland
with three representing additional taxa to those
listed in Henderson (1997), Nearly all should
be labelled as ‘adventive’ (sensu Kloot 1987)
Accepted for publication 9 May 1997
* Part 2: Austrobaileya 3:761—763 (1992).
at this stage. Kloot (1987) defined five
categories of naturalisation, of which the
categories ‘adventive’ and ‘established’ are
most relevant here. ‘Adventive’ was defined
by Kloot (1987) as “A plant that is persisting
without, or in spite of, human intervention at
one or few separate locations, generally for less
then 25 years. Generally reproducing only
sparingly”. This category is suitable for many
of the garden escapees that are found near to
habitation. ‘Established’ was defined by Kloot
(1987) as “where an alien plant is widespread
over large parts...or locally abundant in one or
more regions, and generally reproducing
freely”.
Four of the species documented below are
succulents additional to those listed elsewhere
(Forster 1996b); these are plants that are
invariably poorly represented in the herbarium
record due to difficulty with specimen
preparation. In addition original keys for some
taxa are given to enable identification and some
nomenclatural matters are discussed that update
previous accounts in the ‘Flora of Australia’.
Materials and Methods
Taxa discussed in this paper are based on
collections in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI).
114
New Naturalisation Records
CRASSULACEAE
Graptopetalum Rose
This is the first record of the genus becoming
naturalised.
1. Graptopetalum paraguayense (N.E.Br.}
Walther, Cact. Succ. J. (Los Angeles) 9:
108 (1938).
Two subspecies are known with
G. paraguayense subsp. paraguayense
recorded here.
Specimen examined: Queensland. Morton DISTRICT:
Boyce’s Quarry project, Bundamba Tafe College, Ipswich,
Oct 1995, Forster PIF 17876, Bird & Figg (AD, BRI).
Notes: G. paraguayense subsp. paraguayense,
despite the specific epithet, is thought to be
native to Mexico but has never been recollected
from a known wild locality since its
introduction to horticulture in the 1800s. A
second subspecies, G. paraguayense subsp.
bernalense Kimn. & Moran is native to
Tamaulipas, Mexico (Kimnach & Moran
1986). This species propagates from fallen
leaves or stem sections and is a localised
adventive at the given locality.
Kalanchoe Adans.
This is the first record of this genus becoming
naturalised.
2. Kalanchoe lateritia Engl., Pflanzenw.
Ost-Afr. C. 189 (1895).
Three varieties are recognised within
K. lateritia (Raadts 1977; Wickens 1987) with
K. lateritia var. lateritia recorded here.
Specimen examined: Queensland. BurNetTT DISTRICT:
Neurum Creek, c, 21 km SW of Gin Gin, 25° 07°S, 151°
48°E, May 1995, Sparshott KMS556 & Hohnen (BRI).
Notes: K. lateritia is indigenous to East Africa
where it is found in Kenya and Tanzania
(Raadts 1977; Wickens 1987). K. lateritia
var. /aferitia is infrequently cultivated in
Queensland gardens and propagates both
Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119 (1997)
vegetatively and from seeds. It is a localised
adventive at the given locality.
Delimitation of the genera Bryophyllum
and Kalanchoe has been debated for many
years (Forster 1985) and some workers
prefer a single, broadly circumscribed genus
(Rauh 1995; Boiteau & Allorge-Boiteau
1996). The case for both to be recognised is
strong (Lauzac-Marchal 1974) and the
generic treatments of Toelken (1985) and
Wickens (1987) are supported herein. All of
the taxa lumped under the common name
of ‘Mother of Millions’ belong to the
genus Bryophyllum of which only
B. daigremontianum (Raym.-Hamet & Perr.)
Berger, B. delagoense (Eckl. & Zeyh.) Schinz
(syn. B. tubiflorum Harv.), a hybrid of these
first two species, and B. pinnatum (Lam.) Oken
should be considered as serious established
weeds, Other species of Bryophyllum are
generally non-invasive garden or shadehouse
plants and undeserving of cradication
programs advocated by weed control agencies.
sedum L..
This is the first record of this genus becoming
naturalised.
3. Sedum praealtum A.DC., 10™° Not. Pl. Rar.
Jard. Genéve 21 (1824).
Three subspecies are recognised within
S. praealtum (Stephenson 1994), with
S. praealtum subsp. praealtum recorded
here. |
Speciinen examined: Queensland, Moreton District:
Boyce’s Quarry project, Bundamba Tafe College, Ipswich,
Oct 1995, Forster PIF17878, Bird & Figg (BRI).
Notes: S. praealtum subsp. praealtum is
thought to originate from Central America,
probably from the tropical lowlands of Vera
Cruz (Stephenson 1994). The species has been
cultivated in many countries for centuries and
is known to be an occasional adventive in
eastern Europe (Stephenson 1994), In Australia
naturalisations have been previously recorded
from New South Wales and South Australia
(Forster 1996b). The species is a localised
adventive at the given locality.
ut ne _ epi yee ln COOL, Lilet elie ep eddy Re Pe EE e—————e—_——— eee eee
Forster, Naturalised Flora of Queensland
115
The genera of Crassulaceae (including the native Crassula) in Queensland may be
distinguished with the following key -
1. Stamen number equal to petal number ........ 0... 0c ec cc eee eee Crassula
Stamen number twice Petal MUNIDE oo... ees eae a te ee ee be ba 2
Zee EOL ARES TES VOWED, ase ats cy, pores y eu ase ach eamen zee bree thay Gerroae th eg Nek te 2B tocy ethernet eth ae ahaa 6 3
PUPA BAS AVS: oe id eccesee need bo ihre aoe aly ehh Pcae Bee aes, Pe ce MTL Oe eine Eu Ate 5 4
3, Flowers erect; filaments fused to corolla tube at or above middle ........... Kalanchoe
Flowers pendulous; filaments fused to corolla tube in lower third ......... Bryophyllum
A. ANIGTESCONCE TOUIIMIAY < 6's ans 423 ru Os doh eee or oR ve tes bs Slaten Ds re Edy BAEK pre X dant, eke ge Sedum
JHEIGRESCERGCESTATOVAD oye oie acu epee ser see icy Fees Myles a aes] d Kad plas « fern la es Graptopetalum
EUPHORBIACEAE
Jatropha L.
Two species of Jatropha have been previously
recognised as naturalised in Queensland,
namely J. curcas L. and J. gossypifolia L.
(Henderson 1994, 1997).
4, Jatropha podagrica Hook., Bot. Mag. t.
Specimen examined: Queensland, SOUTH KENNEDY
District; Keswick Island, Sep 1996, Batianoff 960912 &
Champion (BRI).
Notes: J. podagrica is native to Mexico
(Dehgan & Webster 1979) and is widely
cultivated in subtropical and tropical gardens
in eastern Australia. It has been recorded
recently as an adventive near abandoned
habitation. The species propagates only from
4376 (1848). seed.
Key to the naturalised species of Jatropha
1. Foliage and stems with stipitate glandular trichomes...............04.. J. gossypifolia
Foliage and stems glabrous or with simple trichomes
2. Stipules entire; leaf lamina broadly-ovate
a er er i
Stipules multifid; leaf lamina 3—5 palmatifid or palmatipartite ............ J. podagrica
Manihot Mill.
There seems to have been some confusion as
to both the identity and diversity of the
naturalised taxa of Manihot. Stanley (1983)
lists MZ. esculenta Crantz as being naturalised
in south-eastern Queensland and Henderson
(1994) also lists this species for the entire State.
M. glaziovii Muell.Arg. andM. grahamii Hook.
also occur as naturalised species (Henderson
1997). Because of the apparent confusion, short
descriptions are provided for the three species,
as well as a key to distinguish them.
116
Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119 (1997)
Key to the naturalised species of Manthot
1. Leaf lamina lobes broadly ovate to obovate; fruits globose................ M. glaziovii
Leaf lamina lobes lanceolate, oblong, oblanceolate or ovate; fruits ovoid
OF SUDGIODOSE «6k ga wee ced ee wan Sale
2. Root tubers present; male flower sepals lanceolate- triangular; fruits ovoid,
LSSEF ty TONG ike bane ok BA anges, eres
Root tubers absent; male flower sepals triangular-ovate;
subglobose, c. 14mm long ...........
5. Manihot esculenta Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb.
1: 167 (1766).
Subshrub or shrub to 5 m high. Root tubers up
to 50 cm long. Stipules lanceolate-triangular,
S—11 mm long. Leaves deeply palmatipartite,
3—7 lobed, the lobes oblanceolate to lanceolate
or ovate, 517 cm long, 1-6 cm wide; tip acute
to acuminate; base attenuate to cuneate. Male
flowers: pedicels 2—7 mm long; calyx lobes
lanceolate-triangular, 4-6 mm long, 2-4 mm
wide, tube 4—6 mm long. Female flowers:
pedicels 5-12 mm long; calyx lobes
triangular-ovate 6-10 mm long, 2.5—5 mm
wide. Fruits ovoid, 15—17 mm long, 14-15 mm
diameter. Seeds ellipsoid, c. 11 mm long,
5.5—5.8 mm wide. Tapioca or Cassava.
Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:
Darnley Island, Torres Strait, 9° 35’S, 143° 46°F, Jul 1974,
Heatwole 449 (BRD; 3.5 km SE of Weipa Mission, 12°
42’°S, 141° 5S’°E, Jui 1974, Specht & Salt W324 (BRD;
McDonnell Creek behind school, 17° 12’S, 145° 53°E,
Dec 1993, Forster PIF14451 (BRI). NortH KENNEDY
District: | km N of Cardwell, 18° 16’S, 146° O1’E, Apr
1975, McDonald 1469 & Batianoff (BRD.
Notes: M. esculenta is the species used for
production of cassava and is native to tropical
South America. The species is widely
cultivated in the tropics and is naturalised as
an adventive in a few places in northern
Queensland where it is an escape from
cultivation. Propagation occurs from division
of the starchy root-storage tubers. It is
uncertain whether the species reproduces
sexually in Australia as no fertile specimens
have been sighted and the population at
McDonnell Creek showed no evidence of
flowering or fruiting.
Sco the eee Me eee adcek sd g2ce ky ML. esculenta
fruits
Fe atta gee yh at an eter eA th be ata oe M. grahami
6. Manihot grahamii Hook., Icon PI. 6: t: 530
(1843).
Subshrub or shrub to 4 m high. Root tubers
absent. Stipules lanceolate, 9-15 mm long.
Leaves deeply palmatipartite, 5—13 lobed, the
lobes oblong to oblanceolate, 5-14 cm long,
0.93.5 cm wide; tip acuminate; base attenuate.
Male flowers: pedicels 7-10 mm long; calyx
lobes triangular-ovate, 4-10 mm long, 3-5 mm
wide, tube 5-8 mm long. Female flowers:
pedicels 7-9 mm long; calyx lobes
triangular-ovate, 10-12 mm long, 5—5.5 mm
wide, tube 1~3 mm long. Fruits subglobose,
c. 14 mm long and 15 mm diameter. Seeds
ellipsoid, c. 12 mm long and 8 mm wide.
Spectnens examined: Queensland. DARLING Downs
District: Gowrie Creek, Toowoomba, Feb 1984, Swarbrick
7382 (BRI). Moreton District: Chapel Hill, Jan 1981,
Pieters J¥958 (BRD; Kangaroo Point, Brisbane, Mar 1933,
White 8649 (BRI); Enoggera Creek, The Gap, Brisbane,
Nov 1993, Forster PIF14258 (A, BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS);
Teviot Brook, Dugandan, Apr 1994, Forster PIF 15086 (A,
BRI, MEL, NSW, QRS); Kalbar, Jan 1969, Thomas
{1AQ204048}] (BRO).
Notes: M. grahamii is native to Brasil,
Argentina, Paraguay and Uruguay and is
naturalised as an adventive on a small scale in
south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern
New South Wales. Propagation occurs from
seeds. Itis the most widely encountered species
of Manihot in Australia and is often cultivated
as an ornamental, although the roots do not
produce starchy tubers (Rogers & Appan 1973).
James & Harden (1990), in describing
collections from north-eastern New South
Wales, misidentified this species as
M. flabellifolia.
ea i ee a eis a ne ee ed Nee ee ic ieee ee eeeee!
Forster, Naturalised Flora of Queensland
7. Manihot glaziovii Muell.Arg. in Martius,
FI. Bras. 11(2): 446 (1874),
Shrub or small tree to 6 m high. Root tubers
absent. Stipules lanceolate, c. 5 mm long.
Leaves deeply palmatipartite, 3-5 lobed, the
lobes broadly ovate, obovate or
obovate-lanceolate, 4-15 cm long, 2-9.5 cm
wide; tip obtuse to rounded; base attenuate to
rounded. Male flowers: pedicels 7-9 mm long;
calyx lobes triangular, 8-9 mm long, c. 6 mm
wide, tube 6—7 mm long. Female flowers:
pedicels 8—15 mm long; calyx lobes lanceolate,
c. 12 mm long 3.5—4 mm wide. Fruits globose,
18-20 mm long, 18-22 mm diameter. Seeds
ovoid, 13—15 mm long, 9-12 mm wide.
Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District:
foothills of Mt Bartle Frere, Aug 1984, Jago 600 (BRI,
QRS). SourH KENNEDY District: Finchhatton, Sep 1942,
Goodchild [AQ206988] (BRI).
Notes: M. glaziovii is native to Brasil and is
naturalised as an adventive in at least one
locality in north-eastern Queensland. It is
cultivated to a small extent in high rainfall areas
of the Wet Tropics (R.L.Jago, pers. comm.
1994), but whether any products are harvested
from the plant 1s uncertain as the roots are not
supposed to be specialised for starch storage
(Rogers & Appan 1973).
Vernicia Lour.
The genus Vernicia is closely allied to Aleurites
J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. and has sometimes been
included in 1t. Atry Shaw (1966) recognised
Vernicia as distinct and this has been supported
in subsequent publications (Radcliffe-Smith
1987; James & Harden 1990; Forster 1996a).
Vernicia is considered to comprise three
species, all of which are native to Asia. The
genus has not been previously recorded as
naturalised in Queensland.
8. Vernicia fordii (Hemsl.) Airy Shaw, Kew
Bull. 20: 394 (1966).
Specimen examined: Queensland, Moreton DISTRICT: c.
9 km from Nambour on Maroochydore road, Mar 1979,
Zande (BRI).
Notes: V. fordii was tntroduced to Australia
during the 1930s for the production of ‘Tung
Oil’ used in waterproofing, varnishes and
117
lacquers with extensive plantations established
in north-eastern New South Wales,
south-eastern and north-eastern Queensland
(Buzacott 1932; Gibb 1938; McKay 1940).
Eventual replacement with synthetic substances
‘sounded the death-knell’ for an industry that
in 1938 consumed 170,632,000 pounds weight
throughout the western world (Gibb 1938).
James & Harden (1990) record V. fordii
as naturalised in New South Wales based on
specimens from the Sydney area. Stanley
(1983) and Henderson (1994) did not list the
species, and it is recorded here (with
reservations) as being an adventive in the
Nambour region of south-eastern Queensland
with some large trees highly visible from the
Bruce Highway. A single tree has also been
sighted on the edge of a forestry plantation at
Gadgarra State Forest on the Atherton
Tableland (pers. obs. 1996), but this is probably
a planted individual rather than an adventive.
The extensive plantations established in the
1930s in the Johnston River valley in
north-eastern Queensland no longer exist
(R.L.Jago, pers. comm. 1996).
OLEACEAE
Jasminum L,
Queensland has eight native species of
Jasminum, but none of the exotic species
cultivated in gardens have been previously
listed as naturalised (Henderson 1994).
9, Jasminum mesneyi Hance, J. Bot. 20: 37
(1882).
Specimens examined: Queensland. BuRNETT DISTRICT:
Cushnie road, 1.5 km S off Proston to Wondai road,
opposite Springs road, 26° 15’°S, 151° 46’E, Sep 1996,
Forster PIF19613 & Ryan (AD, BRI, MEL). Moreton
District: Collingwood Park, Redbank, Ipswich, Sep 1995,
Bird |AQ584205| (BRI).
Notes: J. mesneyi (Primrose Jasmine) is native
to western China and commonly grown in
temperate and subtropical gardens in Europe,
north America and eastern Australia. Most
plants in cultivation, and undoubtedly those in
Australia, are supposed to originate from live
material collected near Mengzi, southern
Yunnan by E.H.Wilson in 1899 (Lancaster
[18
1989). In Queensland it has occasionally
become established as an adventive where
garden rubbish is deposited and appears to
propagate by suckering. Wilson’s original
collection (with the double corolla) supposedly
did not propagate from seed although
subsequent collections by Lancaster (with
mainly single corollas) bore seed (Lancaster
1989).
POLY GONACEAE
Persicaria (L.) Miller
There are eleven native species of Persicaria
recorded for Queensland, but no naturalised
ones (Henderson 1994, 1997). The following
species is recorded as naturalised in New South
Wales (Wilson 1990).
10. Persicaria capitata (Buch.-Ham. ex
D.Don) H.Gross, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 49: 277
(1913).
Specimen examined: Queensland. MoRETON DISTRICT:
Springbrook, Goomoolahra Falls, Warrie N.P., 28° 13’S,
153° 17°E, Oct 1996, Forster PIF 19835 & Leiper (BRI,
NSW).
Notes: P. capitata 1s native to Asia and is
commonly grown in subtropical gardens as a
eround cover. At Goomoolahra Falls, the
species forms extensive, dense mats on natural
rock faces and is displacing native vegetation.
Propagation appears to be by vegetative
layering.
Orthography of the family name Aloaceae
In the ‘Flora of Australia’ the classification
system of Cronquist (1981) 1s followed wherein
the monocot family Aloeaceae is recognised.
An excellent case for the familial spelling to
be Aloaceae has been presented by Smith
(1993) and has now been accepted for standard
floras and guides in regions where the family
is native (e.g. Carter 1994; Van Wyk & Smith
1996).
Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119 (1997)
Aloe maculata versus A. saponaria
(Aloaceae)
In the ‘Flora of Australia’ account of A/oe,
A, saponaria (Ait.) Haw. is treated as being
naturalised in Queensland (Forster & Clifford
1986). A. saponaria var. ficksbergensis
G.Reyn. has subsequently been found
naturalised in one locality in Queensland
(Forster 1988). The name A. saponaria is now
considered to be misapplied to this species and
the name.A. maculata All. is preferred (Glen &
Smith 1995; Van Wyk & Smith 1996). Despite
A, saponaria var. ficksbergensis being a well
defined entity, Van Wyk & Smith (1996) do
not recognise it and its status 1s uncertain at
this point.
Acknowledgements
Thanks to P.D.Bostock (BRI) for commenting
on the manuscript, K.L.Wilson (NSW) for
bibliographic information on Persicaria,
L.H.Bird of Bundamba, Ipswich for
information and specimens of many naturalised
plants, R.L.Jago of Cairns for assistance
with fieldwork and information, and to
G.N.Batianoff (BRD and K.M.Sparshott (BRI)
for bringing the collections of Jatropha and
Kalanchoe respectively, to my attention. This
work was in part funded by grants from the
Australian Biological Resources Study in
1992-1995 for taxonomic work on the
Euphorbiaceae for the ‘Flora of Australia’.
References
Airy SHAW, H.K. (1966). Notes on Malaysian and other
Asiatic Euphorbiaceae. Kew Bulletin 20: 379-415.
Boireau, P, & ALLorGE-Borreau, L. (1995). Kalanchoe
(Crassulacée) de Madagascar. Systématigque,
ecophysiologie et phytochimie. Paris: Karthala.
BuzacotTt, W.S. (1932). Tung Oil. Age-old product
essential to modern industry. Commercial Australia
12th October 1932,
CARTER, S. (1994). Aloaceae. In R.M.Polhill (ed.), Flore
of Tropical East Africa. Rotterdam/Boston:
A.A.Balkema.
Cronguist, A. (1981). An Integrated System of
Classification of Flowering Plants . New York:
Columbia University Press.
Forster, Naturalised Flora of Queensland
Deucan, B. & Wesster, G.L. (1979). Morphology and
infrageneric relationships of the genus Jatropha
(Euphorbiaceae). University of California
Publications in Botany 74: 1-73.
Forster, P.J. (1985). The genera Kalanchoe and
Bryophyllum in cultivation. Anacampseros 1:37-41,
52-56; 2: 4-8.
— (1988). Notes on the naturalised flora of Queensland.
Austrobaileya 2: 573-576,
— (1996a), A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R.Forst.
& G.Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New
Guinea. Afuelleria 9: 3-13.
—— (1996b). Naturalized succulents in the Australian flora.
Haseltonia 4: 57-65.
Forster, P.l, & Ciirrorp, H.T. (1986). Aloeaceae. In
A.S.George (ed.), Flora of Australia 46: 66-70.
Canberra: Australian Government Publishing
Service.
Giss, J. (1938). Tung-oil. A new Australian primary
product. Walkabout July 1st 1938, pp. 38-40.
GLEN, H.F. & Smiru, G.F. (1995). Notes on the typification
of some species of Aloe (Asphodelaceae/Aloaceae).
Bothalia 25; 37- 42.
HENDERSON, R.J.F. (ed.} (1994). Queensland Vascular
Plants: Names and Distribution. Brisbane:
Queensland Department of Environment &
Heritage.
—— (ed.) (1997). Queensland Plants: Names and
Distribution, Brisbane: Department of Environment.
JAMES, T.A. & Harpen, G.J. (1990). Euphorbiaceae, In
G.J.Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales Vol.
1: 389-430, Kensington (Sydney): University of
New South Wales Press.
Jounson, R.W. (1995). The aliens have landed: an account
of the development of the naturalised flora of
Queensland. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Queensland 105: 5-17.
KimNACH, M. & Moran, R. (1986). Graptopetalum
paraguayense: a history and a new subspecies.
Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles)
58: 48-56,
Kioot, P.M. (1987). The naturalised flora of South
Australia. I, The documentation ofits development.
Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens
10: 81-90.
LANCASTER, R. (1989). Travels in China - a plantsman’s
paradise. Woodbridge (U.K.): Antique Collectors’
Club.
119
LAUZAC-MARCHAL, M. (1974). Rehabilitation du genre
Bryophyllum Salisb. (Crassulacées Kalanchoidées),
C.R. Acad. Sc. Paris 278, ser.D: 2505-2508.
McKay, H.C. (1940). Pirates and the dinkum oil. Smith's
Weekly April 27.
Raapts, BE. (1977). The genus Kalanchoe (Crassulaceae)
in East Africa. Willdenowia 8: 101-157.
RADCLIFFE-SMITH, A. (1987). Euphorbiaceae, Part 1. In
R.M.Polhill (ed.), Flora of Tropical East Africa.
Rotterdam/Boston: A.A.Balkema.
Raun, W. (1995), Succulent and Xerophytic Plants of
Madagascar. Volume 1. Mull Valley: Strawberry
Press.
Rocers, D.J. & Appan, S.G. (1973). Manihot and
Manihotoides (Euphorbiaceae) a computer-assisted
study. Flora Neotropica Monographs No.
13:1-272.
SMITH, G.F. (1993). Familial orthography: Aloeaceae vs.
Aloaceae. Taxon 42: 87-90.
STANLEY, T.D. (1983), Euphorbiaceae. In T.D.Stanley &
E.M.Ross (eds.), flora of South-eastern Queensland
Vol. 1: 406-439, Brisbane: Queensland Department
of Primary Industries.
STEPHENSON, R, (1994). Sedum - cultivated stonecrops.
Portland (U.S.A.): Timber Press.
TOELKEN, H.R. (1985). Crassulaceae. In O.A.Leistner (ed.),
Flora of Southern Africa Vol, 14: 1-244, Pretoria:
Department of Agriculture and Water Supply.
Van Wyk, B.-E. & Smitu, G.F. (1996). Guide to the Aloes
of South Africa. Pretoria: Briza Publications,
Wickens, G.F. (1987). Crassulaceae, In R.M.Polhill (ed.),
Flora of Tropical East Africa, Rotterdam/Bosten:
A.A.Balkema.
Witson, K.L. (1990). Polygonaceae, In G.J.Harden (ed.),
Flora of New South Wales Vol. 1: 278-293.
Kensington (Sydney): University of New South
Wales Press.
ao JAR LRA LE na te ada ae ged redial an la diag pA LEY Ata ane oe .s es Sat Sh ites AE td et SE ete ee ea ee ttua utd oa eee ee eee Seder d eed eseeeeeee es See eh sedeseseueee Gye Fey ee ody ug hes
“ng TRL LE eg pe A TN UL ec
A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north
Queensland
B.R. Jackes' and M. Hurley’
Summary
Jackes, B.R. & Hurley, M. (1997). A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in
north Queensland, Austrobaileya 5(1): 121-123. Laportea cordifolia L.S.Sm. from the
Atherton Tableland is reinstated as Dendrocnide cordifolia (L.S.Sm.) Jackes & Hurley.
Dendrocnide cordata (Warb. ex H.J.Winkl.) Chew is recognised as a separate species occurring
on northern Cape York Peninsula. A key to the Australian species of Dendrocnide is
provided.
Keywords: Urticaceae, Dendrocnide, Dendrocnide cordata, Dendrocnide cordifolia, Laportea
cordifolia.
B.R Jackes', Co-operative Research Centre for Tropical Ecology and Management, Department
of Tropical Plant Sciences, James Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville Queensland
481] Australia.
M. Hurley’, Faculty of Environmental Studies, Griffith University, Nathan Campus, Queensiand
4111 Australia.
Introduction
A study of herbivory (M.Hurley) on several
populations of Dendrocnide species occurring
on the Atherton Tableland, north Queensland,
indicated that not all the names currently in use
for this genus could be applied with confidence.
According to the Flora of Australia treatment
by Chew (1989), the following species occur
in this area; Dendrocnide cordata (Warb. ex
H..J.Winkl.) Chew, D. moroides (Wedd.) Chew
and D. photinophylla Kunth) Chew. Chew
(1969, p58) included Laportea cordifolia
L.S.Sm. (as L. cordatifolia) under Dendrocnide
cordata. Seeds were collected from the different
taxa of Dendrocnide occurring in the Wongabel
State Forest, approximately 6 km SW of
Atherton (17° 17'S, 145° 28'E) and grown to
maturity in a shadehouse at the James Cook
University of North Queensland campus.
Flowering and fruiting material was then
compared with herbarium specimens.
The type of L. cordata was collected in the
lowland area of the Sepik River at
Constantinhafen (Hollrung 513; BO, K, MEL),
whilst the type of L. cordifolia was collected
near Atherton at an altitude of 1000 m
Accepted for publication 16 July 1997
(3600 ft.) (Smith 10132; BRI). An examination of
specimens held in the Queensland Herbarium
(BRI) and Atherton (QRS) indicated that the
taxon represented by Hollrung 513 occurs only
in lowland situations. A specimen collected from
the West Claudie River,
10.3 km WNW of Lockhart River Vacant
Crown Land (AQ 631774) is the only
Australian specimen seen which appears similar
to the type of L. cordata. L. cordifolia appears
to occur only on the Atherton Tableland. Smith
(1959) stated that “It [L. cordata| differs [from
L. cordifolia| in bemg a large tree with less
compressed fruits and S-nerved leaves which
are more hairy beneath”; however, an
examination of both herbarium material and the
types of both names has shown that the two
taxa may be distinguished from each other by
a number of characters, not least being the
structure of the inflorescence (Table 1). Hence
we propose that L. cordifolia should be
reinstated with a new combination under the
genus Dendrocnide. In the course of this study,
a number of variant populations of D. moroides
were also recognised and this variation was
confirmed by a study of herbarium specimens;
however, further collections need to be made
and studied, including breeding studies, before
any groups can be formally recognised.
{22
Taxonomy
Dendrocnide cordifolia (L.S.Sm.) B.R.Jackes
& M.Hurley, comb. nov.
Laportea cordifolia L.S.Sm., Proc. Roy.
Soc. Queensland 70:31 (1959). Type:
c. 4miles (6.4 km) SW of Atherton, Qld.,
4 September 1957, L.S.Smith 10132
(holo: BRI [AQ24367]).
Selected spectinens:. Cook District: S.F.R. 185 Danbulla,
Emu L.A., Sep 1992, Hyland 14553 (QRS); S.F.R.
198, Crater area, Jan 1982, Stocker 1796 (QRS).
All inflorescences examined were monoecious,
although the male flower which terminated the
first division of the dichasium often aborted
leaving a small scar. At maturity the pedicellate
male flower was held above the lateral branches
bearing the female flowers. It was noted that
the anthers dehisced explosively. In response
to changes in moisture levels the 3 mm long
staminal filament uncoiled from under the
hooded tepal, the anther thecae split and pollen
was released over everything in the vicinity.
The short filament (<1 mm long) inD. moroides
as well as the short pedicel (av. 0.25 — 0.5 mm
long), which results in the male flower not being
held above the female flowers at maturity,
suggests that such a mechanism does not
operate in this species.
Austrobatieya 5(1): 121-123 (1997)
Conservation status: This species is not
considered threatened.
Dendrocnide cordata (Warb. ex H.J.Winkl.}
Chew. Type: Sepik River, New Guinea,
K.Hollrung 513 (so: BO, K, MEL [MEL
8911])
Australian specimen seen: Coox District: West Claudie
River, 10.3 km WNW of Lockhart River Vacant Crown
Land, Mar 1994, Fe// DGF4155, Stanton & Claudie (BRI
[AQ631774}).
No scars representing the abscission of the male
flowers were apparent on the Fe// et al.
specimen which suggests that the inflorescence
is dioecious. The inflorescence is quite open and
similar to that illustrated by Chew (1969, p59)
for D. cordata. Unfortunately no descriptions
of the fruit colour have as yet been recorded in
the literature but field notes associated with two
collections from Kanosia (Papua New Guinea)
held at Kew record the fruit as white
(Darbyshire 629 and Carr 11207). The
Australian specimen differs from the type in
that its leaf is not prominently 5-veined at the
base and although the serrations on the margin
are itregular on some leaves, they are not as
marked as on the type. |
Conservation status: Insuftiently known.
Table 1. Comparison of morphological charcters for Dendrocnide cordata, D. cordifolia and
D. moroides.
Character D. cordata
margin irregularly
dentate
base cordate
colour of fruit white
inflorescence open
sexuality of inflorescence dioecious
length of inflorescence 5— 6 cm
stipules 1.5-2 mm
achenes 2 x1.5mm
D. cordifolia D. moroides
dentate/ dentate/
denticulate denticulate
cordate peltate
ereenish/ red/
white purple
compact open
monoecious monoecious
rarely dioecious
22,25 cm 5-15 cm
1—1.5 mm 1 mm
1.6 x 1.2mm 2x 1.5 mm
NB. Inflorescence measurements taken as far as could be ascertained at a similar stage of maturity.
Jackes & Hurley, Dendrocnide 123
Key to the Australian species of Dendrocnide (modified from Chew, 1989)
1. Leaves glabrous or with hairs on veins on lower surface only............ 0.0 c eee eee 2
Leaves: hairy On DOU SULTACES.. 4 sce sm Ge oe 9:4 ann me enna Ea. add dee age ce by ace 3
2. Leaf blade narrowly elliptic; base strongly cuneate; apex acuminate to
attenuate; hairs, if present, confined to midrib on the lower surface of the
TORT NAGS oy 4 eae EER Pea hig hE ee DACA. Wht gph dhcw, hy ack we A eB dn fe gre WEE D. corallodesme
Leaf blade elliptic to ovate, base broadly cuneate to rounded; apex
SHOTUY ACUMUNALS cic ese ry ma ee Ae AEG GR dee wa D. photinophylla
Be ASCAVES FIGITOTS: 6.0. c nip sage, 5.18 wad go was oe Sodus Sve aabby Fey MAM vee: Flay A ae Mw we SLES. es D. moroides
LOAVES AION CHATS 4c. Abn ce Dieters bir teae i arate SULah ares tute Preis eeca ted de. Nectar: gh dees ob na 4
4. Inflorescence monoecious, compact; leaf margins regularly dentate/
CLSEN EOTM ERGs sss Sea cans alee getter ash Veeder bain tye an sie eal ted Ona tN ha hceg: Rested ee eiccigeet D. cordifolia
Inflorescence dioecious, open; leaf margins various but not regularly dentate/
LCENIC UMUC te cucu ee: Wee fas (gh Morace a tele © Seceak Saedaviehd llebey Tebrath wOveha a1 URS sc: IM ah elit bog Men! bce latee se Rowe Elen 5
5. Leaf blade usually densely woolly on the lower surface but sometimes
restricted to the sinuses; basal lobes usually overlapping. ............005. D. excelsa
Leaf blade not densely woolly on lower surface; basal lobes not overlapping
Ve dP cess a cebrbecn actarh. Spey Sle -exk. at ele ceectae th, Foie are dee eran a licce ok Vee, ae ad ae D. cordata
Acknowledgements References
We wish to thank the directors of the herbaria
at BRI and QRS for access to herbartum
material and to Colleen Finney for her
assistance in nurturing the plants from seedling
Cuew W.L. (1969). A monograph of Dendrocnide
(Urticaceae). Gardens Bulletin Singapore. 25:1-104,
— (1989). Urticaceae. In A.S.George (exec.ed.)}. Flora
of Australia. 3:73—79. Canberra: Australian
to maturity. Government Publishing Service.
SmitH L.S. (1959). Urticaceae. In ‘New Species of and
Notes on Queensalnd Plants’ IV. Proceedings of
the Royal Society of Queensland 70 (5):31-32.)
Notes on Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and
other ‘Ash group’ eucalypts
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (1997). Notes on Lucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and other ‘Ash group’
eucalypts. Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135. A key to the species of the New England Blackbutts and Scribbly
Gunns (£. ser, Psathyroxyla Blakely) of south-eastern Australia is provided. The new species Eucalyptus
montivaga A.R.Bean is described and ilustrated. The species related to E. montivaga are described and
their distributions mapped. F. microcodon L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill is reduced to synonymy with
FE. codonocarpa Blakely & McKie.
Keywords: kucalyptus, Eucalyptus andrewsii, Eucalyptus campanitlata, Eucalyptus racemosa, Eucalyptus
montivaga, Eucalyptus microcodon, Myrtaceae, Ash group, Scribbly Gums.
A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
The Ash group of Eucalyptus was accurately
defined by Pryor and Johnson (1971), as
informal F. series Obliguae L.D.Pryor &
L.A.S.Johnson. The group is characterised
by buds with a single operculum and inflexed
or irregularly flexed stamens, and seedlings
in which the leaves are opposite for only a few
pairs, then falcate and pendulous (Brooker
1977). Brooker proposed two groups of
Ashes, which have become known as ‘Blue
Ashes’ and ‘Green Ashes’. These are
considered to be monophyletic groups (Ladiges
et al. (1989,1992). Ash-eucalypt species are
found in coastal and neat-coastal areas of
south-eastern Australia, from near Mackay in ©
Queensland to Tasmania, and as far west as
Kangaroo Island in South Australia. Greatest
species diversity 1s found in central to southern
New South Wales, where a number of restricted
endemics are located. |
Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely
originally included only the ‘Scribbly Gums’,
but was expanded by Chippendale (1988) to
include the related New En Band Blackbutts and
Silvertop Ashes.
The ‘New England Blackbutts? of north-
eastern New South Wales include the long-
standing species FE. andrewsii Maiden and
Accepted for publication 9 July 1997
F.. campanulata R.T. Baker & H.G.Sm., and the
recently named £. olida L.A.S.Johnson &
K.D.Hill. A fourth New England Blackbutt,
EE. montivaga sp. nov., 18 relatively widespread
(though very sporadically distributed) in
mountainous areas from Toowoomba to
Eungella. In recent years, it has been variously
identified as EL. andrewsii, E. andrewsii subsp.
andrewsti (Chippendale 1988), EF. andrewsii
subsp. campanulata (Johnson & Blaxell 1973),
or an intergrade between the latter two taxa
(Boland et al. 1984).
The Mallee-ashes of the Green Ash group
(informal £. subseries Strictinae L.D.Pryor &
_L.A.S.Johnson) are taxonomically difficult.
Three taxa have been named from northern
New South Wales and Queensland:
E. approximans Maiden was named from
Barren Mountain (near Dorrigo) in 1919,
E.codonocarpa Blakely & McKie was named
from Pheasant Mtn (near Guyra) in 1930. More
recently, EZ. microcodon L.A.S.Johnson &
K.D.Hill was named from Mt Barney (in far
southern Queensland) in 1991. The identity of
the MacPherson Range/Mt Barney mallees, and
the rank and circumscription of ‘codonocarpa’
have been contentious issues for some years.
The term ‘floral cavity’ is used to describe the
space between the base of the style and the
underside of the distal part of the operculum in
Eucalyptus spp.
126 Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135 (1997)
Taxonomy | Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker
& Slee, Muelleria 9: 84 (1996). Type:
Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely, Key E. consideniana Maiden
Eucalypts 52 (1934). Type:
E. haemastoma Sm. (lecto, fide
Chippendale (1988)).
Key to the species of Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla
Ie BIS ES HSE ye utcase brad ote ath daetne Falapyen Poclaterh: evince ast ees Vaetpaee satin dow pane acaearitey Bat heey 2
DEBE SS Acres erect a erry eee: rata net eect nents rickets alee ed a ts tee PvE RT eae eT Met, Bea bats ate 3
2. Adult leaves 0.7—1.2 cm wide; fruit pyriform to campanulate.......... 3. E. multicaulis
Adult leaves 1.5—3.5 cm wide; fruit obconical to hemispherical ........... 1. KE. remota
3. Bark smooth throughout and marked by insect “scribbles”... ........ 0.0.0... cc eee ee 4
Bark rough, presistent, at least on the trunk... . 0... ce ee eee tenes 6
4, Adult leaves 1.0—1.6 cm wide, juvenile leaves broadly lanceolate .......... 11. E. rossii
Adult leaves 1.3—2.6 cm wide, juvenile leaves broadly ovate ... 0... 0 cece eee 5
Si TREES 4H mh TONG sy 2 tts wee va a RE O8 Gln eee eS APs, w Fe ES Pera 9. EK. racemosa
ETS, OF 9-49 STINTS. cle, 5. PS ao aw oR ea SERLe dpe do] ee % BRIE St 10. E. haemastoma
6. Bark on trunk dark grey to black, furrowed ..... 0... eee 2. E. sieberi
Bark on trunk light grey, not furrowed... .... 0... ee eee eet eeee 7
7. Bark with prickly fibres, persistent to small branches .............. 4. E. consideniana
Bark without prickly fibres; smooth bark on small and medium sized
DY BUCHOS Aerectyrga Phd oenants Tabata Ae koote th pan tate cf aa ioe Ud arias Gy Eck agit Aas ale eee aa estoy ae, 4 8
8. Branchlets usually glaucous; fruits hemispherical, inflorescence
9-13 -flowered; operculum conspicuously umbonate ................. 5. KE. andrewsii
Branchlets not glaucous; fruits obconical, campanulate or hemispherical;
inflorescence 7-17-flowered; operculum minutely umbonate ...............0.005. 9
9. Fruits obconical or campanulate, 5.0—-8.0 <x 4.5—7.0 mm; staminodes rare
STAD SCTE oe. caren nk oR ated aca ty nck als ALAN OSTA acelp Seb deh Pa 8k HATE MEE Mi # ohaccelees 10
Fruits hemispherical, 4.0-6.0 x 4.5—-6.0 mm; staminodes consistently ..............005
PESO EET el Gnctct sated ett eae ie tele Scdetens aati, wtlaee a, ue te a8 tlekos 8. KE. montivaga
10. Style short, c. 1 mm long; fruits 5.0—-7.0 x 4.5—5.5 mm; juvenile leaves
BEFORE COM ATES oa ece syie, Hak for ed ah dsl gta Antes on cup oe pe nat yea, ip, eld wei 6. EK. campanulata
Style long, c. 2.5 mm long; fruits 5.0—-8.0 x 5.0—7.0 mm; juvenile leaves
OV AGG: Nia SRnte & one tek Weyace ea etedh, dys Diath tore Sear hls et eke a ce ben cee ed aided te ots 7. E. olida
BUA TAREE SSeS SST ey ee
Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla
1. Eucalyptus remota Blakely, Key Eucalypts
197 (1934). Type: South Australia. near
Mt Taylor, Sangaroo Island, June 1907,
W. Gill s.n. (holo: NSW n.v., fide
Chippendale (1988)).
Distribution and habitat: E. remotais endemic
to the western half of Kangaroo Island in South
Australia, where it grows in mallee scrub on
sandy or lateritised soils.
2. Eucalyptus sieberi L.A.S.Johnson, Contr.
New South Wales Natl. Herb. 3: 125
(1962). Type: New South Wales.
CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Blackheath, April
1899, J_H. Maiden (holo: NSW n.v., fide
Chippendale (1988)).
Distribution and habitat: E. sieberi extends
from Wyong in New South Wales to near
Melbourne, and in north-eastern Tasmania. It
srows in woodland or forest at low to
intermediate altitudes, on coarse textured soils.
3. Eucalyptus multicaulis Blakely, J. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 172
(1927). Type: New South Wales. Kariong
Trig, September 1925, WF. Blakely,
D.W.C. Shiress & H.Bott (holo: NSW
n.v., fide Chippendale (1988)).
Distribution and habitat: E. multicaulis is of
restricted distribution, including Blue
Mountains, east of Rylstone and the Budawang,
Range. It occurs on broad ridge-tops in
sandstone areas, on shallow or skeletal soils.
4, Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden, Proc.
Linn. Soc. New South Wales 2nd ser., 29:
475 (1904). Type: numerous syntypes
held at NSW n.v., fide Chippendale
(1988).
Distribution and habitat: E. consideniana
extends from near Sydney almost to Melbourne,
usually close to the coast, on poor sandy soils.
5. Eucalyptus andrewsii Maiden, Proc. Linn.
Soc. New South Wales, 2nd ser., 29: 472
(1904). Type: New South Wales.
NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Tingha, 16
October 1903, R.A. Cambage s.n. (lecto:
(here designated) NSW [NSW 335599]).
127
Tree to 25 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger
branches rough, persistent, finely fibrous, grey;
small branches smooth, grey or white;
branchlets usually glaucous. Lignotuber
present. Seedling leaves opposite for c. 8 pairs.
Petioles (3rd pair) c. 4mm long. Juvenile leaves
alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate, falcate,
twisted vertically, apex acute. Adult leaves
alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, 10-14
x 1.72.4 cm, acuminate, oblique, concolorous,
bluish-green; lateral veins widely spaced, at
c. 30-40° to midrib, reticulation sparse,
intramarginal vein distinct, c. | mm from
margin, oil gland density unknown, glands of
various sizes, many per areole. Inflorescence
simple, axillary; umbellasters 9-13 flowered;
peduncles terete, 7-20 mm long; pedicels
2.0-5.5 mm long. Mature buds clavate, c. 4
x 3 mm. Operculum single, hemispherical,
conspicuously umbonate. Filaments inflexed,
anthers versatile, reniform, dehiscing by
confluent slits, staminodes absent or rarely
present. Floral cavity c. 2.5 mm long. Style
c. 1.0 mm long at anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit
hemispherical, 6.0—6.5 mm long, 6.0—-8.0 mm
diameter, 4(5)-locular, disc forming a broad
rim, level or slightly raised; valves at rim level.
Seeds cuboid or pyramidal, brown-black, chaff
similar but paler.
Selected specinens: Queensland. DARLING Downs
District: Hellhole Gorge, NE of Yangan, Oct 1996, Bean
10932 (BRI, CANB); Wyberba, hilltop among rocks, Jan
1933, Blake 4570 (BRI); Thulimbah, Jul 1958, Blake 20403
(BRI, NSW); Dalveen, Nov 1976, Clarkson 309 & Byrnes
(BRI); Cottonvale, Sep 1954, Devereux s.n. (BRI); just W
of Glen Aplin, Nov 1946, Everist & Webb 1374 (BRD;
at Mt Norman walking track entrance, Mt Norman
—Wallangarra road, Girraween NP, Jun 1994, Grimshaw
G758 & Halford (BRI, NSW); Fletcher, Oct 1933, White
9392 (BRI). New South Wales. NORTHERN TABLELANDS:
Silent Grove—Torrington road, 14.1 km N of Torrington,
Jan 1995, Bean 8251 (BRI, NSW); 5.2 km from McDonald
River crossing on Uralla Rd., Sep 1992, Brooker 11178
(BRI, CANB, NSW); 23.7 km NNW Armidale towards
Bundarra, Apr 1975, Chippendale GC1252 & Brennan
(BRI, CANB); 2.7 km E along the Flagstone Creek track
from the Gulf Road, c. 18 km (direct) just W of N of
Emmaville, Oct 1990, Coveny 14639 et al. (BRI, NSW);
5 km E of Mt Lindsay on Barraba fire trail, Aug 1986, Hil/
2112 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Borrolong, 18 miles [29 km]
SW of Guyra, Oct 1928, McKie s.n. (BRI).
128
Distribution and habitat: E. andrewsii is
widespread on the western parts of the New
England Tableland, mostly in New South
Wales, but extending to Queensland on the
‘Granite Belt’ around Stanthorpe, and at
Hellhole Gorge near Yangan (Map 1). It grows
on infertile siliceous soils on hills and
mountains.
PH
150°E 155°E
Map 1. Distribution of E. andrewsii.
Phenology: Flowers are recorded from
December to February.
Notes: Maiden did not choose a lectotype for
E. andrewsii tm his ‘Critical Revision of the
Genus Eucalyptus’, as was asserted by
Chippendale (1988).
6. Eucalyptus campanulata R.T.Baker &
H.G.Sm., J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South
Wales 45: 288 (1912); #. andrewsii
subsp. campanulata (R.T.Baker
Austrobaileya 5(1): 125~135 (1997)
& H.G.Sm.) L.A.S.Johnson & Blaxell,
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb.
4: 381 (1973). Type: New South Wales.
Northern TABLELANDS: Tenterfield,
December 1909, C.F. Laseron s.n. (holo:
NSW; iso: NSW).
Tree to 35 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger
branches rough, persistent, finely fibrous, grey;
small branches smooth, grey or white;
branchlets not glaucous. Lignotuber present.
Seedling leaves opposite for c. 8 pairs. Petioles
(3rd pair) c. 4 mm long. Juvenile leaves
alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate, falcate,
twisted vertically, apex acute. Adult leaves
alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, 10-13
x 1.1—-1.8 cm, acuminate, oblique, concolorous,
bluish-green; lateral veins widely spaced, at
c. 30—40° to midrib, reticulation sparse,
intramarginal vein distinct, c. 0.5—1.0 mm from
margin, oil glands numerous, 450—600/square
cm, of various sizes, many per areole.
Inflorescence simple, axillary; umbellasters
9--17-flowered; peduncles terete, 8-18 mm
long; pedicels 4-6 mm long. Mature buds
clavate, c. 4 x 3 mm. Operculum single,
hemispherical, minutely umbonate. Filaments
inflexed, anthers versatile, reniform, dehiscing
by confluent slits, staminodes absent or rarely
present. Floral cavity c. 2.0 mm long.
c. 1 mm long at anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit
campanulate to obconical, 5.0—7.0 mm long,
4.5-5.5 mm diameter, 4(5)-locular, disc
forming a broad-rim, level or slightly concave;
valves slightly enclosed. Seeds cuboid or
pyramidal, brown-black, chaff similar but
paler.
Selected speciinens: Queensland. DARLING Downs
District: The Steamers, E of Emu Vale, May 1990, Bean
1556 (BRI); c. | km ENE of Gambubal Forest station, E
of Warwick, Oct 1996, Bear 10969 (BRI, CANB); 9 miles
[14 km] E of Wyberba on road to Eukey, Oct 1970, Fisher
224 (BRI); Mt Huntley, Oct 1992, Forster PIF 11820 et al.
(BRI); Wilsons Peak, May 1938, Goy & Smith 405 (BRI).
Moreton District: upper slopes of Mt Bangalora, SW of
Boonah, May 1990, Bean 1561 (BRD; Mt Ernest, SW of
Rathdowney, Apr 1993, Bean 6030 (BRI); Mt Barney,
Aug 1936, Goy 130 (BRD; Mt Maroon, Aug 1964, Smith
12143 (BRD; on Dave’s Creek track, Lamington NP, Sep
1952, Blake 19071 (BRI, NSW); Springbrook, Sep 1929,
White 6245 (BRI); Mt Castle, Laidley valley, Mar 1936,
White 10352 (BRI). New South Wales. NorTHERN
TABLELANDS: North Obelisk, Oct 1990, Bean 2494 (BRI,
NSW); Guy Fawkes, Mar 1914, Boorman s.n. (BRI); near
Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla
Jeogla, Feb 1973, Brooker 3913 (BRI); 26.1 km SE of
Apsley Falls turn off on Oxley Highway, Apr 1975,
Chippendale GC1259 & Brennan (BRI, CANB); 0.6 miles
[1.0 km] S of Liston, Jun 1968, Johnston & Chippendale
605 (BRI, CANB); Mt Royal, 25 miles [40 km] E of
Aberdeen, Mar 1960, Story 7183 (BRI, NSW); Nundle,
Jul 1913, Swain s.n. (BRD; Dorrigo 8.F., on high hills above
Briggsvale, Oct 1930, White 7525 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat. E. campanulata 1s
widespread on the eastern parts of the New
England Tableland, and on Barrington Tops.
In Queensland, it 1s mainly confined to the
McPherson Range and Main Range, with minor
occurrences to the south-east of Stanthorpe
(Map 2). It grows as a component of tall wet
sclerophyll forest, on sandy to loamy soils, on
hills and tablelands.
Phenology: Flowers are recorded for October
and November.
7, Eucalyptus olida L.A.S Johnson & K.D.Hill,
Telopea 4: 103 (1990). Type: New South
Wales. NORTHERN TABLELANDS: 4.2 km
from the Gwydir Highway on the north-
west fire trail, Gibraltar Range N.P., 10
September 1985, K.D.Hill 1276 & L.
Johnson (holo: NSW; iso: CANB, MEL).
Tree to 30 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger
branches rough, persistent, flaky-fibrous, grey;
small branches smooth, grey or white;
branchlets not glaucous. Lignotuber present.
Seedling leaves opposite for several pairs.
Petioles (3rd pair) of unknown length. Juvenile
leaves alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate,
falcate, twisted vertically, apex acute. Adult
leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, 9-16
x 1.0-2.7 cm, acuminate, oblique, concolorous,
bluish-green; lateral veins widely spaced, at
c, 30-—40° to midrib, reticulation sparse,
intramarginal vein distinct, c. 1 mm from
margin, oil glands of various sizes, many per
areole. Inflorescence simple, axillary;
umbellasters 7-11 - flowered; peduncles terete,
10-19 mm long; pedicels 3—5 mm long. Mature
buds clavate, c. 4 x 3 mm. Operculum single,
hemispherical, minutely umbonate. Filaments
inflexed, anthers versatile, reniform, dehiscing
by confluent slits, staminodes absent. Floral
cavity c. 2.5 mm long. Style c. 2.5 mm long at
anthesis, as long as floral cavity; stigma blunt.
Fruit campanulate to obconical, 5-8 mm long,
129
5—7 mm diameter, 4(5) - locular, disc forming
a broad rim, level or slightly concave; valves
at rim level. Seeds cuboid or pyramidal,
brown-black, chaff similar but paler.
Specimens examined: New South Wales. NorTHERN
TABLELANDS: entrance to Waratah Trig track from Gwydir
Hwy, Gibraltar Range N.P., Nov 1990, Brooker 10594
(BRI, CANB); 4.2 km from highway on W end of
north-west fire trail, Gibraltar Range N.P., Sep 1985, Hill
1277 & Johnson (BRD; Gibraltar Range NP, Grassy Creek
4WD track, Sep 1985, Williams et al. NRAC4 (BRI, NSW);
Poverty Point Rd, 25 km off Tenterfield—Casino road, Dec
1986, Williams sn. (BRI, NSW); 4 km NW of Surface
Hill by road, Oct 1984, Hood 12a (BRI, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: E. olida 1s known
from two areas of northern New South Wales;
the Poverty Point area east of Tenterfield, and
the Gibraltar Range, between Glen Innes and
Grafton (Map 4). It grows in woodland or open
forest on infertile sandy soils.
150°E
150°E 155°E
Map 2, Distribution of £. campantlata.
[30
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in
January.
Notes: E. olidais very similar in appearance to
E. campanutata and FE. andrewsii, but differs
fundamentally from those species by its long
style which extends the full length of the floral
cavity. EF. campanulata, E. andrewsii,
E. montivaga and the ‘Scribbly Gums’ all have
short styles, which extend only halfway (or less)
across the floral cavity. Despite this, I feel
that EE. olida is best placed within
FE. ser. Psathyroxyla.
Hill (1991) stated that. olida has “outer
stamens infertile” (p. 139) and “outer stamens
often infertile” (p. 140). This 1s in stark contrast
to Johnson & Hill (1990), where it is stated that
“anthers” are “all fertile’ in EF. olida. The
present author’s observations support the latter
view, i.e. that the stamens are all fertile.
8, Eucalyptus montivaga A.R.Bean sp. nov.
affinis F. racemosae etE. campanulatae;
ab illa cortice scabra fibrosa et pedicellis
longioribus, ab hac _ fructibus
hemisphaericis (non obconicis usque
campanulatis) instructis valvis
aequantibus labrum hypanthii (non
inclusis inter id) et staminodiis semper
praesentibus differt. Typus: Queensland.
BurneTr District: 5 km SE of
Gallangowan, I11 September 1996,
A.R. Bean 10692 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,
MEL, NE, NSW, distribuend}).
Kucalyptus haemastoma var. inophloia
C.T.White, Queensland Agric. J. 2nd ser.
14: 70 (1920). Type: Queensland.
DARLING Downs District: Toowoomba,
in 1919, C.T. White s.n. (syntypes at BRI).
Tree to 30 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger
branches rough, persistent, finely fibrous, grey;
small branches smooth, grey or white;
branchlets not glaucous. Lignotuber present.
Seedling leaves opposite for c. 7 pairs. Petioles
(3rd pair) c. 2 mm long. Juvenile leaves
alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate, 100-140
x 32-55 mm, falcate, twisted vertically, apex
acute. Adult leaves alternate, petiolate,
lanceolate, 9-16.5 x 1.1—1.9 cm, acuminate,
oblique, concolorous, bluish-green; lateral
Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135 (1997)
veins widely spaced, at c. 30—40° to midrib,
reticulation sparse, intramarginal vein distinct,
c. 1 mm from margin, oil glands numerous,
450—650/square cm, of various sizes, many per
areole. Inflorescence simple, axillary;
umbellasters 1 1—17-flowered; peduncles terete,
8—14 mm long; pedicels 3.5—5.5 mm long.
Mature buds clavate, c. 4 x 3 mm. Operculum
single, hemispherical, minutely umbonate.
Filaments inflexed, anthers versatile, reniform,
dehiscing by confluent slits, staminodes present
amongst outer whorls of all flowers. Floral
cavity c. 2.0 mm long. Style c. 1.0 mm long at
anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit hemispherical,
4.0-6.0 mm long, 4.5-6.0 mm diameter,
4(5)-locular, disc forming a broad rim, level or
slightly convex; valves at rim level. Seeds
cuboid or pyramidal, brown-black, chaff similar
but paler. Fig. 1.
Selected specimens: Queensland. South KENNEDY
District: Dicks Tableland, Eungella N.P., Sep 1991, Bean
3668 (BRD; Swampy Ridge, W of Eungella township, May
1992, Bean 4452 (BRI, CANB); Dalrymple Heights,
Mackay, Feb 1957, Hickey 57/220 (BRI); N of Crediton,
6 miles [10 km] W of Eungella, Jan 1957, Méwir 57/111
(BRI). Port Curtis District: summit of Mt Stanley, Many
Peaks Range, Feb 1988, Bean 745 (BRI); Kroombit Tops,
Jul 1976, Brooker 5274 (BRI, CANB); Kroombit Tops,
c. 60 km SW of Gladstone, Jun 1977, Crisp 2809 (AD,
BRI CANB, L, NSW); T.R. 18, 40 miles [64 km] SSW of
Gladstone, Oct 1964, Epp s.n. (BRI); Bulburin, Aug 1957,
Webb & Tracey 3308 (BRI). Burnett District: summit of
Boolbunda Rock, near Mt Perry, Aug 1986, Bean 478
(BRI); Widgee-Manumbar road, May 1985, Brooker 9021
(BRI); summit of Mt Woowoonga, Dec 1986, Forster
PIF2753 (BRI, NSW); Mt Perry summit, Oct 1995,
Sparshott KMS644 & Sparshott (BRI, CANB, MEL). Wipe
Bay District: Mt Walsh N.P., south of Biggenden, May
1994, Bean 7696 (BRI); Mt Molangul, SF 391, SW of
Miriam Vale, Sep 1995, Bean 8935 & Robins (BRI,
CANB); on Jimna—Kenilworth road, c. 1.5 km NE of
Funnels hut road turnoff, Oct 1982, AdeDonald 3654 &
Williams (BRI, CANB, NSW). DariiInc Downs District:
Nelson Street reservoir, Toowoomba, Jul 1996, Bean
10452 (BRI, CANB). Moreton Disrricr: Hartmann Park,
Crows Nest, Aug 1994, Bean 7843 (BRI, NSW); east of
‘Fair Hills’, SW of Cooyar, Aug 1996, Bean 10619 (BRI,
CANB, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: EL. montivaga occurs
in the Dicks Tableland to Eungella area west
of Mackay, and between Kroombit Tops and
Toowoomba (Map 3). Despite this extensive
distribution, it 18s an uncommon species,
restricted to small populations on shallow sandy
soils derived from acid volcanic rocks. In the
Dicks Tableland to Eungella area, it grows only
DRTUSDLE S
“Reeser earegroee
Bean, Eucalyptus ser, Psathyroxyla
"
“tig
ri Phd
Seon “
ae
ioe
i
ie
4
L
1
we
: WW
hal *
.
at «Ce 9
131
Fig. 1. Kucalyptus montivaga, A, Adult leaves and inflorescences x 0.6. B. juvenile leaf x 0.6. C. flower = 5. D. flower
with stamens removed, showing short tapered style x 5. E. staminodes x 16, F, fruits x 2. All from Bean 10692.
132
at altitudes above about 900 metres. Between
Kroombit Tops and Toowoomba, most
populations are above 600 metres, although it
may occur at lower altitude on steep southerly
slopes.
Map 3. Distribution of EF. montivaga.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded
between July and January.
Notes: E. montivaga difters from £. racemosa
by its grey, fibrous bark persistent on the trunk
and larger branches, and the pedicels
3.55.5 mm long (pedicels 1.5—4 mm long for
E. racemosa). E. montivaga differs from
FE. campanulata by its hemispherical fruits (vs.
obconical fo campanulate) and by the consistent
presence of staminodes in the flowers.
Conservation status: While &. montivaga
occurs only very sporadically along the coastal
ranges of Queensland, itis not rare or threatened
at this time.
Etymology: The species epithet montivaga 1s
from the Latin, meaning ‘wandering over
mountains’ and refers to to the sporadic
mountain habitat of the species.
9. Eucalyptus racemosa Cav., Icon. 4: 24
(1797). Type: New South Wales. Botany
Bay, in 1793, Née s.n. (holo: MA, photo!).
E. micrantha DC., Prodr. 3: 217 (1828);
E. haemastoma var. micrantha (DC.)
Austrobatleya 5(1)}: 125-135 (1997)
Benth., Fl. Austral. 3: 212 (1867). Type:
New Holland, in 1823, FP. W. Sieber 497
(holo: G; iso: G, W), fide Chippendale
(1988),
E. signata F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot.
3: 85 (1859); EB. micrantha var. signata
(F.Muell.) Blakely, Key Eucalypts 219
(1934); E. racemosa var. signata
(F.Muell.) R.D.Johnst. & Marryatt,
Comm. For. Timber Bur. Leaflet 92: 20
(1965). Type: Queensland. Moreton
DistRIst: Brisbane River, undated,
F, Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL; iso: K), fide
Chippendale (1988).
E. haemastoma var. capitata Maiden, Crit.
Revis. Eucalyptus 1: 319 (1908), syn.
nov. Type: New South Wales. CENTRAL
TABLELANDS: Mt Victoria, April 1889,
J.H, Maiden (holo: NSW).
EK. haemastoma var. sclerophylla Blakely,
Key Eucalypts 218 (1934);
E. sclerophylla (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson
& Blaxell, Contr. New South Wales Natl.
Herb. 4: 381 (1973), syn. nov. Type: New
South Wales. CENTRAL TABLELANDS:
Mt Victoria, November 1899,
J_H, Maiden (holo: NSW).
Tree to 25 m tall. Bark smooth throughout, grey
or white, marked by insect scribbles; branchlets
not glaucous. Lignotuber present. Seedling
leaves opposite for c. 8 pairs. Petioles (3rd pair)
c. 2 mm long, Juvenile leaves alternate,
petiolate, broadly ovate, falcate, twisted
vertically, apex acute. Adult leaves alternate,
petiolate, lanceolate, 9-15 x 1.3—2.6 cm,
acuminate, oblique, concolorous, bluish-green;
lateral veins widely spaced, at c. 30-40° to
midrib, reticulation sparse, intramarginal vein
distinct, c. 1.0 mm from margin, oil glands
numerous, 400—600/square cm, of various
sizes, many per areole. Inflorescence simple,
axillary; umbellasters 9—17-flowered;
peduncles terete, 9-13 mm long; pedicels
1.5—4.0 mm long. Mature buds clavate, c. 3.5
x 2.5 mm. Operculum single, hemispherical,
minutely umbonate. Filaments inflexed, anthers
versatile, reniform, dehiscing by confluent slits,
staminodes present in outer whorls of all
POETS SE SM EE eee eee eg Ry ee Li Se ia
“CTI RS Ee
Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla
flowers. Floral cavity c. 2.0 mm long. Style
c. 0.7 mm long at anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit
hemispherical, 4.0-5.0 mm long, 5.0-6.0 mm
diameter, 4(5)-locular, disc forming a broad
rim, slightly convex to slightly concave; valves
at rim level. Seeds cuboid or pyramidal,
brown-black, chaff similar but paler.
Selected speciinens: Queensland, Wipe Bay District:
Wide Bay Military Training Area, Sep 1980, Adams
3541 (BRI, CANB); beside Elliot River, 200 m N of
Coonarr turnoff, May 1985, Bean 200 (BRI); Mt Kandanga,
west of Imbil, Apr 1993, Bean 5980 (BRI, NSW); Fraser
Island, Oct 1921, White 1334 (BRI); Tin Can Bay, Sep
1943, White 12252 (BRI). Moreton Districr: SF 531, SW
of Esk, 4.5 km from Esk—Toowoomba road, Apr 1989,
Bean 1020 (BRD; Mt Gravatt graveyard, Jan 1972, Brooker
3399 (BRI, CANB); Chester road, 2.5 km E of
Advancetown——-Numinbah road, Feb 1977, Brooker 5556
(BRI, CANB, NSW); North Stradbroke Is., Feb 1973,
Durrington sn. (BRD; Deer Reserve SF, Gregors creek,
near Kilcoy, Apr 1994, Grimshaw G602 & Figg (BRI,
NSW); below Mt Beerwah on E side, Oct 1993, Slee &
Lepschi 3415 (BRI, CANB, NSW). New South Wales.
Nort Coast: Koonyum Range, W of Mullumbimby, Jul
1993, Bean 6179 (BRD; 1.5 km west of Red Rock, Aug
1985, Foreman 946 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW), Centra.
TABLELANDS: Burrawang Ridge Rd., 1.6 km from Gap Rd,
SE of Wingello, Mar 1995, Brooker 12138 (BRI, CANB,
NSW); 1.6 km S of Mt Victoria towards Blackheath, Jul
1974, Kieinig DK130 (BRI, CANB). Cenrrat Coast: Great
Western Highway, opposite Faulconbridge Railway station,
Apt 1975, Chippendale GC1201 & Brennan (BRI); SW
corner of Castlereagh S.F. off the Northern road, Sep 1984,
Coveny 11883 & Goodwin (BRI, NSW). Souts Coast:
c. 500 m NE of Wreck Bay village at the junction of
Boorarla, Wreck Bay and Summerctoud Bay roads, Aug
1991, Lyne 418 et al. (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: E. racemosa 1s
widespread from Jervis Bay in New South
Wales to Bundaberg and Fraser Island in
southern Queensland (Map 4). It often grows
on coastal lowlands on sandy soil, but also
extends onto ranges on shallow soils derived
from sandstone or rhyolite.
Phenology: Flowering can occur in almost
every month of the year, with an apparent peak
in the August-November period.
Notes: There appear to be no significant
differences between the entities /. racemosa,
E. sclerophylla and E. signata. In Hill (1991),
these three ‘species’ are keyed using geography
and the character of leaf glossiness. I have not
found leaf glossiness to be diagnostic for
Scribbly Gums as it can vary considerably
133
within a population. Since I have been unable
to distinguish these entities either in the
herbarium or 1n the field, I have included them
in £. racemosa Cav.
eet wele f I j
ott xp Mod,
150°E 155°E
Map 4. Distribution of *F. olida and @E. racemosa.
10. Eucalyptus haemastoma Sm., Trans, Linn.
Soc. London 3: 286 (1797), Type: New
South Wales. Port Jackson, in 1794,
J. White (holo: LINN, microfiche BRI).
Distribution and habitat: E. haemastoma 1s
confined to the Central Coast of New South
Wales, to the north and south of Sydney. It
srows on sandstone hills with sandy or ‘sandy
clay’ soil.
11. Eucalyptus rossi R.T.Baker & H.G.Sm.,
Res. Eucalypts 70 (1902). Type: New
South Wales, CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Cow
Flat, Bathurst, March 1901, R.7. Baker
134
sn. (holo: NSW n.v., fide Chippendale
(1988)).
Distribution and habitat: E. rossti 1s widely
distributed in inland areas of New South Wales
from Pilliga to south of Canberra. It prefers
sandy to loamy soils, on low ridges in dry
sclerophyll woodland.
Notes on some ‘Green Ashes’
informal Eucalyptus subser. Strictinae
L.D.Pryor & L.A.S.Johnson, A Classification
of the Eucalypts 41 (1971).
Eucalyptus approximans Maiden, J. & Proc.
| Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 65
(1919). Type: New South Wales.
NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Barren Mountain,
in 1901, H. Deane s.n. (holo: NSW).
Distribution and habitat: E. approximans is
endemic to Barren Mountain near Dorrigo in
New South Wales. It grows on a trachyte
mountainside with very little soil development,
forming an almost pure stand.
Eucalyptus codonocarpa Blakely & McKie,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 55:
589 (1930); £. approximans subsp.
codonocarpa (Blakely & McKie}
L.A.S.Johnson & Blaxell, Contr. New
South Wales Natl. Herb. 4: 453 (1973).
Type: New South Wales. NORTHERN
TABLELANDS: Pheasant Mtn, 2 miles [3
km] NE of Backwater, 30 October 1929,
ELN. McKie, T. Yourian & WF. Blakely
s.n. (holo: NSW; iso: BRI).
E. microcodon L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill,
Telopea 4(2): 348 (1991), syn. nov.
Type: Queensland. MorkTON DISTRICT:
Mt Barney, south ridge, 17 May 1969,
C.R.Dunlop s.n. (holo: NSW).
Distribution and habitat: E. codonocarpa
extends from Mt Maroon in south-eastern
Queensland to Glen Innes, northern New South
Wales . It grows on rock outcrops of granite or
rhyolite, where soil development is very
limited.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135 (1997)
Notes: E. codonocarpa is readily distinguished
from E. approximans by its larger fruits, and
broader leaves without raised oil glands when
dry. However, the type of 4. microcodon cannot
be distinguished from F. codonocarpa. The
distinguishing characters given by Hill &
Johnson (1991) appear to be either not
consistent or erroneous. The leaf dimensions,
thickness and venation pattern differences
between £. microcodon and E. codonocarpa
(as cited by Hill & Johnson) are virtually
indistinguishable. The cited difference in oil
gland density is observable in some specimens
but not in others. The fruit sizes of the two ‘taxa’
are not significantly different, and while the
Springbrook to Mt Maroon material does more
often possess 7-flowered inflorescences, this
feature 1s also present in LE. codonocarpa from
the type locality.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Will Smith for the illustrations,
Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis, and the
Director of the National Herbarium of New
South Wales (NSW) for the loan of relevant
Specimens.
References
Botanpb, D.J., Brooker, M.I.H., CHipPENDALE, G.M.,HArL,
N., HyLAnp, B.P.M., Jounston, R.D., Kiuemic, D.A.
& Turner, J.D. (1984). Forest Trees of Australia,
4th. ed. Melbourne: Thomas Nelson.
Brooxer, M.1.H. (1977). Internal Bud Morphology,
Seedling Characters and Classification in the Ash
Group of Eucalypts. Australian Forest Research
7: 197-207,
CHIPPENDALE, G.M. (1988), Bucalyptus, Angophora
(Myrtaceae), Flora of Australia 19. Canberra:
Australian Government Publishing Service:
Hitt, K.D. (1991), Eucalyptus. In Flora of New South Wales
2: 76-142, Sydney: New South Wales University
Press.
Hitt, K.D. & Jounson, L.A.S. (1991). Systematic studies
in the eucalypts — 4. New taxa in Auealypius
(Myrtaceae). 7elopea 4(2): 321-349.
JOHNSON, L.A.S. & BLAXELL, D.F. (1973). New Taxa and
Combinations in Eucalyptis I. Contributions from
the New South Wales National Herbaritimn 4: 381.
Jounson, L.A.S. & Hint, K.D. (1990). New Taxa and
Combinations in Eucalyptus and Angophora
(Myrtaceae). Telopea 4(1): 37-108.
ootgaas te ec see nena seed heen tec eer dah aden st m noengen dio snore peg] Taboo hI JAIME Ly besa ie atic snee spn UE st ailse eevee ah ye een ai bite tials ptede bases nea titanate tata ae pane e se
+ SH ey
Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla
Lapicgs, P.Y., NEWNHAM, M.R & Humpuries, C.J. (1989).
Systematics and Biogeography of the Australian
“Green Ash” Eucalypts (Monocalyptus). Cladistics
5:345—364.
LapicEs, P.Y., Proper, S.M. & NEvson, G. (1992), Cladistic
and Biogeographic Analysis of the ‘Blue Ash’
Eucalypts. Cladistics 8: 103-124.
Pryor, L.D. & Jounson, L.A.S. (1971).A Classification of
the Eucalypts. Canberra: Australian National
University:
135
Leptochloa southwoodi (Poaceae: Chlioridoideae), a new
species from south-east Queensland
Neil Snow! and Bryan K. Simon
Summary
Snow, Neil, & Bryan K. Simon. (1997). Leptochloa southwoodii (Poaceae, Chloridoideae), a
new species from south central Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143. Leptochloa
southwoodii, a new species from the brigalow belt of southern Queensland, is described and
diagnosed
L. ligulata Lazarides, its apparent sister species.
from
Key words: Leptochica southwoodii, Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Queensland, Australia, conservation
Neil Snow, Department of Biology, Washington University, Campus Box 1137, St. Louis, Missouri,
63130 (U.S.A) ' Current address: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland
4068,Australia Email: Neil. Snow@env.qld.gov.au
Bryan K Simon, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
The eragrostoid genus Leptochloa P. Beauv.
(sensu lato, including Diplachne P. Beauv.)
consists of approximately forty taxa, the
diversity of which is spread fairly equally
among the neotropics, Africa plus southern
Asia, and Australia (Clayton & Renvoize 1986;
Watson & Dallwitz 1994; Snow 1997a). A few
species also are known primarly or exclusively
from oceanic islands (Snow 1997a). The
generic boundaries of Leptoch/oa have been the
subject of more dispute than any other in the
subfamily (Jacobs, 1987) and numerous
problems have surrounded the taxonomy of at
least two species groups (Snow 1997a, 1997b),
During April of 1996 we made extensive
collections of Leptochioa as part of fieldwork
for the first author’s dissertation research, which
entailed monographing Leptochloa from
a global perspective (Snow 1997a). Our
activities focused primarily on the brigalow
(Acacia harpophylla) vegetation of southern
and central Queensland (Beadle 1981), the
center of diversity for Leptochloa in Australia.
In the Darling Downs District in the vicinity
of Southwood National Park and an area
Accepted for publication 25 July 1997
somewhat north we found an undescribed
species of Leptochioa that is consistently
diagnosable by ordinary means (Snow 1997b),
which we describe here as new.
Materials and methods
Specimens were collected in the field, pressed
and dried following standard procedures.
Material collected for further study included
fresh green leaf material for anatomical
analyses and anticipated DNA-based molecular
studies, young inflorescences for meiotic
studies, and mature caryopses for growing
plants in the greenhouse. Since the late stage
of the flowering season resulted in a relatively
poor quality of possible type specimens
collected in the field, we opted to prepare
greenhouse grown material as the type
specimens. Plants were grown in the
ereenhouse from seed sources Snow & Simon
7362 and 7364 for making additional
observations. After greenhouse grown plants
were photographed and measured,
modifications were added to the initial species
description, based primarily on field-collected
specimens. Mature lemmas were analyzed for
micromorphological characters by scanning
electron microscopy following Snow (1996),
Descriptive terminology follows Systematics
Association Committee (1962).
138
Leptochloa southwoodi N. Snow & B.K.
simon, sp. nov. Haec_ species
Leptochloae ligulatae Lazarides similis
sed ab ea vagina foliar tubercula et pilos
divergentes per totam longitudinem
gerente etiam spiculis anguste ellipticis
plerumque 3.5—4.6 mm longis differt.
Typus: Snow 7401, a greenhouse-grown
specimen based on seed collected from
Snow & Simon 7364, Queensland:
DaruNG Downs District: Along Surat
Developmental Road 18 km W of its
junction with Leichhardt Highway. In
brigalow remnants. Common; with
Leptochloa divaricatissima, L, aff. fusca,
and Acacia harpophylla. Clay soil. GPS
27°22’50”S, 150°00’37”E. (Fig. 1) (Holo:
BRI; iso: MO,CANB).
Additional specimens examined: Queensland.
Daruinc Downs District: 17.8 km W of Moonie on
Moonie Highway, roadside in disturbed clay soil on
edge of remnants of Callitrus woodland, 27°48’39"S,
150°13°32”E, 10 April 1996, Snow & Simon 7350
(BRI,CANB,K,MO,NSW); 22 km W of Moonie along
Moonie Highway. Edge of remnants of Callitrus-
brigalow woodland, 27°49°15”S, 150°11°32”E, 10 April
1996, Snow & Sinion 7362 (BRI,K,MOQO); ‘Myali Park’,
Crater Paddock, 27°13’23”S, 149°41°44”E, drying
margin of gilgai, 25 April 1994, Jacobs 7133
(BRI,NSW); Chinchilla, Beasley 127 (BRI).
LEICHHARDT District: Greycliffe, White 10878a (BRD,
24°2—’S, 150°1-’E. Port Curtis District: Near
Wandoan, Belson 5440 (K).
Plants annual, caespitose, 137-170 cm tall in
flower. Culms one to several, compressed-
keeled below and striate, sometimes branching,
ascending to erect, round and hollow.
Internodes glabrous. Nodes mostly four,
glabrous. Leaf sheaths mostly green and
distinctly striate, with moderate to dense
covering of tuberculate-based pilose hairs
throughout length (sometimes the hairs absent
near base), the hairs mostly divergent or
ascending, but often disarticulating with
maturity. Ligule membranous, 3—5.5 mm long,
becoming somewhat lacerate, somewhat shorter
in the middle. Leaf blades scabrous above and
below, lacking pilose hairs and tubercles; to
12.5 mm wide, linear, flat to inrolled, to over
55 cm long. Mature panicles completely
exserted or somewhat inserted below, up to half
the length of the culm, somewhat nodding
above, sometimes pilose just below lowest
Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997)
panicle branch. Panicle branches of up to 65
alternate to subwhorled racemes, these to
17.5 cm long but decreasing in length apically,
slightly divergent to (mostly) ascending.
Spikelets narrowly elliptic (3:1), 3-6 flowered,
3.5-4.6 mm long, distant to somewhat
imbricate. Callus glabrous to slightly hairy.
Glumes I|-nerved, thinly membranous, scabrous
along midnerves. Lower glume broadly
lanceolate to ovate (2:1), 0.8-1.3 mm long,
apically acute to somewhat obtuse. Upper
glume elliptic (2:1), ovate, to widely obovate
(6:5), 1.2-1.7 mm long. Rachilla segments
c. %~ the length of the lemma. Lowest
lemmas (when flattened) elliptic to slightly
obovate, |.5--.0 mm long, apically truncate to
broadly obtuse, often broadly emarginate;
lateral nerves flush with surface and not
extending to edges, sericeous along lateral
nerves and midnerve. Palea narrowly elliptic
(3:1), subequal, sericeous along the nerves.
Anthers ca 0.2 mm long. Caryopsis ca 0.8 mm
long, obovate (3:2) to elliptic (3:2) in hilar
profile, more or less circular in cross-section at
midpoint, the pericarp coarsely rugose or
minutely scalariform. Chromosome number
unknown.
Notes: In overall morphology Lepftochloa
southwoodii most closely resembles another
species endemic to Queensland, L. ligulata
Lazarides (Lazarides, 1980). It differs most
notably from the latter by having a moderate
to dense covering of tubercle-based pilose hairs
occurring throughout the length of the leaf
sheath (Fig. 2), which at the most only occur at
the very base of the lower sheaths of L. ligulata
(Snow, pers. obs.). In addition, the spikelets of
L, southwoodii are somewhat longer and more
elliptic. The ranges of these two species remain
poorly known (Fig. 3), but a recent collection
(Snow & Simon 7324; BRI,MO) of Leptochloa
ligulata from the Darling Downs indicates at
least some overlap.
The pubescent sheaths of Leptochloa
southwoodii give it a superficial resemblance
to L. peacockii (Maiden & Betche) Domin, a
northeast and eastcentral Australian taxon of
unstable rank (Lazarides 1980; Stanley & Ross
1989; Simon 1993; Wheeler et al. 1994), which
Snow (1997a) reduced in rank. However,
Mee E EEN PEPE E LED POE EO SE SS ae
toh hs cea paints Ease mde tah Ed fata iia ¥ snaptenctacngt et nandanne Elo tte et tt i tl et EE tenets et att tall ayn ih LLLLL EAS
phew einer tcidectocentcess
+ occ Ra ele renee re oe POP Pd RT
Snow & Simon, Leptochloa soutiwoodii
(eda
se
a taal de
trys
wat
"De VEL male Dated ©
wig ah A
ry
A agli
a tatters
bi ‘aakadeag tne DLL i
Fieldwork funded ty thc
Hatione) Geoipeaphic Harctety CH
344-4755).
er ere
Holoiyne of:
, | . lees
Leplochloa sputhwoodti Satty Sims
Rel. ‘ fA ed.
4M Austra baile 4A,
Miscaurt Hetaclegt Gaindets (MO ss
AUSTRALIA
PDACENRE
Leptochloa
fiers Land
iA oreenhaise-grawn Specimen Dbaiwd on
good collected frem Snow & Simnan
7364.7? Darting Gowns Pistrict: Along
Seral Developwental Ages LB kha HW of
Tbe gunction with Loichhard’ Hinhway,
In briqalow remnants. Commun: with
loptochlos Hivaricabtissima, Le. aff.
fisca, and Acacia harpophyila. tliay
TTL.
evy*aa*SO"o 1607GG' aye
$2 Merpeint | Fd,
Meil Spaw Sool
HISSOURT BOTARICAL GAHDLIN HERBARIUH (Ht)
Fig. l. Holotype of Leptochloa southwoodii, (Snow 7401), a specimen grown in the greenhouses at the Missouri
Botanical Garden from seed collected from Snow & Simon 7364 (housed at BRD
139
Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997)
ves
7 Noes S Sut egsnTees he
Bae ESS Ganavenihpieeaatanas ee ree eae ea ere Reatard Sofie teenear rear
: is Ferry Sriigs. rh we a ‘,
aia ss cee tg :. * x 4 Retyias
Laas ae os :
: ar:
Uh pT
coe
om
rEeiods
Pe ey
: i
ae re
Ty tae ai
ies
Say
Lara
Griatr
ee i,
oe Set Pees
Soot is: fre nts nee
sy hibedet
Bees
poeta
imi,
attra
aainie
pres
ois
Sears
im
eee eae Es aan
ae a
Sete 7 ney Cs Gere
4 . = SS ai as :
iearieensa era alee mene ene =
z . te po Fok
f pe a
7 ate : ae Pat rae o
2 es A oe
: = : =
7 = J *
= pian a A isreitrs! 6s E
= Santee See te ea Te pee ry peed . i
ee gegen fay foe =
. pois eae ee eee ner mas a, a.
— E
ae er = =
pre
os
ee
Taree
eet nite
: : pan bet
Sos 3
z oaoy 1 en eas 5
2 - Pies res aoprS fn Se.
See nite ee % i eae meen eae,
ah ea in teen
ea 4 " Re ite
nana ape ae seal =
eee pve eet pe
ee
Beet. ee
Sern o “sie 2 —e
Santee inet re 2 He: rye s,
eeeeieaeee tt ‘ ee:
oo wt
2 ine me wet gt is ae te = *
wettnes : ier Meer ana. ie reer ae Tks 2
aati peltectts = ete te s ime oot
i
“. 2 i. fies
Pe et pia A ep ee ris
oe Hila
a a ear PAL eel
sant Pipe
=
Rea
tastier
Batis
oh
eres epee
aes :
a eee
ales ay Sheet A
rie eri
os ‘=
eer eee
eaten aren ee
ieee ae
rh
Pete
Snes
Soot
sbedtae arora; . eer nee aioe
2 Pree te ei Siasite sine
eee:
ree
ee ate
ites
Saree eye
ape reer et eres
eer 3 ane ae
HI ae é ° SR ee
Hrs : Rear erirn ve oceans ¥ ana
ieee foes ree oer
iapaeeest tea Le
Sere
eee
eaten ee
ae 5
+ we fe 7
seerity +E
Yor
pee
Sacre Ses ree Ta ee a
ihe 2 eratcan ae Tiernan oe Ee ral : Pee tas
Fs is 5 a 2 =
.
aS ities
ie ea)
etna
eyren ts
Fraceas
rete
eoariere
— Fitetd
Se
a ie
es f cs rete
beri oes
. ee fee
x ee . eee rtita
e
Bala eas* noes
Se Pear es Ca
feet
tad 3
erarett
yond
aon
rr.
SIRES
Hvis Rae
Seri eth
ue
ne
aie >
i ae
?
SS:
ur
=
ane
aa ter
See he a uF
Ba omen eri} ae =
es = = faite ipecot ee a ercfen—eeree | Dae Beer pea ore pe
tootsie alae os Re ee Pe Pec Er at atic eer te ee eet
ae stoen Mitre 2a pete ae ars eros
Fig. 2. Close-up of holotype of Leptochloa soutlnwoodii prior to pressing (cf Fig. 1) showing moderate to dense
covering of tubercle-based divergent pilose hairs on the leaf sheaths, which consistently diagnoses the species from the
likely sister species, Leptochloa ligulata Lazarides.
Deby ties Ve Adee oe stadt whee Sok: wee a ee ee i —— ——— — ee. 25 Se atetnceee Ss.
St Ree ety cee BS VSO Deeg A en a ee a sy a a A Be Be EN = ee
“ACRES ESET SSE Sa Be PS A EES Sa
Snow & Simon, Leptochloa soutinwoodii
TTT
mn
a
: .
oO” Xe
: re
@oN
/
a
,
® i
Fig. 3. Range map showing the known distribution of
e Leptochloa southwoodii and © L. ligulata, both
apparent endemics to Queensiand.
L. southwoodii differs by lacking the moderate
to dense covering of appressed tomentose hairs
along the leaf blades and the widely diverging
(at maturity), relatively long lemmatal hairs
characteristic of L. peacockii (Snow 1997a).
The leaf sheaths of our field collections
appeared to have small amounts of a brownish
exudate, and thereby had significant amounts
of windblown soil and other debris adhered to
their surface. However, greenhouse grown
material lacked any apparent exudate (Snow,
pers. obs.).
Leptochloa southwoodii was discovered
after the completion of a study of lemmatal
micromorphological characters of Leptochloa
and related genera (Snow 1996). The species
was found to possess cork cells, normal
macrohairs, chloridoid bicellular microhairs,
and prickles, but was lacking in papillae born
on either short or long cells and lacking in silica
cells (Fig. 4), a combination of which accords
with many species ofLeptochloa (Snow 1996).
141
Etymology: Since we first collected the new
species along the southern boundary of
Southwood National Park it seems appropriate
to honour the park with the specific epithet.
Conservation status: Given time constraints we
were unable to assess more thoroughly
the overall range and abundance of
Leptochloa southwoodii, which would be better
accomplished earlier in the growing season.
Along the southern boundary of Southwood
National Park specimens were seen only
sporadically in the area between the road and
adjacent fencelines, and rarely did we find more
than five individuals at a given site. From
Southwood National Park we encountered
plants along the roadside to about 15 km W of
Moonie. Along the Surat Developmental Road
the species was seen to be locally common at
one site around gilgais in brigalow remnants
just over the fenceline south of the road.
Pending the discovery of additional populations
that would enlarge the number of known sites
and overall geographical range, we recommend
that L. southwoodii be listed as a vulnerable
species, —
Acknowledgments
This paper represents a portion of a
doctoral dissertation submitted by the first
author to the Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences, Washington University (St. Louis).
Roy Gereau, Missouri Botanical Garden,
graciously provided the Latin diagnosis.
Mike Veith assisted at the Electron Microscopy
facility at Washington University on short
notice. The first author thanks his Australian
colleagues for assistance in New South Wales
and Queensland, and gratefully acknowledges
financial assistance provided by: the National
Science Foundation (USA) for a grant to the
Plant Biology Program at Washington
University (St. Louis, Missouri); the Missouri
Botanical Garden (Andew W. Mellon
Foundation); and National Geographic Society
(NGS 5594-95), which generously provided
funding for fieldwork in Australia. We thank
Peter Bostock for his assistance with the
preparation of the distribution maps and
Dr. Carolyn Weiller for comments on the
manuscript.
eee
ace
Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997)
Fig. 4, Scanning electron miscroscope image of lemmatal surface of Leptochloa southwoodii N. Snow & B.K. Simon
(Snow 7364, MO). Lemmatal apex towards right; macrohairs lie the near midvein (not visible). Bar = 50pm,
eferences
EADLE, N.C.W. 1981. The Vegetation of Australia.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
LAYTON, W.D., & RENvoizE, S. 1986. Genera Graminuin.
London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.
Jacoss, S.W.L. 1987. Systematics of the chloridoid grasses.
Pp. 277-286 in T. R. Soderstrom, K. W. Hilu,
C.S. Campbell & M. E. Barkworth (editors), Grass
'ystematics and Evolution, Washington, D.C.:
Smithsonian Institution Press.
AZARIDES, M, 1980. The genus Leptochlola Beauv.
(Poaceae, Eragrostideae) in Australia and Papua
New Guinea. Brunonia 3: 247-269.
MON, B.K. 1993.A Key to the Australian Grasses. Second
Edition. Brisbane: Department of Primary
Industries, Queensland.
Snow, N. 1996. The phylogenetic utility of lemmatal
micromorphology in Leptoch/oa s.l. and related
genera in subtribe Eleusininae (Poaceae,
Chloridoideae, Eragrostideae). Annals of the
Missouri Botanical Garden 83: 504-529.
— 1997a. Phylogeny and systematics of Leptochioa P.
Beauv. sensu lato (Poaceae, Chloridoideae). Ph.D.
dissertation, Washington University, St, Louis.
—— 1997b. Application of the phylogenetic species
concept: a botanical monographic perspective.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997).
STANLEY, T.D., & Ross, E.M. 1989. Flora of south-eastern
Queensland. Volume II. Brisbane: Queensland
Department of Primary Industries Misc. Publ.
QM88001.
shied etdtelsaity ta deca . OS ESE EPR EP AP EARS EP SASE RASS PPEIAE EE EER SOPOT tiem td
VAT p geese yo ewer,
Snow & Simon, Leptochloa southwoodii
systematics Association Committee for Descriptive
Biological Terminology. 1962. II. Terminology of
sunple symmetrical plane shapes (Chart 1). Taxon
11: 145-156,
WATSON, L., & Datiwirz, M.J. 1994. Grass Genera of the
World, Second Edition. Cambridge: C.A.B.
International.
WHEELER, D.J.B., JAcoss, S.W.L., & Norton, B.E, 1994,
Grasses of New South Wales. Second Edition.
Armidale: University of New England Publishing
Unit.
143
i) STS RE A ng or hn penn, A EL iy Se IB I DIS
:
Lilaeopsts brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from
Queensland, Australia
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (1997). Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from Queensland, Australia.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 145-148. Lilaeopsis brisbanica A.R.Bean is described and illustrated, and
diagnosed against related species. Notes on habitat, ecology, cultivation and conservation status are
provided,
Key words: Lilagopsis, taxonomy, Australian flora, Lilaeopsis brisbanica, Apiaceae, Umbelliferae.
A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
Introduction
Members of the genus Lilaeopsis Greene are
semi-aquatic herbs from temperate to sub-
tropical areas of both hemispheres. Species are
known from the United States of America,
Mexico, several South American countries,
New Zealand and Australia (Hill 1927, Affolter
1985). The genus was first recorded for
Australia by J.D. Hooker in 1852. Bentham
(1867) subsequently included all Australian
material under the name Crantzia lineata
(Michx.) Nutt. (now Lilaeopsis chinensis (L.)
Kuntze), a species whose type comes from the
eastern United States of America. A worldwide
revision was provided by Hill (1927), who
enumerated three species for Australia at that
time, and added another species soon after
(Hill 1929). Eichler (1963) discussed the
nomenclature of the Australian species. In a
recent monograph of the genus, Affolter (1985)
accepted just two species for Australia,
L. polyantha (Gand.) H.Eichler andl. fistulosa
A.W.Hill.
The taxon described here as L. brisbanica
was first collected by Amalie Dietrich
between 1863 and 1865, and soon after by
F.M. Bailey. Hill (1927) made special mention
of Dietrich’s specimens, and thought that
they could represent a new species, distinct
from L. australica (syn. L. polyantha), but
Accepted for publication 20 June 1997
as her specimens lacked mature fruits, Hill
conservatively retained them under
L. australica, Blake (1959) also noted the
distinctiveness of the Queensland material and
he ascribed it to L. novae-zealandiae (Gand.)
A.W.Hill, a species described from the South
Island of New Zealand. Affolter (1985)
adopted a very broad species concept for
L. polyantha, and concluded that “the
Queensland specimens are within the range of
variation seen elsewhere in L. polyantha
in Australia”. The present study reveals that
the Queensland material is distinct from both
L. polyantha and L. novae-zealandiae.
Taxonomy
Lilaeopsis brisbanica A.R.Bean sp. nov.,
affinis L. novae-zealandiae autem bracteis
0.5—1.3 mm longis, fructibus 7 vittis in
quoque mericarpo et costis dorsalibus
prominentioribus praeditis, plerumque
septis paucioribus in quoque folio differt.
Typus: Queensland. Moreron DIstRIcT:
Brisbane River, adjacent to Queenscroft
St., Chelmer, 26 November 1995,
A.R. Bean 9243 (holo: BRI; iso: MEL,
MO, NSW, distribuend1).
Mat-forming herbs 1.5—4 cm high, glabrous,
rhizomatous, producing roots and leaves at the
nodes. Roots white, slender, to c. 10mm long.
Rhizomes c. 0.5 mm in diameter, white or
occasionally green when close to surface.
146
Leaves all radical, 3-6 arising from each
node, or on a vertical rhizome branch up to
10 mm long; petioles c. 1.5 mm long,
sheathing. Leaves hollow, linear, narrowly
elliptical in cross-section, 11-36 mm long, leaf
width uniform throughout or slightly broader
near apex, 0.2—0.5 mm wide midway along
lamina, up to 1.0 mm wide near apex, apex
obtuse, leaves with 5—7 thin transverse septae,
unconstricted at septae. Inflorescence a simple,
2—5-flowered umbel, one only from each node,
peduncle terete, 4.5—11.5(-14) mm long.
Pedicels slender, terete, 3.5—7.0 mm long,
together subtended by 2-3 broadly ovate
bracts, each 0.5—1.3 < 0.4-0.6 mm. Flowers
bisexual, 2.1—2.5 mm in diameter. Calyx lobes
5, vestigial, c. 0.1 mm long, persistent. Petals
5, broadly ovate, 0.8-0.9 x 0.5-0.6 mm,
spreading, alternating with the calyx lobes,
white or greenish, broad at base, apex acute,
midrib thickened. Stamens 5, antesepalous;
filaments c. 0.4 mm long; anthers bilocular,
0.25—0.4 mm long, dehiscing by longitudinal
slits. Ovary inferior, 2-carpellate, each carpel
containing | ovule. Styles 2, each arising from
inner edge of carpel summit, persistent; stigmas
scarcely distinguishable. Fruits ovoid to
ellipsoid, 1.2—2.0 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm
diameter, each mericarp with 3 dorsal and
2 lateral ribs; all ribs prominent in cross-
section, with lignified tissue present. Vittae 7,
alternating with the ribs and including 3 along
the commisure. Fig. 1 A-D.
Specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton District:
Breakfast Creek, undated, Bai/ey s.n. (BRI); Brisbane
River, in 1874, Bailey s.n. (BRD; Brisbane River, SW of
Brisbane, 100 m downstream from Jindalee bridge, Oct
1993, Bean 6778 (BRI, MO); Moggill Creek, 200m from
Brisbane River, Jan 1995, Bean 8170 (BRI); Caboolture,
Nov 1956, Blake 20044 (BRI, NSW); Brisbane River,
1863-65, Dietrich sn. (BRI, K); Brisbane River, under
Indooroopilly bridge, Nov 1980, Olsen 215 & Dillewaard
(BRI); Mogegill Creek, Nov 1957, Whitehouse s.n. (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: L. brisbanica is
currently known only from an 11 kilometre-
long section of the Brisbane River, between
Moggill Creek and Oxley Creek. It is
apparently extinct at some of the localities
where it was formerly recorded, e.g. Breakfast
Creek, Caboolture. It grows along tidal
riverbanks in grey saline mud, in association
with mangrove trees, particularly Excoecaria
agallocha L. and Aegiceras corniculatum (L.)
Blanco, and often adjacent to, or mixed with,
Triglochin striata Ruiz & Pav.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 145-148 (1997)
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
recorded between October and January.
Affinities: L. brisbanica seems most closely
related to L. novae-zealandiae,because
of external fruit morphology and leaves
narrowly elliptical in cross-section, but
differs by the 7 vittae per fruiting mericarp
(8 for L. novae-zealandiae), bracts
0.5-1.3 mm long (1.5—3.0 mm long for
L. novae-zealandiae), 5—7 septae per leaf
(6-10 for ZL. novae-zealandiae), 2—5 flowers
per umbel (4-8 for L. novae-zealandiae) and
the more prominent dorsal ribs on the frutts.
L. brisbanica differs from L. polyantha
by its fruits 1.2—2.0 mm long (2.5-3.5 mm for
L. polyantha), 7 vittae per mericarp (8—9 for
LL. polyantha) and the much shorter leaves
which are narrowly elliptical in cross-section,
rather than terete.
Notes: L. polyantha, as circumscribed by
Affolter (1985) is a heterogeneous assemblage
of 3—5 taxa. I have not attempted to segregate
the southern Australian taxa, and in my
comparisons between L. brisbanica and
L. polyantha, only the typical form of
L. polyantha was considered. The type of
L. polyantha was collected at Walcha on the
New England Tableland of New South Wales.
L. brisbanica is geographically disjunct
from other Australian Lilaeopsis. The nearest
is that recorded by F. Mueller last century from
Ballina, New South Wales. The Ballina
specimen, lodged at MEL, represents
L. fistulosa A.W.Hill, a species with long acute
leaves, circular in cross-section, and relatively
short inflorescences. A population of this
species was recently located near Yamba
(1.3 km S of Yamba, towards Angourie, Nov
1994, Bean 8033 (BRI, NSW)).
L. brisbanica is amenable to cultivation
in pots, and 1t flowers and fruits readily. Fresh
water appears to be quite satisfactory for its
growth, and plantlets transplanted from the wild
retain their general morphological characters
in pot culture.
Conservation status: The risk category for
Lilaeopsis brisbanica according to the criteria
“MERU SE
Bean, Lilaeopsis brisbanica
of Chalson & Keith (1995) is ‘critical’ (criteria
A, Bl, B3, B5, B6, D). The species is known
from only six populations in close proximity,
each possibly comprising a single genotype.
L. brisbanica is under threat from its limited
distribution, trampling by horses, river-bank
erosion, encroachment of weeds, and the
*eless
ss Ty-.
¥* 47
Fs.
Pa
at
147
construction of jetties, retaining walls etc. The
author has made extensive searches for
L. brisbanica along other nearby tidal rivers,
including the Maroochy R., Caboolture R., Pine
R., Logan R., and Tweed R., and their
tributaries, but without success.
The recommended conservation status for
this species as defined by the Queensland
Nature Conservation Act 19921s ‘endangered’.
Fig. 1. Lifaeopsis brisbanica. A. whole plant x 4. B. flower x 16. C. fruit x 16. D. transverse section of fruit x 16,
A.B.Bean 9243; C,D, Blake 20044,
148
Etymology: The species epithet refers to the
city of Brisbane and the Brisbane River.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank the Directors of NE, NSW and
MEL for access to their herbaria, and the
Director of CHR for the loan of material of
L. novae-zealandiae. W. Smith provided the
illustrations, and L. Pedley provided the Latin
diagnosis.
References
AFFOLTER, J.M. (1985). A Monograph of the Genus
Lilaeopsis (Umbelliferae). Systematic Botany
Monographs, Vol. 6. United States of America: The
American Society of Plant Taxonomists.
BENTHAM, G. (1867). Crantzia in Flora Australiensis 3: 374.
London: L. Reeve & Co.
BLAKE, S.T. (1959). New or Noteworthy Plants, chiefly
from Queensland, 1. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Queensland. 70: 33-46.
CHALSON, J.M. & Kerry, D.A. (1995). A Risk Assessment
scheme for Vascular Plants: Pilot Application to
the Flora of New South Wales. Hurstville: National
Parks and Wildlife Service.
EICHLER, Hj. (1963). Some New Names and New
Combinations relevant to the Australian Flora.
faxon 12: 295-297,
Hitt A.W. (1927). The Genus Lilaeopsis: a study in
Geographical Distribution. The Journal of the
Linnean Society - Botany. 47: 525-551.
Hitt, A.W. (1929). Lilaeopsis in Tasmania and New
Zealand. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information,
Kew. 119-121.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 145-148 (1997)
THO a We ee ee a er a se rye ey ete en yee mye eevee ee Bee idee De et Lette te tee
Ses ee ee eying eens acaret
PORE ee Dy
oR Se TD gS
Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from
south-eastern Queensland
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (1997). Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from south-eastern
Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 149-151. A new species in Scrophulariaceae, Aficrocarpaea agonis
A.R.Bean, is described and illustrated. It is compared to 44 minima and its conservation status is
discussed.
Keywords: Microcarpaea, Scrophulariaceae, Microcarpaea agonis, Queensland, Australian flora.
A.R.Bean. Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, 4068 Australia
Introduction
The genus Microcarpaea was erected by Robert
Brown in 1810, with the single species
M. muscosa. This name is illegitimate, as it is
based on Paederota minima J.Ko6nig ex Retz.
The necessary combination Microcarpaea
minima was made by E. Merrill in 1912.
Microcarpaea has been until now, recognised
to be a monotypic genus. Several other names
Taxonomy
have been published under Microcarpaea, but
these are all referable to other genera (Bentham
1869, Merrill 1923). Barker (1981) suggested
that Peplidium Delile should be merged with
Microcarpaea, but later (Barker 1990) he
advocated the retention of both genera, because
of the different pollen morphology possessed
by the two groups.
Key to Microcarpaea species
Leaves linear, 5—9 mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm wide; calyx tube 1.3—1.7 mm long,
unribbed or only faintly ribbed; calyx teeth green .......... 0.0.00. eae, M., agonis
Leaves elliptical, 2.5—5 mm long, 0.7—1.5 mm wide; calyx tube 2.2—2.8 mm
long, prominently ribbed; calyx teeth grey to brown .......... 0. eee M. minima
Microcarpaea agonis A.R.Bean sp. nov.,
affinis MM. minimae autem calycis tubo
breviore latiore leviter nervato vel
enervato, calycis dentibus viridibus, foltis
linearibus 5—9 mm longis differt. Typus:
Queensland. DARLING Downs DISTRICT:
(exact locality withheld), S.F. 235, W of
Milmerran, 28 February 1996, A.R. Bean
9994 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, MEL,
distribuend}),
Accepted for publication 9 July 1997
Herb, terrestrial, annual, to 5 cm high and
10 cm wide; stems angular, glabrous. Leaves
opposite, connected across nodes, linear,
5.0-9.0 x 0.3-0.5 mm, sessile, glabrous, striate,
apex obtuse. Flowers solitary, axillary,
bracteoles absent, pedicels absent or up to
0.3 mm long. Calyx tube ovoid, 1.4—-1.7
x1.0—1.2 mm, white, unribbed or weakly
ribbed, with sparse indumentum of patent
eglandular hairs; calyx teeth 5, deltate,
c. 0.7 x 0.5 mm, green, slightly thickened near
the middle, recurved in fruiting material,
margins ciliate. Corolla tube c. 3 mm long,
glabrous, slightly exserted from calyx tube,
2-lipped; upper lip scarcely bilobed or unlobed,
150
lower lip 3-lobed, mid-lobe slightly longer than
lateral lobes, obtuse, margins ciliate. Stamens
2, fertile, epipetalous. Style 1, stigma
expanded. Ovary 2-locular, ovules numerous,
attached to a central placenta. Fruits ovoid,
c. 1.0 x 1.0mm, capsular, 2-locular, completely
enclosed by calyx tube. Seeds ellipsoidal,
yellowish,c. 0.3 mm long, longitudinally
striate. Fig. 1.
Austrobaileya 5(1): 149-152 (1997)
Specimens examined: see type
Distribution and habitat: M. agonis is
currently known only from the type locality.
It was found on the margins of an
Eleocharis-Cyperus dominated seasonal
swamp, fringed by Eucalyptus chloroclada
(Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, in grey
clay-loam soil. Some associated species are
Rotala mexicana Cham. & Schltdl.,
R. occultiflora Koehne, Cyperus difformis I.
and Glossostigma diandrum (1L.) Kuntze.
as
at
= ¥.
. mes ak ee
' Sly peer + Fae y
ea
Fig. 1. Aficrocarpaea agonis. A. fertile branchlet x 4. B. corolla and stamens x 32. C. style and developing capsule x 32.
D. fruit x 16. All from Bean 9994,
Deivrcesatinniesr aes
de
Bean, Microcarpae agonis
Phenology: Both flowers and fruits are present
on the type specimen which was collected in
February. |
Notes: The new species is closely allied to
M. minima in size and form, and they share the
solitary axillary inflorescence with the flowers
sessile or nearly so. M. agonis differs by tits
linear leaves 5.0—9.0 mm long (2.5—35.0 mm
long for AZ. minima) and 0.3-0.5 mm wide
(0.7—-1.5 mm wide for M. minima), the shorter
calyx tube which is unribbed or only faintly
ribbed, and the green calyx teeth.
The distributions of M. minima and
M. agonis are disjunct. M. minima is
widespread, with occurrences in southern
China, Japan, Indochina, Malesia and northern
Australia. The type of M. minima was collected
by Robert Brown in 1802 at Shoalwater Bay
on the central Queensland coast, but it has not
been recollected at or near the type locality. All
subsequent Queensland collections have come
from the Atherton Tableland or further north.
M. agonis occurs atc. 28° S latitude, some
600 km south of Shoalwater Bay, and 1300 km
from the Atherton Tableland.
Conservation status: While it is unwise to make
statements about the rarity of small annual
plants, this species appears to be truly rare. No
other specimens of it could be located in the
Queensland Herbarium, despite a search
through specimens of many genera in
Scrophulariceae, and even some genera in
Rubiaceae and Lythraceae. M. agonis has not
been found in some nearby areas which have
been comprehensively botanised. Lake
Broadwater (c. 75 km to the north) has been
studied closely (Ballingall 1988). The wetland
flora of the Chinchilla area (c. 130 km to the
north) has been well catalogued and vouchered,
largely through the efforts of local residents
G.Lithgow and V.Hando (Hando 1988). The
flora of the swamp at the type locality of
M. agonis 1s unusual, as it contains tropical
species which occur there as outliers, notably
Rotala mexicana and R. occultiflora, neither of
which has previously been recorded for the
Darling Downs Pastoral District. Hence there
is some reason to predict a small geographical
range and population size for the species.
151
The risk category for Microcarpaea
agonis according to the criteria of Chalson &
Keith (1995) is ‘critical’ (criteria A, B1, B2,
D). The species is known only from the type
population, where approximately ten plants
were observed. M. agonis is under threat from
erazing, roadworks and trampling by cattle. The
author has searched for. agonis around other
nearby swamps, but without success.
The recommended conservation status for
this species as defined by the Queensland
Nature Conservation Act 1992 1s ‘endangered’.
Etymology: The specific epithet is from the
Greek a - without, and gonia - angled, and refers
to the fruits.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank David Halford for helpful
discussions, Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis,
and Will Smith for the illustrations.
References
BALLINGALL, MLE. (1988). Flowering Plants. in G.Scott
(ed.), Lake Broadwater - The Natural History of an
Inland Lake and its Environs. pp. 67-93.
Toowoomba: Darling Downs Institute Press.
Barker, W.R. (1981), Scrophulariceae. In J.P. Jessop (ed.),
Flora of Central Australia pp. 326-334, Reed:
Sydney.
—— (1990). New taxa, Names and Combinations in
Lindernia, Peplidium, Stemodia and Striga
(Scrophulariaceae) mainly of the Kimberley region,
Western Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic
Gardens 13: 79-93.
BENTHAM, G. (1869). Scrophulariaceae. In Flora
Australiensis 4: 470-523. London: L. Reeve & Co.
CHALSON, J.M. & Kertu, D.A. (1995). A Risk Assessment
scheme for Vascular Plants: Pilot Application to
the Flora of New South Wales. Hurstville: National
Parks and Wildlife Service.
Hanpo, V. (1988). Plants of Western Darling Downs,
Barakula-Gurulmundi and South-west Burnett. pp.
96-171. In R. Hando (ed.), Going Bush with
Chinchilla Nats. Chinchilla: Chinchilla Field
Naturalists Club Inc.
Merri._, E.D, (1923). An Enumeration of Philippine
Flowering Plants, Volume 3. Manila: Bureau of
Printing
2 Amanat TO oe nb et
Austrobaileya 5(1): 153 (1997)
Book review
Margaret G. Corrick, Bruce A. Fuhrer, edited by Alexander S. George (1996).
Wildflowers of Southern Western Australia. Pp. 224. The Five Mile Press, Noble
Park. Price $39.95. ISBN 1 87597 149 1.
This hard-cover publication containing 755
colour photographs of wildflowers from
southern Western Australia, is primarily for
browsing and enjoying the beauty and diversity
of the wildflowers of the region.
The text begins with broad explanation
of the landforms, climate and vegetation types
of the geographic regions of Western Australia.
This provides a more detailed base for the brief
habitat information given with each species
description.
The species included are arranged
alphabetically according to family. A brief
description of some of the characteristics of the
family is followed by a selection of species
chosen to illustrate the variation of colour and
form within the family. Each species is
numbered and listed alphabetically by scientific
name, a common name is given where
applicable and a very brief description is
provided, along with information on habitat and
distribution. This layout allows the browser
Tracey Spokes
easy access to all the information available as
each photograph has the species name and
number listed beneath it and the corresponding
description on the same or opposite page.
The colour photographs, many of which
were taken in the field, vary from sharply
focussed details of very small flowers to those
which give some indication of plant habit.
Notable are some excellent close-up
photographs of Verticordia ovalifolia and
V. oculata and the selection of Banksia species.
A single index at the end of the book is
easily found and contains a listing of family,
scientific names and common names.
Preceding the index is a two-page glossary
covering abbreviations and the few botanical
terms that are used.
The book is presented as a guide to the
wildflowers of the region and as a valuable
reference for professional botanists and
amateur enthusiasts alike. With its simple,
well-planned and presented layout, brief but
useful descriptions and the quality and quantity
of colour photographs, it achieves this end
admirably.
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia
bone a oy utd se ey ned ee
Queensland Herbarium
Publications for sale
Floras
A Key to Australian Grasses by B.K. Simon (1990), 150 pp., card cover.
Ferns of Queensland by S.B. Andrews (1990), 427 pp., illustrated, hard cover.
Honey Flora of Queensland, 3rd edition by S.T. Blake and C. Roff (1988), 224 pp., illustrated,
card cover.
Acactas in Queensland by L. Pedley (1988), 275 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae and Juncaceae of Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 5 by
P.R. Sharpe (1986), 47 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross.
Volume 1 (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.
Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover.
The Flora of Lamington National Park, 3rd edition by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B. Thomas
(1989), 25 pp., card cover.
Vegetation Surveys
Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South West Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 4
by D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.
Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South Central Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin
No. 3 by V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.
Vegetation Survey of Queensland: Central Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin:
No. 9 by V.J. Neldner (1991), 230 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.
Vascular Plants of Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 11 by V.J. Neldner
(1992), 176 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast: Description and Management. Queensland Botany Bulletin
No. 7 by G.N. Batianoff and J.A. Elsol (1989), 107 pp., illustrated, including maps, card
cover.
Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland, Queensland Botany
Bulletin No. 8 by P.A.R. Young and T.J. McDonald (1989), 47 pp., illustrated, including a
map, card cover.
Vegetation Description and Map: Ipswich, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany
Bulletin No. 10 (1991), by James A. Elsol, 61 pp., maps, card cover.
Vegetation Survey and Mapping in Queensland: Its Relevance and Future, and the Contribution
of the Queensland Herbarium. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 12 by V.J. Neldner (1993),
76 pp., card cover.
Economic Interest
Suburban Weeds, Third edition by H. Kleinschmidt, A. Holland and P. Simpson (1996), 98 pp.,
illustrated, card cover.
Use of Fodder Trees and Shrubs by S.L. Everist (1986), 72 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Poisonous Plants - a field guide by R.M. Dowling and R.A. McKenzie (1993), 175 pp., colour
illustrations and maps, card cover.
Special Interest
Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition by M.B. Thomas and W.J.F. McDonald
(1989), 76 pp., card cover.
The Flora of Girraween and Bald Rock National Parks by Bill McDonald, Colleen Gravatt,
Paul Grimshaw and John Williams (1995), 100 pp., colour and line drawing illustrations
and maps, card cover.
Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution edited by R.J.F. Henderson (1997), 286 pp.,
soit cover
Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.
Volume 1 (1977) 108 pp., illustrated, soft cover.
Volume 2 (1981) 83 pp., illustrated, soft cover.
Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed to Queensland Herbarium, Department
_of Environment, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia.
BHL
>
Blank Page Digitally Inserted
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11